Theory of Stellar Atmospheres

Home , 109 Virginis, 10 Lacertae, 11 Ursae Minoris, 14 Herculis, 32 Cygni, 3C 286

EXTENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY

References

[1] D. Abbott. The terminal velocities of stellar winds from early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 225, 893, 1978. [2] D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds. I. A physical interpretation. Astrophys. J., 242, 1183, 1980. [3] D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds. II. The line acceleration. Astrophys. J., 259, 282, 1982. [4] D. Abbott. The theory of radiation driven stellar winds and the Wolf– Rayet phenomenon. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 185. Astrophys. J., 259, 282, 1982. [5] D. Abbott. Current problems of line formation in early–type stars. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 279. [6] D. Abbott and P. Conti. Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 113, 1987. [7] D. Abbott and D. Hummer. Photospheres of hot stars. I. Wind blanketed model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 294, 286, 1985. [8] D. Abbott and L. Lucy. Multiline transfer and the dynamics of stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 288, 679, 1985. [9] D. Abbott, C. Telesco, and S. Wolff. 2 to 20 micron observations of mass loss from early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 279, 225, 1984. [10] C. Abia, B. Rebolo, J. Beckman, and L. Crivellari. Abundances of light metals and N I in a sample of disc stars. Astr. Astrophys., 206, 100, 1988. [11] M. Abramowitz and I. Stegun. Handbook of Mathematical Functions. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1972. [12] H. Abt. A discussion of spectral classification. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 8, 99, 1963. [13] H. Abt, A. Meinel, W. Morgan, and J. Tapscott. An Atlas of Low– Dispersion Grating Stellar Spectra. Kitt Peak National Observatory, Steward Observatory, and Yerkes Observatory, 1969. [14] L. Achmad, H. Lamers, and L. Pasquini. Radiation–driven wind models for A, F, and G supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 196, 1997.

For general queries, contact [email protected] © Copyright, Princeton University Press. No part of this book may be distributed, posted, or reproduced in any form by digital or mechanical means without prior written permission of the publisher.

[15] T. Adams. The effect of recoil in resonance–line scattering. Astrophys. J., 168, 575, 1971. [16] T. Adams. The escape of resonance–line radiation from extremely opaque media. Astrophys. J., 174, 439, 1972. [17] T. Adams, D. Hummer, and G. Rybicki. Numerical evaluation of the re- 0 distribution function RIIA(x, x ) and the associated scattering integral. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 1365, 1971. [18] T. Adams and D. Morton. A model atmosphere for a B4 V star with line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 152, 195, 1968. [19] S. Adelman. Recent results on abundance determinations. In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 27. [20] S. Adelman, F. Kupka, and W. Weiss, editors. Model Atmospheres and Spectrum Synthesis. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1996. [21] S. Adelman, O. Pintado, F. Nieva, K. Rayle, and S. Sanders. On the effective temperatures and surface gravities of superficially normal main– sequence–band B and A stars. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 1031, 2002. [22] S. Adelman and W. Wiese, editors. Astrophysical Applications of Pow- erful New Databases. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pa- cific), 1995. [23] C. Aerts and H. Lamers. Maximum mass–loss rates of line–driven winds of massive stars. Astr. Astrophys., 403, 625, 2003. [24] A. Aguilar, A. Covington, R. Hihojosa, I. Phaneuf, C. Alvarez, C. Cis- neros, J. Bozek, I. Dominguez, M. Santáma,S. Schlachter, S. Nahar, and B. McLaughlin. Absolute photoionization cross section measurements of O II ions from 29.7 eV to 46.2 eV. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 146, 467, 2003. [25] J. Ahlberg, E. Nilson, and J. Walsh. The Theory of Splines and Their Applications. (New York: Academic Press), 1967. [26] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of He–rich subdwarf B stars from medium resolution optical spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 335, 2003. [27] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of He–rich subdwarf B stars from spectral energy distributions. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 323, 2004. [28] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. The evolution of He–rich subdwarf B stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 253, 2004.

[29] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Spectroscopic analyses of He–rich subdwarf B stars. In Koester and Moehler [2093], page 291. [30] D. Aitken, M. Barlow, P. Roche, and P. Spenser. 8–13 micron spectra of very late type Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 679, 1980. [31] M. Ajmera and K. Chung. Photodetachment of negative hydrogen ions. Phys. Rev. A, 12, 475, 1975. [32] T. Ake and J. Greenstein. Four probable late subdwarfs with extreme metal deficiency. Astrophys. J., 240, 859, 1980. [33] C. Akerman, L. Carigi, P. Nissen, M. Pettini, and M. Asplund. The evolution of the C/O ratio in metal–poor halo stars. Astr. Astro- phys., 414, 931, 2004. [34] B. Alam and S. Ansari. Role of the Gaunt factor in the derivation of dielectronic recombination coefficients. Solar Phys., 96, 219, 1985. [35] B. Albayrak. A spectral analysis of Deneb (A2 Iae). Astr. Astrophys., 364, 237, 2000. [36] B. Alder, S. Fernbach, and M. Rotenberg, editors. Methods in Compu- tational Physics. Volume 7. Astrophysics. (New York: Academic Press), 1967. [37] B. Alder, S. Fernbach, and M. Rotenberg, editors. Methods in Compu- tational Physics. Volume 10. Atomic and Molecular Scattering. (New York: Academic Press), 1971. [38] D. Alexander. Low temperature Rosseland opacity tables. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 29, 363, 1975. [39] D. Alexander. Low temperature Rosseland opacities. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 63. [40] D. Alexander and J. Ferguson. Low temperature Rosseland opacities. Astrophys. J., 437, 879, 1994. [41] D. Alexander, J. Ferguson, R. Wing, H. Johnson, P. Hauschildt, and F. Allard. Effective temperature scales of red giant stars. In Donahue and Bookbinder [987], page 84. [42] D. Alexander and H. Johnson. Model atmospheres for cool supergiant stars. Astrophys. J., 176, 629, 1972. [43] J. Alexander. The chemical composition and ultraviolet excess of G dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 41, 1967.

[44] J. Alexander and D. Branch. Problems with strong–line G and K dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 164, L19, 1973. [45] F. Allard and P. Hauschildt. Model atmospheres for M subdwarf stars. I. The base model grid. Astrophys. J., 445, 433, 1995. [46] F. Allard, P. Hauschildt, and A. Schweitzer. Spherically Symmetric Model Atmospheres for Low-Mass Pre-Main-Sequence Stars with Effec- tive Temperatures between 2000 and 6800 K. Astrophys. J., 539, 366, 2000. [47] F. Allard and R. Wehrse. Line formation in white dwarf atmospheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 44, 209, 1990. [48] N. Allard, M.–C. Artru, T. Lanz, and M. Le Dourneuf. Compilation of atomic oscillator strengths for C, N, and O ions. The Be isoelectronic sequence (C III, N IV, and O V). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 84, 563, 1990. [49] N. Allard and J. Kielkopf. Temperature and density dependence of the Lyα line wing in H–rich white dwarf atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 242, 133, 1991. [50] N. Allard and D. Koester. Theoretical profiles of Lyα satellites and application to synthetic spectra of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 258, 464, 1992. [51] N. Allard, D. Koester, N. Feautrier, and A. Spielfiedel. Free–free quasi– molecular absorption and satellites in Lyα due to collisions with H and H+. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 108, 417, 1994. [52] N. Allard, M. Le Dourneuf, M.–C. Artru, and T. Lanz. Compilation of atomic oscillator strengths for C, N, and O ions. II. Addendum for the Be isoelectronic sequence. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 91, 399, 1991. [53] C. Allen. Astrophysical Quantities. (London: Athlone Press), 3rd edition, 1973. [54] C. Allende Prieto, M. Asplund, and P. Fabiani Bendicho. Center–to– limb variation of solar line profiles as a test of NLTE line formation calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 423, 1109, 2004. [55] C. Allende Prieto, M. Asplund, R. Garc´ıa–López, and D. Lambert. Signatures of convection in the spectrum of Procyon: Fundamental parameters and Fe abundance. Astrophys. J., 567, 544, 2002. [56] C. Allende Prieto, P. Barklem, M. Asplund, and B. Ruiz–Cobo. Chemi- cal abundances from inversions of stellar spectra: Analysis of solar–type stars with homogeneous and static model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 558, 830, 2001.

[57] C. Allende Prieto and R. Garc´ıa–López. Fe I line shifts in the optical spectrum of the Sun. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 129, 41, 1998. [58] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garc´ıa–López, D. Lambert, and B. Gustafsson. Spectroscopic observations of convective patterns in the atmospheres of metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 526, 991, 1999. [59] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garc´ıa–López, D. Lambert, and B. Gustafsson. A consistency test of spectroscopic gravities for late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 527, 879, 1999. [60] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garc´ıaLópez, D. Lambert, and B. Ruiz–Cobo. Model photospheres for late–type stars from the inversion of high– resolution spectroscopic observations: Groombridge 1830 and Eridani. Astrophys. J., 528, 885, 2000. [61] C. Allende Prieto, I. Hubeny, and D. Lambert. Non–LTE model atmospheres for late–type stars. II. Restricted non–LTE calculations for a solar–like atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 591, 1192, 2003. [62] C. Allende Prieto and D. Lambert. Fundamental parameters of nearby stars from the comparison with evolutionary calculations: Masses, radii, and effective temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 352, 555, 1999. [63] C. Allende Prieto and D. Lambert. The near–ultraviolet continuum of late–type stars. Astr. J., 119, 2445, 2000. [64] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, and M. Asplund. The forbidden abundance of oxygen in the Sun. Astrophys. J., 556, L63, 2001. [65] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, and M. Asplund. A reappraisal of the solar photospheric C/O ratio. Astrophys. J., 573, 137, 2002. [66] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Non–LTE model atmospheres for late–type stars. I. A collection of data for light neutral and singly ionized atoms. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 147, 363, 2003. [67] C. Allende Prieto, B. Ruiz–Cobo, and R. Garc´ıa–López. Model photospheres for late–type stars from the inversion of high–resolution spectroscopic observations: the Sun. Astrophys. J., 502, 951, 1998. [68] L. Aller. The atmosphere of 10 Lacertae. Astrophys. J., 104, 347, 1946. [69] L. Aller. Atmospheres of the B stars. I. The supergiant Canis Majoris. Astrophys. J., 123, 117, 1956. [70] L. Aller. Atmospheres of the B stars. II. The supergiant 55 Cygni. Astrophys. J., 123, 133, 1956. [71] L. Aller. Quantitative analysis of normal stellar spectra. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 4, page 156.

[72] L. Aller. Interpretation of normal stellar spectra. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 5, page 252. [73] L. Aller. The Atmospheres of the Sun and Stars. (New York: Ronald Press Company), 2nd edition, 1963. [74] L. Aller. Physics of Thermal Gaseous Nebulae. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1984. [75] L. Aller, J. Baker, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. VI. The equations of radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 89, 587, 1939. [76] L. Aller, J. Baker, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. VIII. The ultraviolet radiation field and electron temperature of an optically thick nebula. Astrophys. J., 90, 601, 1939. [77] L. Aller, G. Elste, and J. Jugaku. Atmospheres of the B stars. III. The composition of τ Scorpii. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 3, 1, 1957. [78] L. Aller and J. Greenstein. The abundances of the elements in G–type subdwarfs. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 5, 139, 1960. [79] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. V. The spectrum of γ Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 127, 125, 1958. [80] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. VI. The profile of Hγ as a function of temperature and electron pressure distribution. Astrophys. J., 128, 616, 1958. [81] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. Atmospheres of the B stars. VIII. Quantitative chemical analysis of γ Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 130, 469, 1959. [82] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. VII. The precise calculation of Balmer line profiles. Astrophys. J., 130, 109, 1959. [83] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Broad band JHK infrared photometry of an extended sample of late–type dwarfs and subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 107, 365, 1994. [84] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Determination of bolometric fluxes for F, G, and K subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 197, 1995. [85] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Determination of effective temperatures for an extended sample of dwarfs and subdwarfs (F0–K5). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 117, 227, 1996. [86] V. Ambartsumyan, editor. Theoretical Astrophysics. (London: Pergamon Press), 1958.

[87] V. Ambartsumyan and N. Kosirev. Some remarks on the theory of radiative equilibrium in the outer layers of the stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 87, 209, 1927. [88] V. Ambartsumyan and N. Kosirev. Radiative equilibrium in inner layers of stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 87, 651, 1927. [89] J. Andersen. Accurate masses and radii of normal stars. Astr. Astro- phys. Rev., 3, 91, 1991. [90] J. Andersen. Precise stellar mass and mass–luminosity data. In Bedding et al. [361], page 99. [91] C. Anderson. The He I λ 5876 line in O star spectra. Astrophys. J., 177, L121, 1972. [92] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without local thermodynamic equilibrium. I. A hydrostatic stellar atmosphere with H, He, and C lines. Astrophys. J., 298, 848, 1985. [93] L. Anderson. A code for line blanketing without local thermodynamic equilibrium. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 225. [94] L. Anderson. An algorithm for the simultaneous solution of thou- sands of transfer equations under global constraints. In Kalkofen [1988], page 163. [95] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without local thermodynamic equilibrium. II. A solar–type model in radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 339, 558, 1989. [96] L. Anderson. Non–LTE line blanketing with elements 1–28. In Garmany [1225], page 77. [97] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without LTE: Simple and complex spectra. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 29. [98] L. Anderson and R. Athay. Model solar chromosphere with prescribed heating. Astrophys. J., 346, 1010, 1989. [99] L. Anderson and J. Grigsby. Line blanketing without LTE: The effect on diagnostics for B–type stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 365. [100] W. Anderson. Die Beziehung zwischen dem Gasdruck und der transla- torischen Energie der Gasmoleküle. Z. fürPhys., 54, 433, 1929. [101] H. Andersson and B. Edvardsson. Carbon abundances in F and G dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 590, 1994. [102] C. Andriesse. The difference in mass loss between O and Of stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 95, 1980.

[103] S. Andrievsky, I. Egorova, S. Korotin, and R. Burnage. Sodium enrichment of stellar atmospheres. I. Non–variable supergiants and bright giants. Astr. Astrophys., 389, 519, 2002. [104] S. Andrievsky, S. Korotin, R. Luck, and L. Kostynchuk. C and N abundances in early B stars. I. NLTE calculations for a sample of stars with small v sin i values. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 598, 1999. [105] Y. Andrillat and J. Vreux. Spectres d’etoiles de type O et de type Wolf–Rayet entre 0.8 et 1.1 microns. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 133, 1975. [106] S. Ansari, G. Elwert, and P. Mucklich. On dielectronic recombination. Z. f¨urNaturforschung, 15, 1781, 1970. [107] S. Anstee, B. O’Mara, and J. Ross. A determination of the solar abundance of Fe from the strong lines of Fe I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 284, 202, 1998. [108] W. Aoki, T. Beers, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, S. Ryan, and S. Tsan- garides. Carbon–enhanced metal–poor stars. I. Chemical compositions of 26 stars. Astrophys. J., 655, 492, 2007. [109] W. Aoki, T. Beers, T. Sivarani, B. Marsteller, S.–L. Young, J. Nor- ris, S. Ryan, and D. Carollo. Carbon–enhanced mental–poor stars. III. Main–sequence turnoﬀ stars from the SDS SEGUE sample. Astro- phys. J., 678, 1351, 2008. [110] W. Aoki, A. Frebel, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, T. Beers, T. Minezaki, P. Barklem, S. Honda, M. Takada–Hidai, M. Asplund, S. Ryan, S. Tsan- garides, K. Eriksson, A. Steinhauer, C. Deliyannis, K. Nomoto, M. Fuji- moto, H. Ando, Y. Yoshii, and T. Kajino. HE 1327–2326: An unevolved star with [Fe/H] ≤ -5.0. I. A comprehensive abundance analysis. Astro- phys. J., 639, 897, 2006. [111] W. Aoki, S. Honda, T. Beers, T. Kajino, H. Ando, J. Norris, S. Ryan, H. Izumiura, K. Sadakane, and M. Takada–Hidai. Spectroscopic studies of very metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrograph III. Light neutron capture elements. Astrophys. J., 632, 611, 2005. [112] W. Aoki, S. Honda, T. Beers, M. Takada–Hidai, N. Iwamoto, N. Tom- inaga, H. Umeda, K. Nomoto, J. Norris, and S. Ryan. Spectroscopic studies of extremely metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrograph. IV. The α–element enhanced metal–poor star BS 169344– 002. Astrophys. J., 660, 747, 2007. [113] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, and R. Beers. Chemical composition of the carbon–rich, extremely metal–poor star CS 29498-043: A new class of extremely metal–poor stars with excesses of Mg and Si. Astrophys. J., 576, L141, 2002.

[114] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, T. Beers, and H. Ando. The chemical composition of carbon–rich, very metal poor stars: A new class of mildly carbon rich objects without excess of neutron–capture elements. Astro- phys. J., 567, 1166, 2002. [115] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, T. Beers, and H. Ando. Subaru/HDS study of the extremely metal–poor star CS 29498-043: Abundance analysis details and comparison with other carbon–rich objects. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 54, 933, 2002. [116] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, R. Beers, N. Christlieb, S. Tsangarides, and H. Ando. Oxygen overabundance in the extremely Fe–poor star CS 29498-043. Astrophys. J., 608, 971, 2004. [117] J. Apruzese. An analytic Voigt profile escape probability approximation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 34, 447, 1985. [118] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Effects of line blocking in stars of spectral types O5–G0 and luminosity classes I–V. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 21, 1975. [119] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Line blocking in the solar spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 45, 19, 1975. [120] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Spectral energy distribution for the wave–number interval 0.93 µ−1 to 3.03 µ−1 for stars hotter than the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 159, 1986. [121] A. Arharov, V. Novopashenny, and E. Terez. Absolute calibration of the energy distribution in the spectrum of Vega in the near–infrared region. Astr. Cirk. No. 1046, 1979. [122] R. Aris. Vectors, Tensors, and the Basic Equations of Fluid Mechanics. (New York: Dover Publications), 1989. [123] C. Arlandini, F. Käppleler, K. Wisshak, R. Gallino, M. Lugaro, M. Busso, and O. Straniero. Neutron capture in low–mass asymptotic branch stars: Cross sections and abundance signatures. Astrophys. J., 525, 886, 1999. [124] E. Arnone, S. Ryan, D. Argast, J. Norris, and T. Beers. Mg abundances in metal–poor halo stars as a tracer of early galactic mixing. Astr. Astrophys., 430, 507, 2005. [125] H. Arp. (U −B) and (B −V ) colors of black bodies. Astrophys. J., 133, 874, 1961. [126] S. Arribas and L. Crivellari. A spectroscopic analysis of the G8 V star τ Ceti. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 236, 1989. [127] S. Arribas and C. Martinez–Roger. Infrared observations of metal– deficient stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 70, 303, 1987.

[128] S. Arribas and C. Martinez–Roger. An empirical color–Teff calibration for G and K dwarf and subdwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys., 215, 305, 1989. [129] G. Arutyunyan and A. Nikogosyan. The redistribution function for scattering by relativistic electrons. Sov. Phys. Doklady, 25, 918, 1980. [130] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. III. The photospheric Si and meteoritic Fe abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 755, 2000. [131] M. Asplund. New generations of stellar model atmospheres. In Char- bonnel et al. [744], page 275. [132] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. IV. [O I], O I and OH lines and the photospheric O abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 751, 2004. [133] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. V. Missing UV– opacity and the photospheric Be abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 769, 2004. [134] M. Asplund. New light on stellar abundance analyses: Departures from LTE and homogeneity. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 481, 2005. [135] M. Asplund and A. Garc´ıa–Pérez.On OH line formation and O abundances in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 372, 601, 2001. [136] M. Asplund, N. Grevesse, A. Sauval, C. Allende Prieto, and D. Kisel- man. Line formation in solar granulation. IV. [O I], O I, and OH lines and the photospheric O abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 751, 2004. [137] M. Asplund, N. Grevesse, A. J. Sauval, C. Allende Prieto, and R. Blomme. Line formation in solar granulation. VI. [C I], C I, CH, and C2 lines and the photospheric C abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 431, 693, 2005. [138] M. Asplund, H.–G. Ludwig, A.˚ Nordlund, and R. Stein. The effects of numerical resolution on hydrodynamical surface convection simulations and spectral line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 669, 2000. [139] M. Asplund, A.˚ Nordlund, R. Trampedach, C. Allende Prieto, and R. Stein. Line formation in solar granulation. I. Fe line shapes, shifts and asymmetries. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 729, 2000. [140] M. Asplund, A.˚ Nordlund, R. Trampedach, and R. Stein. 3D hydrodynamical model atmospheres of metal–poor stars. Evidence for a low primordial Li abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 346, L17, 1999. [141] M. Asplund, A.˚ Nordlund, R. Trampedach, and R. Stein. Line formation in solar granulation. II. The photospheric Fe abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 743, 2000.

[142] R. Athay. Source function equality in multiplets. Astrophys. J., 140, 1579, 1964. [143] R. Athay. A non–LTE line–blanketed solar model. Astrophys. J., 161, 713, 1970. [144] R. Athay. Bandwidth requirements in spectral line transfer calculations. In Groth and Wellmann [1393], page 179. [145] R. Athay. Radiation Transport in Spectral Lines. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1972. [146] R. Athay and R. Canﬁeld. Computed proﬁles for solar Mg b– and Na D–lines. Astrophys. J., 156, 695, 1969. [147] R. Athay, L. House, and G. Newkirk, editors. Line Formation in the Presence of Magnetic Fields. (Boulder: National Center for At- mospheric Research), 1972. [148] R. Athay and B. Lites. Fe I ionization and excitation equilibrium in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 176, 809, 1972. [149] R. Athay, J. Mathis, and A. Skumanich, editors. Resonance Lines in Astrophysics. (Boulder: National Center for Atmospheric Research), 1968. [150] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Emission cores in the H and K lines. I. Optically thick chromospheres. Solar Phys., 3, 181, 1968. [151] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Emission cores in the H and K lines. IV. Center to limb variation. Solar Phys., 4, 176, 1968. [152] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Thermalization lengths and mean number of scatterings for line photons. Astrophys. J., 170, 605, 1971. [153] R. Athay and R. Thomas. On the use of the early Balmer lines to extend the photospheric model. Astrophys. J., 127, 96, 1958. [154] R. Atkinson. Atomic synthesis and stellar energy. I. Astrophys. J., 73, 250, 1931. [155] R. Atkinson. Atomic synthesis and stellar energy. II. Astrophys. J., 73, 308, 1931. [156] L. Auer. Improved boundary conditions for the Feautrier method. As- trophys. J., 150, L53, 1967. [157] L. Auer. The stellar atmospheres problem. In Hunt et al. [1836], page 573. [158] L. Auer. Application of the complete–linearization method to the problem of non–LTE line formation. Astrophys. J., 180, 469, 1973.

[159] L. Auer. An Hermitian method for the solution of radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 931, 1976. [160] L. Auer. Diﬀerence equations and linearization methods for radiative transfer. In Kalkofen [1984], page 237. [161] L. Auer. Acceleration of convergence. In Kalkofen [1988], page 101. [162] L. Auer. Acceleration of convergence. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 9. [163] L. Auer. Formal solution: Explicit answers. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 3. [164] L. Auer. Insight into multidimensional transfer. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 405. [165] L. Auer and D. Van Blerkom. Electron scattering in spherically expanding envelopes. Astrophys. J., 178, 175, 1972. [166] L. Auer, P. Fabiani Bendicho, and J. Trujillo Bueno. Multidimensional radiative transfer with multilevel atoms. I. ALI method with precondi- tioning of the rate equations. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 599, 1994. [167] L. Auer and J. Heasley. An alternative formulation of the complete linearization method for the solution of non–LTE transfer problems. Astrophys. J., 205, 165, 1976. [168] L. Auer, J. Heasley, and R. Milkey. A computational program for the solution of non–LTE transfer problems by the complete linearization method. Technical Report 553, Kitt Peak National Observatory, Tuc- son, Arizona, 1972. [169] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Solution of transfer equations subject to the constraint of radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 151, 311, 1968. [170] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. I. Radiative equilibrium models with Lyα. Astrophys. J., 156, 157, 1969. [171] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. II. Eﬀects of Hα. Astrophys. J., 156, 681, 1969. [172] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Brackett α emission in non–LTE model stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 156, L151, 1969. [173] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. III. A complete– linearization method. Astrophys. J., 158, 641, 1969. [174] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. IV. Results for multi–line computations. Astrophys. J., 160, 233, 1970.

[175] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. On the use of variable Eddington factors in non–LTE stellar atmospheres computations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 149, 65, 1970. [176] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. VII. The H and He spectra of the O stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 24, 193, 1972. [177] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. IV. He I in the B stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 25, 433, 1973. [178] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. V. Ne I in B stars. Astrophys. J., 184, 151, 1973. [179] L. Auer and J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. VII. The Population II B star Barnard 29 in M 13. Astrophys. J., 194, 87, 1974. [180] L. Auer and F. Paletou. Two–dimensional radiative transfer with partial frequency redistribution. I. General method. Astr. Astrophys., 284, 675, 1994. [181] L. Auer and H. Shipman. A self–consistent model–atmosphere analysis of the EUV white dwarf HZ 43. Astrophys. J., 211, L103, 1977. [182] J. Aufdenberg. Line–blanketed spherically extended model atmospheres of hot luminous stars with and without winds. Pub. Astr. Soc. Paciﬁc, 113, 119, 2001. [183] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. Spherical non–LTE line– blanketed stellar–atmosphere models of the early B giants C Ma, β C Ma, and α Vir. In Howarth [1735], page 127. [184] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. A non–local thermodynamic equilibrium spherical line–blanketed stellar atmosphere model of the early B giant β C Ma. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 599, 1999. [185] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, T. Nordgren, A. Burnley, I. Howarth, K. Gordon, and J. Stansberry. The spectral energy distribution and mass–loss rate of the A–type supergiant Deneb. Astrophys. J., 570, 344, 2002. [186] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, S. Shore, and E. Baron. A spherical non–LTE line–blanketed stellar atmosphere model of the early B giant Canis Majoris. Astrophys. J., 498, 837, 1998. [187] J. Aufdenberg, H.–G. Ludwig, and P. Kervella. On the limb darkening, spectral energy distribution, and temperature structure of Procyon. Astrophys. J., 633, 424, 2005. [188] E. Avrett. Solutions of the two–level line transfer problem with complete redistribution. In Avrett et al. [192], page 101.

[189] E. Avrett. Source–function equality in multiplets. Astrophys. J., 144, 59, 1966. [190] E. Avrett. Rapidlyconverging methods for solving multilevel transfer problems. in Numerical Methods for Multidimensional Radiative Trans- fer, E. Meink¨ohn,G. Kanschat, R. Rannacher, and R. Wehrse, editors, (Heidelberg, Springer), page 217. [191] E. Avrett, O. Gingerich, and C. Whitney. Proceedings of the First Harvard–Smithsonian Conference on Stellar Atmospheres. Technical Report 167, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Mas- sachusetts, 1964. [192] E. Avrett, O. Gingerich, and C. Whitney. The Formation of Spectrum Lines: Proceedings of the Second Harvard–Smithsonian Conference on Stellar Atmospheres. Technical Report 174, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1965. [193] E. Avrett and D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. II. Line formation with a frequency independent source function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 130, 295, 1965. [194] E. Avrett and M. Krook. The temperature distribution in a stellar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 137, 874, 1963. [195] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. The PANDORA atmosphere arogram. in Cool Stars, Stellar Systems, and the Sun, Proceedings of the 7th Cambridge Workshop, ASP Conference Series, San Francisco: ASP), 26, 489, 1982. [196] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Line transfer in static and expanding spherical atmospheres. in Kalkofen [1984], page 341. [197] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Solar and stellar atmospheric modeling using the PANDORA computer program. in Piskunov et al. [3125], page A21. [198] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Models of the solar chromosphere and transition region from SUMER and HRTS observations: Formation of the extreme-Ultraviolet spectrum of hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 175, 229, 2008. [199] E. Avrett, J. Vernazza, and J. Linsky. Excitation and ionization of He in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 207, L199, 1976. [200] M. Axer, K. Fuhrmann, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analysis of metal– poor stars. I. Basic data and stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 291, 895, 1994. [201] M. Axer, K. Fuhrmann, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analyses of metal–poor stars. II. The evolutionary stage of subdwarfs. Astr. As- trophys., 300, 751, 1995.

[202] C. Aydin. Atmospheres of A–type supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 369, 1972. [203] T. Ayres. A reexamination of solar upper photosphere models, the Ca abundance, and empirical damping parameters. Astrophys. J., 213, 296, 1977. [204] T. Ayres. A physically realistic approximate form for the redistribution function RIIA. Astrophys. J., 294, 153, 1985. [205] T. Ayres and J. Linsky. Stellar model chromospheres. III. Arcturus (K2 I). Astrophys. J., 200, 660, 1975. [206] T. Ayres and J. Linsky. The Mg II h and k lines. II. Comparison with synthesized profiles and Ca II K. Astrophys. J., 205, 874, 1976. [207] T. Ayres, J. Linsky, A. Rodgers, and R. Kurucz. Stellar model chromospheres. V. α Centauri A (G2 V) and α Centauri B (K1 V). Astrophys. J., 210, 199, 1976. [208] T. Ayres, J. Linsky, and R. Shine. Stellar model chromospheres. II. Pro- cyon (F5 IV–V). Astrophys. J., 192, 93, 1974. [209] R. Aznar–Cuadrado and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of sdB stars from spectral energy distributions. Astr. Astrophys., 368, 994, 2001. [210] R. Baade. Resonance line formation in arbitrary moving envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 233, 486, 1990. [211] W. Baade. The resolution of Messier 32, NGC 205, and the central region of the Andromeda nebula. Astrophys. J., 100, 137, 1944. [212] W. Baade. Evolution of Stars and Galaxies. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press), 1965. [213] W. Baade and F. Zwicky. On super–novae. Pub. Nat. Acad. Sci., 20, 254, 1934. [214] J. Babb. Effective oscillator strengths and transition energies for the hydrogen molecular ion. Molec. Phys., 81, 17, 1994. [215] H. Babcock and C. Moore. The Solar Spectrum λ 6600 to λ 13495. Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication No. 579 (Washington, DC: Carnegie Institution), 1947. [216] N. Badnell. Dielectronic recombination. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 37. [217] J. Bahcall and R. Wolf. Fine-structure transitions. Astrophys. J., 152, 701, 1968.

[218] K. Bahner. Energy distribution in the spectra of early–type stars. As- trophys. J., 138, 1314, 1963. [219] J. Bahng. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 611, 1975. [220] J. Baker, L. Aller, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. VII. The transfer of radiation in the Lyman continuum. Astrophys. J., 90, 271, 1939. [221] J. Baker and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. III. The Balmer decrement. Astrophys. J., 88, 52, 1938. [222] J. Baker, D. Menzel, and L. Aller. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. V. Electron temperatures. Astrophys. J., 88, 422, 1938. [223] S. Balachandran and B. Carney. The oxygen abundances in halo dwarfs. I. HD 103095. Astr. J., 111, 926, 1996. [224] Y. Balega, A. Blazit, L. Koechlin, R. Foy, and A. Labeyrie. The angular diameter of Betelgeuse. Astr. Astrophys., 115, 253, 1982. [225] C. Ball and B. Pagel. Abundances of C and N in the halo red giant HD 122563. Observatory, 87, 19, 1967. [226] L. Balona. Effective temperature, bolometric correction, and mass calibration of O–F stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 119, 1994. [227] M. Bappu and J. Sahade, editors. Wolf–Rayet and High–Temperature Stars. IAU Symposium No. 49 (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1973. [228] M. Baranger. Simplified quantum–mechanical theory of pressure broadening. Phys. Rev., 111, 481, 1958. [229] M. Baranger. Problem of overlapping lines in the theory of pressure broadening. Phys. Rev., 111, 494, 1958. [230] M. Baranger. General impact theory of pressure broadening. Phys. Rev., 112, 855, 1958. [231] M. Baranger. Spectral line Bboadening in plasmas. In Bates [320], page 493. [232] M. Baranger and B. Mozer. Electric field distributions in an ionized gas. Phys. Rev., 115, 521, 1959. [233] G. Barbabo and C. Chiosi. Problems in the determination of the chemical composition of supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 7, 1973.

[234] C. Barban, M. Goupil, C. van’t Veer–Menneret, R. Garrido, F. Kupka, and U. Heiter. New grids of ATLAS 9 atmospheres. II. Limb–darkening coefficients for the Strömgrenphotometric system for A–F stars. Astr. Astrophys., 405, 1095, 2003. [235] R. Barbier, A. Delcroix, P. Hornack, J. Rogerson, and J. Swings. The ultraviolet spectrum of α Cygni. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 32, 69, 1978. [236] B. Barbuy. Analysis of the subgiant halo star HD 76932. Astr. Astro- phys., 67, 339, 1978. [237] B. Barbuy and J. Meléndez.Oxygen abundances in metal–poor stars. In Charbonnel et al. [744], page 88. [238] B. Barbuy, J. Meléndez, M. Spite, F. Spite, E. Depagne, V. Hill, R. Cayrel, P. Bonifacio, A. Damineli, and C. Torres. Oxygen abundance in the template halo giant HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 588, 1072, 2003. [239] R. Barbuy and A. Renzini, editors. The Stellar Populations of Galaxies. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1992. [240] E. Barker, D. Lambert, J. Tomkin, and J. Africano. Emission lines in the spectrum of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 90, 514, 1988. [241] P. Barklem, A. Belyaev, M. Guitou, N. Feautrier, F. Gadéa, and A. Spielfiedel. On inelastic hydrogen atom collisions in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 530, 94, 2011. [242] P. Barklem and B. O’Mara. The broadening of p−d and d−p transitions by collisions with neutral hydrogen atoms. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 290, 860, 1997. [243] P. Barklem, N. Piskunov, and B. O’Mara. Self–broadening in Balmer– line wing-formation in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1091, 2000. [244] P. Barklem, H. Stempels, C. Allende Prieto, O. Kochukov, N. Piskunov, and B. O’Mara. Detailed analysis of Balmer lines in cool dwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys., 385, 951, 2002. [245] M. Barlow. Observations of mass loss from OB and Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 149. [246] M. Barlow, J. Blades, and D. Hummer. Optical observations of the ultrahigh–excitation Wolf–Rayet star Sanduleak 3. Astrophys. J., 241, L27, 1980. [247] M. Barlow and M. Cohen. Infrared photometry and mass loss rates for OBA supergiants and Of stars. Astrophys. J., 213, 737, 1977.

[248] M. Barlow, L. Smith, and A. Willis. Mass–loss rates for 21 Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 196, 101, 1981. [249] T. Barman, P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, P. Stancil, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Non–LTE effects of Na I in the atmosphere of HD 209458b. Astrophys. J., 569, 51, 2002. [250] A. Barnard and J. Cooper. Computed profiles of He I 5016A˚ at high electron densities. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 10, 695, 1970. [251] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and L. Shamey. Calculated profiles of He I 4471 and 4922A˚ and their forbidden components. Astr. Astrophys., 1, 28, 1969. [252] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. The broadening of He I lines including ion dynamic corrections with application to λ 4471A.˚ J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 1025, 1974. [253] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Stark broadening tables for He I λ 4922A.˚ J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 429, 1975. [254] T. Barnes and D. Evans. Stellar angular diameters and visual surface brightness. I. Late spectral types. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 489, 1976. [255] T. Barnes, D. Evans, and T. Moffett. Stellar angular diameters and visual surface brightness. III. An improved definition of the relationship. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 285, 1978. [256] T. Barnes, D. Evans, and S. Parsons. Stellar angular diameters and visual surface brightness. II. Early and intermediate spectral types. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 503, 1976. [257] T. Barnes, D. Lambert, and A. Potter. Infrared spectra of γ2 Velorum and ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 187, 73, 1974.

[258] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. Parallel implementation of the PHOENIX generalized stellar atmosphere program. II. Wavelength parallelization. Astrophys. J., 495, 370, 1998. [259] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. Comoving frame radiative transfer in spherical media with arbitrary velocity ﬁelds. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 987, 2004. [260] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. A 3D radiative transfer framework. II. Line transfer problems. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 255, 2007. [261] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, E. Lentz, J. Aufdenberg, A. Schweitzer, and T. Barman. Highlights of stellar modeling with PHOENIX. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 19.

[262] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, and D. Lowenthal. Parallelization strategies for ALI radiative transfer in moving media. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 385. [263] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, and A. Mezzacappa. Radiative transfer in the comoving frame. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 278, 763, 1996. [264] E. Baron, P Hauschildt, P. Nugent, and D. Branch. Non–local thermodynamic equilibrium eﬀects in modeling of supernovae at near maximum light. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 283, 297, 1996. [265] M. Barstow. LTE model atmospheres for hot, He–rich degenerate stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 243, 182, 1990. [266] M. Barstow, editor. White Dwarfs: Advances in Theory and Observa- tion. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1993. [267] M. Barstow, N. Bannister, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, F. Bruhweiler, and R. Napiwotzki. Far–ultraviolet spectroscopy of the hot DA white dwarf WD 2218+706 with STIS. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 325, 1149, 2001. [268] M. Barstow, H. Bond, J. Holberg, M. Burleigh, I. Hubeny, and D. Koester. Hubble Space Telescope spectroscopy of the Balmer lines in Sirius B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 362, 1134, 2005. [269] M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, N. Bannister, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, F. Bruh- weiler, and R. Napiwotzki. Heavy elements in DA white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 128. [270] M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, H. Bond, and D. Koester. HST observations of the Sirius B Balmer lines. In Koester and Moehler [2093], page 175. [271] M. Barstow, R. Cruddace, M. Kowalski, N. Bannister, D. Yentis, J. Lap- ington, J. Tandy, I. Hubeny, S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and T. Barbee. High– resolution extreme ultraviolet spectroscopy of G191–B2B: Structure of the stellar photosphere and the surrounding interstellar medium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 362, 1273, 2005. [272] M. Barstow, S. Dreizler, J. Holberg, D. Finley, K. Werner, and I. Hubeny. The discovery of photospheric Ni in the hot DO white dwarf REJ 0503–289. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 314, 109, 2000. [273] M. Barstow, T. Fleming, C. Diamond, D. Finley, A. Sansom, S. Rosen, D. Koester, M. Holberg, J. Marsh, and K. Kidder. ROSAT studies of the composition and structure of DA white dwarf atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 264, 16, 1993. [274] M. Barstow, T. Fleming, D. Finley, D. Koester, and C. Diamond. ROSAT EUV and soft X–ray studies of atmospheric composition and structure in G191–B2B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 260, 631, 1993.

[275] M. Barstow, S. Good, M. Burleigh, I. Hubeny, J. Holberg, and A. Levan. A comparison of DA white dwarf temperatures and gravities from FUSE Lyman line and ground–based Balmer line observations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 344, 562, 2003. [276] M. Barstow, S. Good, J. Holberg, M. Burleigh, N. Bannister, I. Hubeny, and R. Napiwotzki. FUSE observations of PG1342+444: New insights into the nature of the hottest DA white dwarf. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 330, 425, 2002. [277] M. Barstow, S. Good, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, N. Bannister, F. Bruh- weiler, M. Burleigh, and R. Napiwotzki. Heavy–element abundance patterns in hot DA white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 341, 870, 2003. [278] M. Barstow and J. Holberg. The photospheric temperatures and composition of very hot He–rich white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 245, 370, 1990. [279] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, A. Cruise, and A. Penny. The mass, temperature and distance of the white dwarf in V 471 Tauri. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 290, 505, 1997. [280] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, S. Good, A. Levan, and F. Meru. A comparison of DA white dwarf temperatures and gravities from Lyman and Balmer line studies. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 328, 211, 2001. [281] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Heavy elements in white dwarf envelopes. In Isern et al. [1864], page 237. [282] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, T. Lanz, F. Bruhweiler, and R. Tweedy. Solving the mystery of the heavy–element opacity in the DA white dwarf GD 394. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 1120, 1996. [283] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. Limits on the hydrogen layer mass and consequent He opacity in hot DA white dwarf atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 35, 1994. [284] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. Extreme ultraviolet spectrophotometry of HD 16538 and HR 8210. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 270, 516, 1994. [285] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. The remarkably low abundance of He in the atmosphere of the DA white dwarf HZ 43. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 274, 31, 1995. [286] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, D. Koester, J. Nousek, and K. Werner. Extreme ultraviolet spectroscopy of white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 302.

[287] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, M. Marsh, R. Tweedy, M. Burleigh, T. Flem- ing, D. Koester, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. RE 1738+665: The hottest DA white dwarf detected by ROSAT. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 271, 175, 1994. [288] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, K. Werner, D. Buckley, and R. Stobie. The nature of the newly discovered DO white dwarf RE 0503–289. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 267, 653, 1994. [289] M. Barstow and I. Hubeny. An alternative explanation of the EUV spectrum of the white dwarf G191-B2B invoking a stratified H + He envelope including heavier elements. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 379, 1998. [290] M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. The effect of photospheric heavy elements on the hot DA white dwarf temperature scale. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 520, 1998. [291] M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. Evidence for the stratification of Fe in the photosphere of G191–B2B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 307, 884, 1999. [292] M. Barstow and R. Tweedy. The photospheric temperature and metal abundance of the compact star H1504 + 65. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 242, 484, 1990. [293] M. Barstow, R. Tweedy, and K. Werner. PG 1159 stars and the PNN– white dwarf connection. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 17. [294] M. Barstow and K. Werner. Structure and evolution of white dwarfs and their interaction with the local interstellar medium. Astrophys. Space Sci., 303, 3, 2006. [295] B. Baschek. Aufbau und chemische Zussamensetzung der Atmosphäre des Subdwarfs HD 140283. Z. fürAstrophys., 48, 95, 1959. [296] B. Baschek. Häufigkeitsbestimmung fürKohlenstoff aus CH–Banden im subdwarf HD 140283 und in der Sonne. Z. fürAstrophys., 56, 207, 1963. [297] B. Baschek. Quantitative Analyse des Spektrums des SchnelläufersWil- son 10367 (LPM 661). Z. fürAstrophys., 61, 27, 1965. [298] B. Baschek. On the chemical abundances in the weak–He–line star α Sculptoris. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 333, 1973. [299] B. Baschek, G. Efimov, E. von Waldenfels, and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer in moving spherical atmospheres. II. Astr. Astrophys., 317, 630, 1997.

[300] B. Baschek, M. Hafner, and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer in moving spherical atmospheres. I. Analytical perturbation solution for the grey case. Astr. Astrophys., 301, 511, 1995. [301] B. Baschek, P. Höflich, and M. Scholz. The OB subdwarf Feige 66, a chemical–composition twin to HD 149382. Astr. Astrophys., 112, 76, 1982. [302] B. Baschek, H. Holweger, O. Namba, and G. Traving. Quantitative Analyse des Spektrums des F8 V Sterns β Virginis. Z. fürAstrophys., 65, 418, 1967. [303] B. Baschek, W. Kegel, and G. Traving, editors. Problems in Stellar Atmospheres and Envelopes. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1975. [304] B. Baschek, D. Mihalas, and J. Oxenius. On the stimulated emission terms in partial redistribution calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 97, 43, 1981. [305] B. Baschek and J. Norris. Neutral–He line strengths. II. The B type subdwarf HD 205805. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 327, 1970. [306] B. Baschek and J. Norris. The OB–type subdwarf HD 149382 and the nature of the subdwarf B stars. Astrophys. J., 199, 694, 1975. [307] B. Baschek and J. Oke. Effective temperatures and gravities of Ap, Am, and normal A–type stars. Astrophys. J., 141, 1404, 1965. [308] B. Baschek and A. Sargent. The chemical composition of the horizontal– branch B star Feige 86. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 47, 1976. [309] B. Baschek, W. Sargent, and L. Searle. The chemical composition of the B–type subdwarf HD 4539. Astrophys. J., 173, 611, 1972. [310] B. Baschek and M. Scholz. The spectrum of ζ Pup (O5f). Astr. Astro- phys., 15, 285, 1971. [311] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Spectral analysis of the OB subdwarf HD 149382. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 387, 1982. [312] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, and E. Sedlmayr. Non–LTE analysis of neutral O lines in A–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 55, 375, 1977.

[313] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, and R. Wehrse. The parameters R and Teff in stellar models and observations. Astr. Astrophys., 246, 374, 1991. [314] B. Baschek and G. Traving. Differentielle Wachstumskurven. Z. für Astrophys., 59, 276, 1964. [315] B. Baschek, W. Waldenfels, and R. Wehrse. Opacity distribution in static and moving media. Astr. Astrophys., 371, 1084, 2001.

[316] U. Bastian, C. Bertout, L. Stenholm, and R. Wehrse. A comparison of three methods for computing line proﬁles in spherical envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 105, 1980. [317] B. Bates, D. Giaretta, D. McCartney, J. McQuoid, and R. Bankhead. IUE and balloon spectral observations of mass loss from β Orionis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 190, 611, 1980. [318] B. Bates and S. Gilheany. IUE observations of mass–loss spectral features in B5–B9 supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 243, 320, 1990.

+ + [319] D. Bates. Absorption of radiation by an atmosphere of H, H , and H2 , semi–classical treatment. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 112, 40, 1952. [320] D. Bates, editor. Atomic and Molecular Processes. (New York: Aca- demic Press), 1962. [321] D. Bates, R. Darling, S. Hawe, and A. Stewart. Properties of the hydrogen molecular ion. III. Oscillator strengths of the 1s Σg −2p Πu, 2p Σu − 3d Πg, and 2p Πu −3d Πg transitions. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 66, 1124, 1953. [322] D. Bates, R. Darling, S. Hawe, and A. Stewart. Properties of the hydrogen molecular ion. IV. Oscillator strengths of the transitions connecting the lowest even and odd Σ states with higher Σ states. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 67, 533, 1954. [323] D. Bates, K. Ledsham, and A. Stewart. Wave functions of the hydrogen molecular ion. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 246, 215, 1953. [324] D. Bates, U. Opik,¨ and G. Poots. Properties of the hydrogen molecular ion. II. Photoionization from the 1s Σg, 2s Σg, and 3s Σg states. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 66, 1113, 1953. [325] A. Batten, editor. Extended Atmospheres and Circumstellar Matter in Spectroscopic Binary Systems. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1973. [326] F. Bauer and D. Husfeld. Metal abundances in subdwarf O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 481, 1995. [327] W. Baum, W. Hiltner, H. Johnson, and A. Sandage. The main sequence of the globular cluster M 13. Astrophys. J., 130, 749, 1959. [328] D. Baum¨uller,K. Butler, and T. Gehren. Sodium in the Sun and in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 637, 1998. [329] D. Baum¨ullerand T. Gehren. Aluminum in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 325, 1088, 1997. [330] M. Bautista and T. Kallman. The XSTAR atomic database. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 134, 139, 2001.

[331] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of neutral Fe. J. Phys. B, 28, L173, 1995. [332] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Fe/O abundance ratio in the Orion Neb- ula. Astrophys. J. Let., 442, L65, 1995. [333] M. Bautista, P. Romano, and A. Pradhan. Resonance–averaged photoionization cross sections for astrophysical models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 118, 259, 1998. [334] C. Beals. On the nature of Wolf–Rayet emission. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 202, 1929. [335] C. Beals. The Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 4, 271, 1930. [336] C. Beals. The contours of emission bands in novae and Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 966, 1931. [337] C. Beals. Classification and temperatures of Wolf–Rayet stars. Obser- vatory, 56, 196, 1933. [338] C. Beals. Spectrophotometric studies of Wolf–Rayet stars and novae. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 5, 96, 1934. [339] A. Beauchamp and F. Wesemael. The optical spectrum of extreme He stars: A hotbed of forbidden components of neutral He. Astrophys. J., 496, 395, 1998. [340] A. Beauchamp, F. Wesemael, and P. Bergeron. The DB and DBA white dwarfs: Epitomes of H–deficient stars. In Koester and Werner [1904], page 295. [341] A. Beck and P. Havas, editors. Collected Papers Of Albert Einstein, Volume 2. The Swiss Years: 1900–1909. (Princeton: Princeton Univer- sity Press), 1989. [342] S. Becker. Temperature determination in B stars from Si II, III, and IV in non–LTE. In Garmany [1225], page 142. [343] S. Becker. Temperatures, gravities and abundances of B stars: Recent progress and remaining problems. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 353. [344] S. Becker. Non–LTE analyses of B stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 11. [345] S. Becker. Non–LTE line formation for Fe–group elements in A supergiants. In Howarth [1735], page 137. [346] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late O stars. I. Singly ionized oxygen. Astr. Astrophys., 201, 232, 1988.

[347] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late O stars. II. Equivalent widths for O II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 74, 211, 1988. [348] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late O stars. V. Equivalent widths for N II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 76, 331, 1988. [349] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late O stars. IV. Singly ionized N. Astr. Astrophys., 209, 244, 1989. [350] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE equivalent widths for Si II, III, and IV. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 84, 95, 1990. [351] S. Becker and K. Butler. Si II, III, and IV in non–LTE for temperature determinations in B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 235, 326, 1990. [352] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements. I. Fe V. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 647, 1992. [353] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements. II. Fe VI. Astr. Astrophys., 294, 215, 1995. [354] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements. III. Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys., 301, 187, 1995. [355] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements. IV. Ni IV, V and VI. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 453, 1995. [356] J. Beckers. The variation of the wings of the Ca K line across the solar disk. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 16, 133, 1962. [357] J. Beckers, C. Bridges, and L. Gilliam. A High Resolution Spectral Atlas of the Solar Irradiance From 380 to 700 Nanometers. Technical Report Air Force Geophysics Laboratory Report AFGL–TR–76–01216 Vol. II, Hanscom AFB, Massachusetts, 1976. [358] J. Beckman and L. Crivellari, editors. Progress in Stellar Spectral Line Formation Theory. NATO Advanced Science Institute. (Dordrecht: Rei- del), 1985. [359] J. Beckman, L. Crivellari, and P. Selvilli. The spectra of late–type dwarfs and subdwarfs in the near ultraviolet. I. Line identiﬁcations. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 47, 295, 1982. [360] S. Beckwith and A. Natta. Transfer of resonant line photons in spherically accelerating envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 181, 57, 1987. [361] T. Bedding, A. Booth, and J. Davis, editors. Fundamental Stellar Prop- erties: The Interaction Between Observation and Theory. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1998.

[362] H. Beebe and R. Milkey. The effect of resonance–line transfer on H ionization. Astrophys. J., 172, L111, 1972. [363] A. Beer, editor. Vistas in Astronomy. Volume 1. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 1955. [364] T. Beers and N. Christlieb. The discovery and analysis of very metal– poor stars in the Galaxy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 531, 2005. [365] N. Behara and C. Jeffery. LTE model atmospheres with new opacities. I. Methods and general properties. Astr. Astrophys., 451, 643, 2006. [366] D. Beintema, P. van Hoof, F. Lahuis, S. Pottasch, L. Waters, T. de Graauw, D. Boxhoorn, J. Feuchtgruber, and P. Morris. The central stars of the planetary nebulae NGC 7027 and NGC 6543. Astr. Astrophys., 315, L253, 1996. [367] K. Bell. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative ion of molecular hydrogen. J. Phys. B, 13, 1859, 1980. [368] K. Bell and K. Berrington. Free–free absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 20, 801, 1987. [369] K. Bell, A. Kingston, and W. McIlveen. The total absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 8, 358, 1975. [370] K. Bell, A. Kingston, and W. McIlveen. The total free–free absorption coefficient of the negative ion of molecular hydrogen. J. Phys. B, 8, 659, 1975. [371] R. Bell. Theoretical colors for F and G dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 154, 343, 1971. [372] R. Bell. The influence of lines of various metals on the solar colors. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 156, 13, 1972. [373] R. Bell. The calculation of flux constant line–blanketed model atmospheres for solar type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 164, 197, 1973. [374] R. Bell. A comparison between observed and calculated IRAS fluxes of G and K giant stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 264, 345, 1993. [375] R. Bell. Tests of effective temperature – color relations. In Bedding et al. [361], page 159. [376] R. Bell, S. Balachandran, and M. Bautista. The importance of Fe I as a continuous opacity source in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 546, 65, 2001. [377] R. Bell and D. Branch. Carbon abundances in G dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 175, 25, 1976.

[378] R. Bell, M. Briley, and J. Norris. The determination of C and O abundances in very metal-poor globular cluster giant stars. Astr. J., 104, 1127, 1992. [379] R. Bell, R. Clegg, and A. Powell. The C and N abundances of γ Pavonis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 31, 1977. [380] R. Bell, B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. The surface gravity of Arc- turus from MgH lines, strong metal lines, and the ionization equilibrium of Fe. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 212, 497, 1985. [381] R. Bell, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, and A.˚ Nordlund. A grid of model atmospheres for metal–deficient giant stars. II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 23, 37, 1976. [382] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The colors of G and K type giant stars. II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 34, 229, 1978. [383] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The relationship between stellar visual surface brightness and color. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 191, 435, 1980. [384] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The effective temperatures and colors of G and K stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 236, 653, 1989. [385] R. Bell and J. Oke. Analysis of four F subdwarfs used as spectrophotometric standards. Astrophys. J., 307, 253, 1986. [386] R. Bell and S. Parsons. Theoretical colors for F and G supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 169, 71, 1974. [387] R. Bell and A. Rodgers. The atmosphere of β Doradus. III. H–line profiles. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 135, 121, 1967. [388] N. Bellomo and R. Gatignol, editors. Lectures Notes on Discretization of the Boltzmann Equation. Volume 63. Series on Advances in Math- ematics for Applied Sciences. (Singapore: World Scientific Publishing Company), 2003. [389] M. Beltrametti and J. Perry. Radiatively driven winds from extended sources. Astr. Astrophys., 82, 99, 1980. [390] O. Bely and H. van Regemorter. Excitation and ionization by electron impact. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 8, 329, 1970. [391] R. Bengston, M. Miller, W. Davis, and J. Grieg. Measurements of the Stark broadening of Hγ. Astrophys. J., 157, 957, 1969. [392] E. Bennet and C. McKeith. Carbon abundances in B–type stars from an LTE analysis of CCD/echelle observations of the C II 6578, 6583A˚ lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 234, 325, 1988.

[393] V. Berestetskii, E. Lifshitz, and L. Pitaevskii. Quantum Electrodynam- ics. (Oxford: Butterworth–Heinemann), 2nd edition, 1982. [394] J. Berger. Absorption coefficients for free–free transitions in a hydrogen plasma. Astrophys. J., 124, 550, 1956. [395] J. Berger and J. Greenstein. A new He–rich star, BD +13◦3224. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 75, 148, 1963. [396] T. Bergerhöffer,J. Schmitt, R. Danner, and J. Cassinelli. X–ray properties of bright OB–type stars detected in the ROSAT all–sky survey. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 167, 1997. [397] P. Bergeron and S. Leggett. Model atmosphere analysis of two very cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 580, 1070, 2002. [398] G. Bernabeu. Stellar wind velocities and the radiation–driven wind theory for O stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 197, 237, 1992. [399] G. Bernabeu, A. Magazzo, and R. Stalio. Stellar wind velocities and luminosities of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 226, 215, 1989. [400] A. Bernat and D. Lambert. Copernicus observations of Betelgeuse and Antares. Astrophys. J., 204, 830, 1985. [401] J. Bernkopf. Unified stellar models and convection in cool stars. Astr. Astrophys., 332, 127, 1998. [402] K. Berrington, P. Burke, M. Le Dourneuf, W. Robb, K. Taylor, and V. Lan. A new version of the general program to calculate atomic continuum processes using the R–matrix method. Comp. Phys. Commun., 14, 367, 1978.

[403] K. Berrington, W. Eissner, and P. Norrington. RMATRX1: Belfast atomic R–matrix codes. Comp. Phys. Commun., 92, 290, 1995. [404] E. Bertone, A. Buzzoni, M. Chavez, and L. Rodriguez–Merino. ATLAS vs. NextGen model atmospheres: A combined analysis of synthetic spectral energy distributetions Astr. J., 128, 289, 2004. [405] C. Bertout and C. Magnan. Line profiles from moving spherical shells. Astr. Astrophys., 183, 319, 1987. [406] M. Bessell. The metal deficiency of two members of M 67. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 84, 489, 1972. [407] M. Bessell. Two of the most metal–deficient stars. Proc. Astr. Soc. Australia, 3, 144, 1977. [408] M. Bessell. Cool star empirical temperature scales. In Bedding et al. [361], page 127.

[409] M. Bessell. Spectrophotometry: Revised standards and techniques. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 111, 1426, 1999. [410] M. Bessell. Standard photometric systems. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 293, 2005. [411] M. Bessell. Measuring the Balmer jump and the effective gravity in FGK stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 119, 605, 2007. [412] M. Bessell, F. Castelli, and B. Plez. Model atmospheres, broad– band colors, bolometric corrections and temperature calibrations for O–M stars. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 231, 1998. [413] M. Bessell and J. Norris. N overabundances in Population II dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 263, 622, 1982. [414] M. Bessell and J. Norris. The ultra–metal–deficient (Population III?) red giant CD 38.245◦. Astrophys. J., 285, 622, 1984. [415] M. Bessell and J. Norris. Relative elemental abundances in extremely metal–deficient stars. J. Astrophys. and Astr., 8, 99, 1987. [416] M. Bessell, R. Sutherland, and K. Ruan. Oxygen abundances in halo stars. Astrophys. J., 383, L71, 1991. [417] M. Bessell and D. Wickramasinghe. Subdwarfs II. The missing halo– population K subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 227, 232, 1979. [418] H. Bethe. Energy production in stars. Phys. Rev., 55, 434, 1939. [419] H. Bethe and R. Jackiw. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics. (New York: W. A. Benjamin, Inc.), 2nd edition, 1968. [420] H. Bethe and E. Salpeter. Quantum Mechanics of One– and Two– Electron Atoms. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1957. [421] K. Beuermann, I. Baraffe, and P. Hauschildt. Barnes–Evans relations for late–type giants and dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 524, 1999. [422] R. Beveridge and C. Sneden. The chemical compositions of two N–rich, metal–poor, halo dwarf stars. Astr. J., 108, 285, 1994. [423] A. Bhatia. Properties of the ground state of the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 2787, 1998. [424] P. Bhatnagar, M. Krook, D. Menzel, and R. Thomas. Turbulence, kinetic temperature, and electron temperature in stellar atmospheres. In Beer [363], page 296. [425] L. Bianchi and R. Gilmozzi, editors. Mass Outflows From Stars and Galactic Nuclei. Proceedings of the Second Torino Workshop, Turin, Italy. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1988.

[426] E. Biemont. Abundances of singly–ionized elements of the Fe group in the Sun. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 184, 683, 1978. [427] E. Biemont, M. Baudoux, R. Kurucz, W. Ambacher, and E. Pinnington. The solar abundance of Fe: A “final” word! Astr. Astrophys., 249, 539, 1991. [428] L. Biermann. Untersuchungen über den inneren Aufbau der Sterne. IV. Konvektionszonen im Innern der Sterne. Z. fürAstrophys., 5, 117, 1932. [429] J. Binney and M. Merrifield. Galactic Astronomy. (Princeton: Prince- ton University Press), 1998. [430] G. Bisnovatyi–Kogan and A. Dorodnitsyn. On modeling radiation– driven envelopes at arbitrary optical depths. Astr. Astrophys., 344, 647, 1999. [431] J. Bjorkman and J. Cassinelli. Equatorial disk formation around rotating stars due to Ram pressure confinement by the stellar wind. Astro- phys. J., 409, 429, 1993. [432] J. Bjorkman. The solution topology of radiation–driven winds. I. The X–type nature of the CAK critical point. Astrophys. J., 453, 369, 1995. [433] D. Blackwell, R. Ellis, P. Ibbetson, A. Petford, and R. Willis. The continuum flux distribution for Arcturus. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 171, 425, 1975. [434] D. Blackwell and M. Shallis. Stellar angular diameters from infrared photometry – Application to Arcturus and other stars; with effective temperatures. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 180, 177, 1977. [435] D. Blackwell and R. Willis. Stellar gravities from metallic line profiles, with application to Arcturus – The effective temperature of Arcturus. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 180, 169, 1977.

[436] M. Blaha. Effective Gaunt factors geff for excitation of positive ions by electron collisions in a simplified Coulomb–Born approximation. Astro- phys. J., 157, 473, 1969. [437] J. Blanc–Vaziaga, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and R. Cayrel. Contribution to the study of supermetallicity in late–type giants. Astrophys. J., 180, 871, 1973. [438] R. Blandford and E. Scharlemann. On induced Compton scattering by relativistic particles. Astrophys. Space Sci., 36, 303, 1975. [439] R. Bless. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of A–type stars. Astrophys. J., 132, 532, 1960.

[440] R. Bless and A. Code. Ultraviolet astronomy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 10, 197, 1972. [441] R. Bless, A. Code, and T. Houck. Astronomical radiation measurements. III. An analysis for far–ultraviolet filter observations of stars. Astrophys. J., 153, 561, 1968. [442] R. Bless, A. Code, T. Houck, J. McNall, and D. Taylor. Astronomical radiation measurements. II. Observations of stars in the spectral region λλ 2800–2100. Astrophys. J., 153, 557, 1968. [443] R. Bless, A. Code, and D. Schroeder. Astronomical radiation measurements. I. Spectrophometric standards for astronomical use. Astrophys. J., 153, 545, 1968. [444] N. van der Blick, B. Gustafsson, and K. Eriksson. Stellar far–IR fluxes: How accurate are model predictions? Astr. Astrophys., 309, 860, 1996. [445] S. Blinnikov, N. Dunina–Barkovskaya, and D. Nadyozhin. Equation of state of a Fermi gas: Approximations for various degrees of relativism and degeneracy. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106, 171, 1996. [446] R. Blomme. The terminal velocity of the stellar wind in O–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 229, 523, 1990. [447] R. Blomme and W. Van Rensbergen. Mass loss and C IV ionization in the stellar wind of OB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 207, 70, 1988. [448] B. Boer, C. de Jager, and H. Nieuwenhuijzen. The dynamical state of the atmosphere of the supergiant α Cygni (A2 Ia). Astr. Astrophys., 195, 218, 1988. [449] B. Bohannan, D. Abbott, S. Voels, and D. Hummer. Photospheres of hot stars. II. An analysis of ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 308, 728, 1986. [450] B. Bohannan, S. Voels, D. Hummer, and D. Abbott. Photospheres of hot stars. IV. Spectral type O4. Astrophys. J., 365, 729, 1990. [451] B. Bohannan and N. Walborn. The Ofpe/WN 9 class in the Large Magellanic Cloud. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 101, 520, 1989. [452] R. Bohlin. Spectrophotometric standards from the far–UV to the near– IR on the white dwarf flux scale. Astr. J., 111, 1743, 1996. [453] R. Bohlin. Comparison of white dwarf models with STIS spectrophotometry. Astr. J., 120, 437, 2000. [454] R. Bohlin, L. Colina, and D. Finley. White dwarf standard stars G191– B2B, GD 71, GD 153, HZ 43. Astr. J., 110, 1316, 1995.

[455] R. Bohlin, M. Dickinson, and D. Calzetti. Spectrophotometric standards from the far–ultraviolet to the near–infrared: STIS and NICMOS fluxes. Astr. J., 122, 2118, 2001. [456] R. Bohlin and R. Gilliland. HST absolute spectrophotometry of Vega from the far UV to the IR. Astr. J., 127, 3508, 2004. [457] D. Bohm and L. Aller. The electron velocity distribution in gaseous nebulae and stellar envelopes. Astrophys. J., 105, 1, 1947. [458] K.–H. Böhm. Die Temperaturschichtung der Sonnenatmosphäreim nichtgrauen Strahlungsgleichgewicht. Z. fürAstrophys., 34, 182, 1954. [459] K.–H. Böhm. Zur Deutung der Mitte Rand Variation der Fraunhofer Linien. Z. fürAstrophys., 35, 179, 1954. [460] K.–H. Böhm. Basic theory of line formation. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 3, page 88. [461] K.–H. Böhm,editor. The Blanketing Effect. IAU Colloquium. J. Quan- tit. Spectrosc. & Radiat. Transf., 6, 534, 1966. [462] K.–H. Böhm.The theory of extended and expanding atmospheres. In Batten [325], page 148. [463] K.–H. Böhmand D. Kapranidis. The basic structure of hot white dwarf atmospheres as a function of composition. Astr. Astrophys., 87, 307, 1980. [464] E. Böhm–Vitense. Uber¨ die Temperatur– und Druckschichtung der Sonnenatmosphäre. Z. fürAstrophys., 34, 209, 1954. [465] E. Böhm–Vitense. Uber¨ die Wasserstoffkonvektionszone in Sternen ver- schiedener Effektivtemperaturen und Leuchtkräfte. Z. fürAstrophys., 46, 108, 1958. [466] E. Böhm–Vitense. Berechnung der Temperaturschichtung nichtgrauer Atmosphärenim Strahlungsgleichgewicht. Z. fürAstrophys., 57, 241, 1963. [467] E. Böhm–Vitense.On the atmospheres of He stars. Astrophys. J., 150, 483, 1967. [468] E. Böhm–Vitense. The UBVr colors of main sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 8, 283, 1970. [469] E. Böhm–Vitense.Convection and metal abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 14, 390, 1971. [470] E. Böhm–Vitense.Surface temperatures and curves of growth for Pop- ulation I and Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 81, 1972.

[471] E. Böhm–Vitense. The UBVr colors of supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 335, 1972. [472] E. Böhm–Vitense. The UBV r colors of extreme Population II giants. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 447, 1973. [473] E. Böhm–Vitense. Line effects on the radiative acceleration in supergiant stars. Astrophys. J., 181, 379, 1973. [474] E. Böhm–Vitense.Energy distributions in main sequence A and F stars. Astrophys. J., 223, 509, 1978. [475] E. Böhm–Vitense. Spectral classification from a theoretical point of view. In McCarthy et al. [2535], page 309. [476] E. Böhm–Vitense. Far–ultraviolet energy distributions of the metal– poor A stars HD 109995 and HD 161817. Astrophys. J., 243, 213, 1981. [477] E. Böhm–Vitense. The effective temperature scale. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 295, 1981. [478] E. Böhm–Vitense.The ultraviolet energy distributions of late A stars. Astrophys. J., 244, 938, 1981. [479] E. Böhm–Vitense.Effective temperatures of A and F stars. Astrophys. J., 255, 191, 1982. [480] E. Böhm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 1: Ba- sic Stellar Observations and Data. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1989. [481] E. Böhm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 2: Stel- lar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1989. [482] E. Böhm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 3: Stel- lar Structure and Evolution. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1992. [483] E. Böhm–Vitense,T. Dettmann, and S. Kapranidis. On the energy distribution in Sirius B. Astrophys. J., 232, 189, 1979. [484] E. Böhm–Vitense,P. Hodge, and D. Boggs. The ultraviolet spectra of the O and B stars in the young galactic cluster NGC 6530. Astrophys. J., 287, 825, 1984. [485] E. Böhm–Vitenseand P. Johnson. Scanner observations of main sequence A and F stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 35, 461, 1977. [486] E. Böhm–Vitense,J. Mena-Werth, K. Carpenter, and R. Robinson. Mg II emission lines of Hyades F Stars. Astrophys. J., 550, 457, 2001.

[487] E. Böhm–Vitenseand G. Nelson. About the proper choice of the characteristic length in the convection theory. Astrophys. J., 210, 741, 1976. [488] E. Böhm–Vitense,D. Pyper, and G. Wallerstein. The spectrum of γ Pegasi between 3300 and 3030A.˚ Astrophys. J., 140, 807, 1964. [489] E. Böhm–Vitense,R. Robinson, and K. Carpenter. The O VI and C III lines at 1032 and 977A˚ in Hyades F stars. Astrophys. J., 606, 1174, 2004. [490] E. Böhm–Vitenseand P. Szkody. The interpretation of the two–color and color–magnitude diagrams of M 15 and M 92. Astrophys. J., 184, 211, 1973. [491] E. Böhm–Vitenseand P. Szkody. UBVr colors for Population II giants. Astrophys. J., 193, 607, 1974. [492] H. Bohn and B. Wolf. Dissociation equilibrium and thermodynamics of diatomic molecules in astrophysical applications. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 202, 1984. [493] J. Bond, K. Watson, and J. Welch. Atomic Theory of Gasdynamics. (Reading: Addison–wesley), 1965. [494] J. Bonnell and D. Branch. On the measurement and analysis of spectra of K giants. Astrophys. J., 229, 175, 1979. [495] J. Bonnet. Recherches sur l’émissioncontinue du Soleil entre 1950A˚ et 3000A.˚ Ann. dAstrophys., 31, 597, 1968. [496] R. Bonnet and P. Delache, editors. Energy Balance and Hydrodynam- ics of the Solar Chromosphere and Corona. (Clermont–Ferrand: G.de Bussac), 1997. [497] W. Bonsack, J. Greenstein, J. Mathis, W. Melbourne, G. Neugebauer, R. Newburn, K. Olsen, W. Tifft, H. Wahlquist, and G. Wallerstein. The interpretation of photoelectric colors for stars of types B–F. Astrophys. J., 125, 139, 1957. [498] W. Bonsack and Greenstein J. A high–velocity supergiant, HD 172324. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 68, 249, 1956. [499] M. Born, W. Heisenberg, and P. Jordan. Zur Quantenmechanik II. Z. fürPhys., 35, 557, 1926. [500] M. Born and P. Jordan. Zur Quantenmechanik. Z. fürPhys., 34, 858, 1925. [501] M. Born and J. R. Oppenheimer. Zur Quantentheorie del Molekeln. Ann. Physik, 84, 457, 1927.

[502] J. Borsenberger and M. Gros. A grid of medium cool radiative equi- 4 librium non–LTE models: 10,000 K ≤ Teﬀ ≤ 15,000 K, g = 10 . Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 41, 291, 1978. [503] J. Borsenberger and G. Stasinska. NLTE model atmospheres for early– type stars of various chemical compositions and resulting emission–line spectra for surrounding H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 158, 1982. [504] A. Borysow. Modeling of collision–induced infrared absorption spectra of H2 –H2 pairs in the fundamental band at temperatures from 20 to 300 K. Icarus, 92, 273, 1991. [505] A. Borysow. Pressure–induced molecular absorption in stellar atmospheres. In Jørgensen [1964], page 209.

[506] A. Borysow. Collision–induced absorption coefficients of H2 pairs at temperatures from 60 K to 1000 K. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 779, 2002. [507] A. Borysow, J. Borysow, and Y. Fu. Semi–empirical model of collision– induced absorption spectra of H2 –H2 complexes in the second overtone band of hydrogen at temperatures from 50 to 500 K. Icarus, 145, 601, 2000. [508] A. Borysow and U. Jorgensen. Collision–induced absorption in M dwarfs and cool white dwarfs. In Griffith and Marley [1380], page 173. [509] A. Borysow, U. Jorgensen, and Y. Fu. High–temperature (1000 – 7000 K) collision–induced absorption of H2 pairs computed from first principles, with application to cool and dense stellar atmospheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 68, 235, 2001. [510] A. Borysow, U. Jorgensen, and C. Zheng. Model atmospheres of cool, low–metallicity stars: The importance of collision–induced absorption. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 185, 1997. [511] S. Bose. Planck’s Gesetz und Lichtquantenhypothese. Z. fürPhys., 26, 178, 1924. [512] S. Bose. Wärmegleichgewicht im Strahlungsfeld bei Anwesenheit von Materie. Z. fürPhys., 27, 384, 1924. [513] J.–C. Bouret, T. Lanz, D. Hillier, S. Heap, I. Hubeny, D. Lennon, L. Smith, and J. Evans. Quantitative spectroscopy of O stars at low metallicity: O dwarfs in NGC 346. Astrophys. J., 595, 1182, 2003. [514] R. Bowers and T. Deeming. Astrophysics. Volume 1: Stars. (Boston: Jones and Bartlett Publishers), 1984. [515] S. Bowyer and R. Malina, editors. Astrophysics in the Extreme Ultra- violet. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1996.

[516] A. Boyarchuk. Expanding envelopes of stars. In Barbuy and Renzini [325], page 81. [517] A. Boyarchuk, I. Hubeny, J. Kubát,L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects in the atmospheres of F–type supergiants. II. Analysis of Na I lines (Method of computations). Astrofizika, 28, 335, 1988. [518] A. Boyarchuk, I. Hubeny, J. Kubát,L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects in the atmospheres of F–type supergiants. III. Analysis of Na I lines (Results of calculations). Astrofizika, 28, 343, 1988. [519] A. Boyarchuk, L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects in the atmospheres of F–type supergiants. I. Overionization of Fe I atoms. Astrofizika, 22, 339, 1984. [520] R. Bracewell. The Fourier Transform and Its Applications. (New York: Mc Graw–Hill Book Company), 3rd edition, 1999. [521] P. Bradley and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for O–type stars with ultraviolet line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 156, 687, 1969. [522] D. Branch and J. Alexander. On the UBVRI colors of strong–line G dwarfs and subgiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 161, 409, 1973. [523] D. Branch and R. Bell. An abundance analysis of the ultraviolet deficient subgiant HR 244. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 151, 189, 1971. [524] D. Branch and R. Bell. The colors and chemical composition of the G dwarf HR 72. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 57, 1971. [525] D. Branch and R. Bell. Carbon abundances in G and K giants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 173, 299, 1975. [526] D. Branch, J. Bonnell, and J. Tomkin. Iron abundances in G and K giants from near–infrared spectra. Astrophys. J., 225, 902, 1978. [527] D. Branch, D. Lambert, and J. Tomkin. The Fe abundance in the Hyades cluster. Astrophys. J., 241, L83, 1980. [528] L. Branscomb and B. Pagel. Atomic and molecular negative ions in stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 258, 1958. [529] R. Bray. The center–limb variation of the Na D lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 116, 395, 1956. [530] S. Bréchot and H. van Regemorter. L’éllargissement des raies spectrales par chocs. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 432, 1964. [531] S. Bréchot and H. van Regemorter. L’éllargissement des raies spectrales par chocs. II. Théorie générale de l’éllargissement par chocs éllectroniques. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 739, 1964.

[532] R. Breene. The Shift and Shape of Spectral Lines. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 1961. [533] R. Breene. Theories of Spectral Line Shape. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1981. [534] M. Breger and L. Kuhi. Effective temperatures, gravities, and the mass determination of A and F stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 1129, 1970. [535] P. Brekke. An ultraviolet spectral atlas of the Sun between 1190–1730A.˚ Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 113, 237, 1993. [536] J. Brett. Opacity sampling model photospheres for M dwarfs. I. Com- putations, sensitivities and comparisons. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 185, 1997. [537] M. Bretz. Mitte Rand Variations von Wachstumskurven auf der Sonne. Z. fürAstrophys., 38, 259, 1956. [538] O. Brill and B. Goodham. Causality in the Coulomb gauge. Amer. J. Phys., 35, 282, 1967. [539] D. Brink and G. Satchler. Angular Momentum. (Oxford: Oxford Uni- versity Press), 1962. [540] A. Brissaud and U. Frisch. Theory of Stark broadening - II. Exact line profile with model microfield. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 1767, 1971. [541] C. Brodbeck, J.–P. Bouanich, N. van Thanh, and A. Borysow. The binary collision–induced second overtone band of gaseous hydrogen: Mod- eling and laboratory measurements. Planetary and Space Sci., 47, 1285, 1999. [542] C. Brodbeck, J.–P. Bouanich, N. van Thanh, Y. Fu, and A. Borysow. Collision–induced absorption by H2 pairs in the second overtone band at 298 and 77.5 K: Comparison between experimental and theoretical results. J. Chem. Phys., 110, 4750, 1999. [543] C. Brodbeck, N. van Thanh, A. Jean-Louis, J.–P. Bouanich, and L. Frommhold. Collision–induced absorption by H2 pairs in the fundamental band at 78 and 298 K. Phys. Rev. A, 50, 484, 1994. [544] V. Bromm. The early generations of low–metallicity stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 285. [545] M. Bronstein. Zur strahlungsgleichgewichtes Problem von Milne. Z. für Phys., 58, 696, 1929. [546] M. Bronstein. Uber¨ das Verhältnisder effektiven Temperatur der Sterne zur Temperatur ihrer Oberfläche. Z. fürPhys., 59, 144, 1929.

[547] M. Bronstein. Note on the temperature distribution in the deep layers of stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 133, 1930. [548] A. Brown, A. Veale, P. Judge, J. Bookbinder, and I. Hubeny. Stringent limits on the ionized mass loss from A and F dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 361, 220, 1990. [549] P. Brown, P. Dufton, and D. Lennon. Non–LTE calculations of O II line strengths in early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 230, 443, 1988. [550] R. Brown. Measurement of stellar diameters. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 6, 13, 1968. [551] R. Brown, J. Davis, and L. Allen. The stellar interferometer at Narrabri observatory. I. A description of the instrument and observational procedure. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 375, 1967. [552] R. Brown, J. Davis, and L. Allen. The angular diameters of 32 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 167, 121, 1974. [553] R. Brown, J. Davis, L. Allen, and J. Rome. The stellar interferometer at Nararbri observatory. II. The angular diameters of 15 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 393, 1967. [554] R. Brown, J. Davis, R. Lake, and R. Thompson. The effects of limb darkening on measurements of angular size with an intensity interferometer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 167, 475, 1974. [555] R. Brown and J. Lang, editors. Astrophysical and Laboratory Spec- troscopy. (Edinburg: The Scottish Universities’ Summer School in Physics), 1988. [556] R. Brown and R. Twiss. Interferometry of the intensity fluctuations in light. III. Applications to astronomy. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A, 248, 199, 1958. [557] R. Brown and R. Twiss. Interferometry of the intensity fluctuations in light. IV. Test of an intensity interferometer on Sirius A. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A, 248, 222, 1958. [558] R. Brucato and D. Mihalas. On the excitation mechanism of N III emission in the Of stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 154, 491, 1971. [559] K. Brueckner. Collision broadening by neutral H. Astrophys. J., 169, 621, 1971. [560] D. Brüggemannand M. Bollig. An efficient algorithm for frequency integration of Voigt profiles. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 48, 111, 1992.

[561] J. de Bruijne, R. Hoogerwerf, and P. de Zeeuw. A HIPPARCOS study of the Hyades open cluster. Improved color–absolute magnitude and Hertzsprung–Russell diagrams. Astr. Astrophys., 367, 111, 2001. [562] B. Buchholz, P. Hauschildt, W. Rammacher, and P. Ulmschneider. An operator splitting method for atmospheres with shocks. Astr. Astro- phys., 285, 987, 1994. [563] R. Buckingham, S. Reid, and R. Spence. Continuous absorption by the H molecular ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 112, 382, 1952. [564] D. Buckley and A. Longmore. The distance to M 13 via a subdwarf ﬁt in the optical–infrared color–magnitude plane. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 257, 731, 1992. [565] I. Bues. The atmospheres of the He–rich white dwarfs of spectral type DB. Astr. Astrophys., 7, 91, 1970. [566] I. Bues. Carbon abundance in the atmospheres of H–poor white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 181, 1973. [567] I. Bues and R. Wehrse. Rayleigh scattering in the atmospheres of very cool white dwarf. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 461, 1976. [568] C. Buet and S. Cordier. Numerical method for the Compton scattering operator. In Bellomo and Gatignol [388], page 223. [569] V. Buimistrov and L. Trakhtenberg. Bremsstrahlung cross section in scattering of an electron by a hydrogen atom. Soviet Physics – J.E.T.P., 42, 54, 1976. [570] G. Burbidge and E. Burbidge. The composition and spectra of white dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Paciﬁc, 66, 308, 1954. [571] G. Burbidge, E. Burbidge, W. Fowler, and F. Hoyle. Synthesis of the elements in stars. Rev. Mod. Phys., 29, 547, 1957. [572] M. Burger and K. van der Hucht. The theoretical near ultraviolet spectrum of B type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 48, 173, 1976. [573] M. Burger, K. van der Hucht, and H. Lamers. The Mg II lines at 2800A˚ in the spectrum of α2 Canum Venaticorum. Astr. Astrophys., 26, 149, 1973. [574] P. Burger and H. Lamers. Analytical expressions for the Rosseland mean opacity and electron scattering in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 218, 161, 1989. [575] J. Burgers. Flow Equations for Composite Gases. (New York: Academic Press), 1969.

[576] A. Burgess. A general formula for the estimation of dielectronic recombination coefficients in low–density plasmas. Astrophys. J., 141, 1588, 1965. [577] A. Burgess and M. Seaton. A general formula for the calculation of atomic photoionization cross–sections. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 120, 121, 1960. [578] A. Burgess and M. Seaton. Radiative recombination of He. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 121, 471, 1960. [579] A. Burgess and H. Summers. The effects of electron and radiation density on dielectronic recombination. Astrophys. J., 157, 1007, 1969. [580] A. Burgess and H. Summers. The recombination and level populations of ions. I. Hydrogen and hydrogenic ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 345, 1976. [581] A. Burgess and H. Summers. Radiative Gaunt factors. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 226, 257, 1987. [582] D. Burgess. Some comments on present theoretical calculations of the profiles of forbidden components in the wings of Stark–broadened spectral lines. J. Phys. B, 3, L70, 1970. [583] D. Burgess and C. Cairns. Experimental observations of the profiles and relative intensities of He I 2P3–4D3 (λ 4471) and 23P–4F3 (λ 4470) at low electron densities. J. Phys. B, 3, 67, 1970. [584] D. Burgess and C. Cairns. Experimental studies of He line broadening in a plasma. II. Low electron densities (lines with forbidden components). J. Phys. B, 4, 1364, 1971. [585] P. Burke, D. Gallaher, and S. Geltman. Electron scattering by atomic hydrogen using a pseudo–state expansion. I. Elastic scattering. J. Phys. B, 2, 1142, 1969. [586] P. Burke, A. Hibbert, and W. Robb. Electron scattering by complex atoms. J. Phys. B, 4, 135, 1971. [587] P. Burke and W. Robb. R–matrix theory of atomic processes. Adv. Atm. Mol. Phys., 11, 143, 1975. [588] P. Burke and M. Seaton. Numerical solutions of the integro–differential equations of electron–atom collision theory. In Alder et al. [37], page 1. [589] P. Burke and T. Webb. Electron scattering by atomic hydrogen using a pseudostate expansion. III. Excitation of 2s and 2p states at intermediate energies. J. Phys. B, 3, L131, 1970.

[590] C. Burkhart and M. Coupry. The Pleiades, Coma, Hyades, and Praesepe open clusters: Li, Al, Si, S, Fe, Ni, and Eu abundances compared in A stars. Astr. Astrophys., 354, 216, 2000. [591] I. Busá,V. Andretta, M. Gomez, and L. Terranegra. A method to estimate the effect of line–blanketing in NLTE radiative transfer calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 373, 993, 2001. [592] I. Busbridge and W. Stibbs. On the intensities of interlocked multiplet lines in the Milne–Eddington model. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 114, 2, 1954. [593] J. Busche and D. Hillier. An efficient short characteristic solution for the transfer equation in axisymmetric geometries using a spherical coordinate system. Astrophys. J., 53, 1071, 2000. [594] R. Buser. A systematic investigation of multicolor photometric systems. Astr. Astrophys., 62, 421, 1978. [595] R. Buser and R. Kurucz. A systematic investigation of multicolor photometric systems. III. Theoretical UBV colors and the temperature scale for early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 555, 1978. [596] R. Buser and R. Kurucz. A library of theoretical stellar flux spectra. I. Synthetic UBVRI photometry and the metallicity scale for F– to K– type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 264, 557, 1992. [597] G. Busso, S. Moehler, M. Zoccali, U. Heber, and S. Yi. Hot subdwarfs in the galactic bulge. Astrophys. J., 633, 29, 2005. [598] M. Busso, R. Gallino, D. Lambert, C. Travaglio, and V. Smith. Nucle- osynthesis and mixing on the asymptotic giant branch. III. Predicted and observed s–process abundances. Astrophys. J., 557, 802, 2001. [599] C. Butler, P. Byrne, A. Andrews, and J. Doyle. Ultraviolet spectra of dwarf solar neighborhood stars. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 197, 815, 1981. [600] K. Butler. Accuracy of excitation and ionization cross sections. In Wehrse [4023], page 19. [601] K. Butler. The Opacity Project – A review. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 345. [602] K. Butler. Atmospheres and winds of hot stars: The impact of new opacity calculations and continuing needs. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 509. [603] K. Butler and J. Giddings. In Newsletter on Analysisof Astronomical Spectra. No. 9 (Daresbury, England: Daresbury Laboratory).

[604] S. Butler and A. Dalgarno. Charge transfer of multiply charged ions with hydrogen and helium Landau-Zener calculations. Astrophys. J., 241, 838, 1980. [605] C. Cacciari. UV ﬂuxes of Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 61, 339, 1985. [606] C. Cacciari, M. Malagnini, C. Morossi, and L. Rossi. Physical parameters for Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys., 183, 314, 1987.

[607] B. Caccin, V. Penza, and M. Gomez. Spectral line ratios as Teff indicators in solar–like stars. Astr. Astrophys., 386, 286, 2002. [608] J. Callaway and R. Chow. Excitation of the hydrogen molecular ion by electron impact. Phys. Rev. A, 137, 1662, 1965. [609] R. Canfield and R. Puetter. Theoretical quasar emission line ratios. I. Transfer and escape of radiation. Astrophys. J., 243, 381, 1981. [610] C. Cannon. Line transfer in two dimensions. Astrophys. J., 161, 255, 1970. [611] C. Cannon. Angular–quadrature perturbations in radiative transfer theory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 627, 1973. [612] C. Cannon. Frequency–quadrature perturbations in radiative transfer theory. Astrophys. J., 185, 621, 1973. [613] C. Cannon. The temperature and velocity distribution in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 32, 79, 1974. [614] C. Cannon. Solutions of the radiative transfer equation for Lyα, Lyβ, Mg II h & k, Ca II H & K using two–dimensional geometry, macroscopic velocity fields and frequency and angle dependent redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 52, 337, 1976. [615] C. Cannon. Radiative gas dynamics in the transonic regime. Astrophys. J., 289, 363, 1985. [616] C. Cannon. The Transfer of Spectral Line Radiation. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1985. [617] C. Cannon and L. Cram. The velocity–dependent source function in radiative transfer theory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 93, 1974. [618] C. Cannon, P. Lopert, and C. Magnan. Redistribution perturbations in radiative transfer theory. Astr. Astrophys., 42, 347, 1975. [619] C. Cannon and D. Rees. Line transfer in the presence of two– dimensional velocity gradients. Astrophys. J., 169, 157, 1971.

[620] C. Cannon and I. Vardavas. The effect of redistribution on the emission peaks from chromospheric–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 32, 85, 1974. [621] D. Carbon. A comparison of the straight–mean, harmonic–mean, and multiple–picket approximations for the line opacities in cool model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 187, 135, 1974. [622] D. Carbon. Model atmospheres for intermediate– and late–type stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 513, 1979. [623] D. Carbon. Line blanketing. In Kalkofen [1984], page 395. [624] D. Carbon, B. Barbuy, R. Kraft, E. Friel, and N. Suntzeff. C and N abundances in metal–poor dwarfs in the solar neighborhood. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 99, 335, 1987. [625] D. Carbon, B. Barbuy, R. Kraft, N. Suntzeff, and E. Friel. C and N abundances in a sample of 70 metal–poor dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 96, 786, 1984. [626] D. Carbon, W. Romanishin, G. Langer, D. Butler, E. Kemper, C. Tre- fzger, R. Kraft, and N. Suntzeff. C and N abundances in giant stars of the metal–poor globular cluster M 92. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 49, 207, 1982. [627] R. Carlberg. The instability of radiation-driven stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 241, 1131, 1980. [628] M. Carlsson. A computer program for solving multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer problems in moving or static atmospheres. Technical Report 33, Uppsala Astronomical Observatory, Uppsala, Sweden, 1986. [629] M. Carlsson. A computer program for solving multi–level Non–LTE radiative transfer problems in moving or static atmospheres. In Viotti et al. [3952], page 273. [630] M. Carlsson. Global and local methods for 1–D problems: Implemen- tation aspects and CPU–time and memory scalings. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 39.

[631] M. Carlsson. The MULTI Non–LTE Program. In Giampapa and Book- binder [1258], page 499. [632] M. Carlsson. 3D NLTE radiative transfer – Current status and future prospects. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 51. [633] M. Carlsson and P. Judge. O I lines in the Sun and stars. I. Under- standing the resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 402, 344, 1993.

[634] M. Carlsson and R. Rutten. Solar H–lines in the infrared. Astr. Astro- phys., 259, 53, 1992. [635] M. Carlsson, R. Rutten, J. Bruls, and N. Shchukina. The non-LTE formation of Li I lines in cool stars. Astr. Astrophys., 288, 860, 1994. [636] M. Carlsson, R. Rutten, and N. Shchukina. The formation of the Mg I emission features near 12 microns. Astr. Astrophys., 253, 567, 1992. [637] B. Carney. Subdwarf ultraviolet excesses and metal abundances. As- trophys. J., 233, 211, 1979. [638] B. Carney and M. Aaronson. Subdwarf bolometric corrections. Astr. J., 84, 867, 1979. [639] B. Carney and R. Peterson. Abundance analyses of subdwarfs of the remote halo. Astrophys. J., 245, 238, 1981. [640] L. Caroﬀ, P. Noerdlinger, and J. Scargle. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in diﬀerentially expanding atmospheres. I. General considerations and Monte Carlo calculations. Astrophys. J., 176, 439, 1972. [641] E. Carretta, R. Gratton, and C. Sneden. Abundances of light elements in metal–poor stars. III. Data analysis and results. Astr. Astrophys., 356, 238, 2000. [642] G. Carrier and E. Avrett. A non–gray radiative transfer problem. As- trophys. J., 134, 469, 1961. [643] B. Carroll and D. Ostlie. An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics. (Reading: Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 1996. [644] D. Carrollo, D. Koester, A. Spagna, M. Lattanzi, and S. Hodgkin. Model atmosphere analysis of the extreme DQ white dwarf GSC2U J131147.2+292348. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 13, 2003. [645] T. Carson. Analytic formulae for Coulomb dipole transitions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 75, 385, 1988. [646] T. Carson. Coulomb free–free Gaunt factors. Astr. Astrophys., 189, 319, 1988. [647] J. Cassinelli. Extended model atmospheres for the central stars of planetary nebulae. Astrophys. J., 165, 265, 1971. [648] J. Cassinelli. The continuous energy distribution from stars with hot extended atmospheres. Astrophys. Let., 8, 105, 1971. [649] J. Cassinelli. Theories for the winds from Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 173.

[650] J. Cassinelli and J. Castor. Optically thin stellar winds in early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 179, 189, 1973. [651] J. Cassinelli, J. Castor, and J. Lamers. Expanding envelopes of early– type stars – Current status. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 90, 496, 1978. [652] J. Cassinelli, D. Cohen, J. MacFarlane, J. Drew, A. Lynas–Gray, M. Hoare, J. Vallerga, B. Welsh, P. Vedder, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. EUVE spectroscopy of Canis Majoris (B2) from 70 to 730 A.˚ Astro- phys. J., 438, 932, 1995. [653] J. Cassinelli, D. Cohen, J. MacFarlane, J. Drew, A. Lynas–Gray, I. Hubeny, J. Vallegra, B. Welsh, and M. Hoare. EUVE spectroscopy of β Canis Majoris (B1 II-III) from 500A˚ to 700A.˚ Astrophys. J., 460, 949, 1996. [654] J. Cassinelli and L. Hartmann. The subsonic structure of radiatively driven winds of early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 202, 718, 1975. [655] J. Cassinelli and G. Olson. Stellar winds. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 275, 1979. [656] J. Cassinelli, G. Olson, and R. Stalio. The structure of the winds and coronae of O stars derived from Hα line–profile analysis. Astrophys. J., 220, 573, 1978. [657] B. Castanheira, S. Kepler, G. Handler, and D. Koester. Analysis of IUE spectra of He–rich white dwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys., 450, 331, 2006. [658] F. Castelli. Synthetic photometry from ATLAS 9 models in the UBV Johnson system. Astr. Astrophys., 346, 564, 1999. [659] F. Castelli and C. Cacciari. Stellar parameters of Population II A–type stars from IUE spectra and new ODF ATLAS 9 model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 380, 630, 2001. [660] F. Castelli and R. Faraggiana. Spectral analysis of Vega from Coperni- cus. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 174, 1979. [661] F. Castelli and R. Kurucz. Model atmospheres for Vega. Astr. Astro- phys., 281, 817, 1994. [662] F. Castelli, H. Lamers, F. de Andres, and E. Müller. A comparison between the observed and predicted UV line blocking for blanketed model atmospheres of early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 91, 32, 1980. [663] J. Castor. Spectral line formation in Wolf–Rayet envelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 149, 111, 1970. [664] J. Castor. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetric flows. Astrophys. J., 178, 779, 1972.

[665] J. Castor. The effect of sphericity on stellar continuous energy distributions. Astrophys. J., 189, 273, 1974. [666] J. Castor. On the force associated with absorption of spectral line radiation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 169, 279, 1974. [667] J. Castor. Radiation Hydrodynamics. (Cambridge: Cambridge Univer- sity Press), 2004. [668] J. Castor, D. Abbott, and R. Klein. Radiation–driven winds in Of stars. Astrophys. J., 195, 157, 1975. [669] J. Castor, P. Dykema, and R. Klein. A new scheme for multidimensional line transfer. II. ETLA method in one dimension with application to iron Kα lines. Astrophys. J., 387, 561, 1992. [670] J. Castor and H. Nussbaumer. On the excitation of C III in Wolf–Rayet envelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 155, 293, 1972. [671] J. Castor, S. Owocki, and G. Rybicki. Time–dependent mass loss from hot stars with and without radiative driving. In Stalio and Willson [3642], page 229. [672] J. Castor and D. Van Blerkom. Excitation of He II in Wolf–Rayet envelopes. Astrophys. J., 161, 485, 1970. [673] J. Castor, D. Van Blerkom, and L. Smith. Influence of noncoherent electron scattering on a line profile in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 1119, 1970. [674] C. Catala, P. Kunasz, and F. Praderie. Line formation in the wind of AB Aur. Astr. Astrophys., 134, 402, 1984. [675] R. Cavallo, C. Pilachowski, and R. Rebolo. Oxygen abundances in metal poor subgiant stars from the O I triplet. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 109, 226, 1997. [676] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Comparaison entre les gradients absolus stellaires de Göttingenet de Paris. Ann. dAstrophys., 20, 55, 1957. [677] G. Cayrel de Strobel. A comparison of photoelectric and photographic spectrophotometry. Ann. dAstrophys., 24, 509, 1961. [678] G. Cayrel de Strobel. On the Mg green triplet lines and the Na D lines as temperature and gravity indicators in late–type stars. In Gingerich [1265], page 35. [679] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Systematic effects in abundance determinations for metal–poor stars. Summary and recommendations. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 95, 111, 1983.

[680] G. Cayrel de Strobel. How precise are spectroscopic abundance determinations today? In Hayes et al. [1534], page 137. [681] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Stars resembling the Sun. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 7, 243, 1996. [682] G. Cayrel de Strobel, J. Chauve–Godard, G. Hernandez, and M. Vazi- aga. Sodium in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 7, 408, 1970. [683] G. Cayrel de Strobel, N. Knowles, G. Hernandez, and C. Benrolila. In search of real solar twins. Astr. Astrophys., 94, 1, 1981. [684] R. Cayrel. Contribution àl etude de l equilibre radiatif. Ann. dAstro- phys., 14, 1, 1951. [685] R. Cayrel. Sur quelques questions de la th eorie des atmosphères stellaires. II. Nouvelles formules d’approximation pour le calcul de l’intensit e du rayonnement et du flux. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 245, 1960. [686] R. Cayrel. Sur une cause purement radiative de remontee de temperature dans une atmosphèrestellaire aux densit es chromospheriques. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 257, 3309, 1963. [687] R. Cayrel. On the temperature of radiative equilibrium in a layer of optically thin gas in the radiation field of the solar photosphere. In Avrett et al. [191], page 169. [688] R. Cayrel. Non–LTE effects on abundance determination. In Avrett et al. [192], page 453. [689] R. Cayrel. The line–blanketing problem in the non–LTE approach. In Böhm[461], page 621. [690] R. Cayrel. The location of a few subdwarfs in the theoretical H–R diagram and the He content of Population II. Astrophys. J., 151, 997, 1968. [691] R. Cayrel. Comparison of synthetic spectra with real spectra. In Gin- gerich [1265], page 237. [692] R. Cayrel. The first generation of stars. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 7, 217, 1996. [693] R. Cayrel and G. Cayrel de Strobel. Abundance determinations from stellar spectra. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 1, 1966. [694] R. Cayrel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and B. Campbell. Steps towards the abundance scale. I. The abundance of heavy elements in the Hyades cluster. Astr. Astrophys., 146, 249, 1985.

[695] R. Cayrel, M. Faurobert–Scholl, N. Feautrier, A. Spielfieldel, and F. Thevenin. On the use of Ca I triplet lines as luminosity indicators. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 549, 1996. [696] R. Cayrel, Y. Lebreton, M.–N. Perrin, and C. Turon. The HR diagram in the plane log(Teff ),Mbol of Population II stars with HIPPARCOS parallaxes. In Proceedings of the ESA Symposium ‘HIPPARCOS’, ESA SP–402, page 219, 1997. [697] R. Cayrel, M.-N. Perrin, B. Barbuy, and R. Buser. A grid of synthetic spectra for the determination of the effective temperature, gravity, and metallicity of F–stars, G–stars, and K–stars. I. Description of the method. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 108, 1991. [698] R. Cayrel, M.-N. Perrin, R. Buser, B. Barbuy, and M. Coupry. A grid of synthetic spectra for the determination of the effective temperature, gravity, and metallicity of F–stars, G–stars, and K–stars. II. Application to 41 stellar spectra taken in the Basel field of SA 141. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 122, 1991. [699] R. Cayrel and M. Steinberg, editors. Physique des Mouvements dans les Atmospheres Stellaires. (Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Sci- entifique), 1976. [700] R. Cayrel and G. Traving. Zur Frage der Druckverbreiterung der solaren Balmerlinien. Z. fürAstrophys., 50, 239, 1960. [701] A. Cenarro, N. Cardiel, J. Gorgas, R. Pletier, A. Vazdekis, and F. Prada. Empirical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet. I. The stellar library and index definition. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 959, 2001. [702] A. Cenarro, J. Gorgas, N. Cardiel, S. Pedraz, R. Peletier, and A. Vazdekis. Empirical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet. II. The stellar atmospheric parameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 981, 2001. [703] A. Cenarro, J. Gorgas, N. Cardiel, A. Vazdekis, and R. Peletier. Empir- ical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet. III. Fitting functions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 329, 863, 2002. [704] R. Centeno and H. Socas–Navarro. A new approach to the solar O abundance problem. Astrophys. J. Let., 682, L61, 2008. [705] C. Cesco, S. Chandrasekhar, and J. Sahade. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. IV. Astrophys. J., 100, 355, 1944. [706] B. Chaboyer, P. Demarque, P. Kernan, and L. Krauss. The age of globular clusters in light of HIPPARCOS: Resolving the age problem? Astrophys. J., 494, 96, 1998.

[707] C. Chadeau. Etude compar ee des spectres de raies de l etoile àh elium Sigma Ori E et de l etoile normale Sigma Ori D (B2.5V). Ann. dAstro- phys., 23, 935, 1960. [708] C. Chadeau. La s erie de Balmer das les etoiles B. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 946, 1960. [709] F. Chaffee, D. Carbon, and S. Strom. Abundances in open clusters: Model–atmosphere abundance analysis of stars in the Pleiades and Hyades clusters. Astrophys. J., 166, 593, 1971. [710] J. Chamberlain and L. Aller. The atmospheres of A–type subdwarfs and 95 Leonis. Astrophys. J., 114, 52, 1951. [711] K.–L. Chan, K.–S. Cheng, and H. Singh, editors. 1997 Pacific Rim Con- ference on Stellar Astrophysics. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1998. [712] S. Chandrasekhar. The maximum mass of ideal white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 74, 81, 1931. [713] S. Chandrasekhar. The dissociation formula according to the relativistic statistics. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 446, 1931. [714] S. Chandrasekhar. Model stellar photospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 186, 1932. [715] S. Chandrasekhar. On the hypothesis of the radial ejection of high speed atoms for the Wolf–Rayet stars and the novae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 94, 522, 1934. [716] S. Chandrasekhar. The highly collapsed configurations of a stellar mass. (Second paper). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 95, 207, 1935. [717] S. Chandrasekhar. The radiative equilibrium of the outer layers of a star with special reference to the blanketing effect of the reversing layer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 96, 21, 1935. [718] S. Chandrasekhar. Stochastic problems in physics and astronomy. Rev. Mod. Phys., 15, 1, 1943. [719] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. II. Astrophys. J., 100, 76, 1944. [720] S. Chandrasekhar. The negative ions of hydrogen and oxygen in stellar atmospheres. Rev. Mod. Phys., 16, 101, 1944. [721] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. V. Astrophys. J., 101, 95, 1945.

[722] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 102, 223, 1945. [723] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. II. Astrophys. J., 102, 395, 1945. [724] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. VII. Astrophys. J., 101, 328, 1945. [725] S. Chandrasekhar. An Introduction to the Study of Stellar Structure. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1939. Reprinted in 1957 (New York: Dover Publications). [726] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. IV. Astrophys. J., 128, 114, 1958. [727] S. Chandrasekhar. Radiative Transfer. (Oxford: Clarendon Press), 1950. Reprinted in 1960 (New York: Dover Publications). [728] S. Chandrasekhar. Selected Papers. Volume 2: Radiative Transfer and Negative Ion of H. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1989. [729] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. III. Astrophys. J., 104, 430, 1946. [730] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. XVIII. Astrophys. J., 105, 461, 1947. [731] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. XIX. Astrophys. J., 106, 143, 1947. [732] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmosphere. XX. Astrophys. J., 106, 145, 1947. [733] S. Chandrasekhar and D. Elbert. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. V. Astrophys. J., 128, 633, 1958. [734] S. Chandrasekhar and M. Krogdahl. On the negative hydrogen ion and its absorption coefficient. Astrophys. J., 98, 205, 1943. [735] S. Chandrasekhar and G. Münch. The continuous spectrum of the Sun and the stars. Astrophys. J., 104, 446, 1946. [736] E. Chang, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Electron collisional rates for atomic hydrogen, revisited. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 580, 1991. [737] E. Chang, E. Avrett, R. Noyes, R. Loeser, and P. Mauas. Formation of the infrared emission lines of Mg I in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 379, 79, 1991. [738] R. Chapman. Radiative transfer in extended stellar atmospheres. As- trophys. J., 143, 61, 1966.

[739] R. Chapman. Rational approximations to Gaunt factors. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 9, 315, 1969. [740] R. Chapman. Rational approximations to Gaunt factors. II. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 10, 1151, 1970. [741] S. Chapman and T. Cowling. The Mathematical Theory of Non– Uniform Gases. (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press), 3rd edition, 1970. [742] C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and D. Schaerer. Grids of stellar models. VI. Horizontal branch and early asymptotic giant branch for low–mass stars (Z = 0.020, 0.001). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 115, 339, 1996. [743] C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, G. Schaller, and D. Schaerer. Grids of stellar models. III. From 0.8 to 120 M at Z = 0.004. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 101, 415, 1993. [744] C. Charbonnel, D. Schaerer, and G. Meynet, editors. CNO in the Uni- verse. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Paciﬁc), 2003. [745] V. Charugin and Ya. Ochelkov. Omnidirectional induced Compton scattering by relativistic electrons. Astrophys. Space Sci., 26, 337, 1974. [746] M. Ch avez, A. Bressan, A. Buzzoni, and D. Mayya, editors. New Quests in Stellar Astrophysics: The Link Between Stars and Cosmology. (Dor- drecht: Kluwer), 2002. [747] M. Ch avez and O. Cardona. A grid of LTE zero-metallicity stellar ﬂuxes. In Ch avez et al. [746], page 41. [748] P. Chayer, S. Vennes, J. Dupuis, and J. Kruk. Abundance of elements beyond the Fe group in cool DO white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 630, L169, 2005. [749] G.-X. Chen and A. Pradhan. Fluorescent excitation of spectral lines in planetary nebulae. Astrophys. J., 536, 420, 2000. [750] Y. Chen, P. Nissen, G. Zhao, and M. Asplund. Sulfur abundances in disk stars: A correlation with Si. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 225, 2002. [751] Y. Chen, P. Nissen, G. Zhao, H. Zhang, and T. Benoni. Chemical composition of 90 F and G disk dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 141, 491, 2000. [752] E. Chentsov, S. Ermakov, V. Klochkova, K. Bjorkman, and A. Mirosh- nichenko. An atlas of spectra of B6–A2 hypergiants and supergiants from 4800 to 6700A.˚ Astr. Astrophys., 397, 1035, 2003.

[753] L. Chevallier, F. Paletou, and B. Rutily. On the accuracy of the ALI method for solving the radiative transfer equation. Astr. Astrophys., 411, 221, 2003. [754] W. Chiang and H. Griem. Measurements of Stark broadening of ionized Si lines from a plasma. Phys. Rev. A, 18, 1169, 1978. [755] C. Chiarella and A. Reichel. On the evaluation of Voigt spectral line functions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 134, 83, 1966. [756] C. Chiosi. Mass loss and evolution of massive stars. In Chiosi and Stalio [759], page 229. [757] C. Chiosi. The evolution of massive stars: The production of “single” WR stars. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 323. [758] C. Chiosi, G. Bertelli, and A. Bressan. New developments in understanding the H–R diagram. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 329, 1986. [759] C. Chiosi and R. Stalio, editors. Eﬀects of Mass Loss on Stellar Evolu- tion. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1981. [760] Y. Chmielewski. The infrared triplet lines of ionized Ca as a diagnostic tool for F, G, K–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 353, 66, 2000. [761] Y. Chmielewski, E. Friel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and C. Bentolila. The 1992 detailed analyses of α Centauri A and α Centauri B. Astr. Astro- phys., 263, 219, 1992. [762] Y. Chmielewski and T. Lanz, editors. Radiation in Moving Gaseous Media. Swiss Society of Astrophysics and Astronomy. (Geneva: Geneva Observatory), 1988. [763] C. Christensen. Absolute spectral energy distributions and [Fe/H] values of metal–poor stars and globular clusters. Astr. J., 83, 244, 1978. [764] W. Christie and O. Wilson. ζ Aurigae, The structure of a stellar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 81, 426, 1935. [765] N. Christlieb. The most metal-poor stars of the Galaxy: Surveys, abundances and implications. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 271. [766] N. Christlieb, B. Gustafsson, A. Korn, P. Barklem, T. Beers, M. Bessell, T. Karlsson, and M. Mizuno-Wiedner. HE 0170–5240, a chemically ancient star. I. A detailed abundance analysis. Astrophys. J., 603, 708, 2004. [767] N. Christlieb, L. Wisotzki, D. Reimers, D. Homeier, D. Koester, and U. Heber. The stellar content of the Hamburg/ESO survey I. Automated selection of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 898, 2001.

[768] A. Claret. A new nonlinear limb–darkening law for LTE stellar atmosphere models. I. UBV RIJHKuvby systems: Calculations for −5.0 ≤ log[M/H] ≤ +1, 2000K≤ Teff ≤ 50, 000K. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1081, 2000. [769] A. Claret. A new nonlinear limb–darkening law for LTE stellar atmosphere models. II. Geneva and Walraven systems: Calculations for −5.0 ≤ log[M/H] ≤ +1, 2000K≤ Teff ≤ 50, 000K at several surface gravities. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 657, 2003. [770] A. Claret and A. Gimenez. Limb–darkening coefficients of late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 412, 1990. [771] A. Claret and P. Hauschildt. The limb–darkening for spherically symmetric NextGen model atmospheres: A–G main–sequence and subgiant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 412, 241, 2003. [772] F. Clausset, C. Stehle, and M. Artru. Parameterized Stark profiles of H–lines in hot stellar plasmas. Astr. Astrophys., 287, 666, 1994. [773] C. Claver, J. Liebert, P. Bergeron, and D. Koester. The masses of white dwarfs in the Praesepe open cluster. Astrophys. J., 563, 987, 2001. [774] R. Clegg. C and N abundances in F– and G–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 1, 1977. [775] R. Clegg. CNO in planetary nebulae. In Danziger et al. [910], page 261. [776] R. Clegg. Planetary nebulae as post–AGB objects. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 368. [777] R. Clegg and D. Middlemass. Non–LTE model atmospheres for central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 228, 759, 1987. [778] R. Clegg, J. Tomkin, and D. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances in main–sequence stars. II. 20 F and G stars. Astrophys. J., 250, 262, 1981. [779] G. Clementini, R. Gratton, E. Carretta, and C. Sneden. Homogeneous photometry and metal abundances for a large sample of HIPPARCOS metal–poor stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 22, 1999. [780] A. Code. Radiative equilibrium in an atmosphere in which pure scattering and pure absorption both play a role. Astrophys. J., 112, 22, 1950. [781] A. Code. Stellar spectroscopy by photoelectric scanning. Observatory, 72, 201, 1952. [782] A. Code. The energy distribution of the subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 130, 473, 1959.

[783] A. Code. Stellar energy distribution. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 2, page 50. [784] A. Code. Radiative transfer in a spherical Compton–scattering atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 149, 253, 1967. [785] A. Code. A solution of a time–dependent equation of radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 159, 1029, 1970. [786] A. Code. The role of space observations in the calibration of fundamental stellar quantities. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 209. [787] A. Code and R. Bless. On the spectrum of γ2 Velorum. Astrophys. J., 139, 787, 1964. [788] A. Code, R. Bless, J. Davis, and R. Brown. Empirical effective temperatures and bolometric corrections for early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 203, 417, 1976. [789] A. Code and G. Eason. Time–dependent radiation transfer in a semi– infinite atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 159, 1041, 1970. [790] A. Code and A. Hoag. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of Hγ in early– type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 81, 848, 1969. [791] A. Code and M. Meade. Ultraviolet photometry from OAO. XXXII. An atlas of ultraviolet stellar spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 39, 195, 1979. [792] D. Cohen, M. Hurwitz, J. Cassinelli, and S. Bowyer. ORFEUS–SPAS II extreme–ultraviolet spectroscopy of C Ma (B2 II). Astrophys. J., 500, 51, 1998. [793] J. Cohen, N. Christlieb, A. McWilliam, S. Shectman, I. Thompson, G. Wasserburg, I. Ivans, M. Dehn, T. Karlsson, and J. Mel endez. Abun- dances in very metal–poor dwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 612, 1107, 2004. [794] J. Cohen, A. McWilliam, N. Christlieb, S. Shectman, I. Thompson, J. Mel endez, L. Wisotzki, and D. Reimers. A new type of extremely metal–poor star. Astrophys. J., 659, L161, 2007. [795] J. Cohen and S. Strom. Analysis of F and G subdwarfs. II. A model atmosphere abundance analysis of the subdwarfs HD 140283 and HD 19445. Astrophys. J., 151, 623, 1968. [796] M. Cohen, L. Kuhi, and M. Barlow. Wolf–Rayet stars. VI. The nature of the optical and infrared continua. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 291, 1975. [797] M. Cohen and S. Vogel. Wolf–Rayet stars. VIII. 2µ to 4µ spectrophotometry of late WC stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 185, 47, 1978.

[798] S. Cohen, J. Hiskes, and R. Riddell. Vibrational states of the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev., 119, 1025, 1960. [799] C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg. Photons and Atoms: Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1989. [800] C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg. Atom–Photon Interactions: Basic Processes and Applications. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1992. [801] L. Colina and R. Bohlin. Absolute flux distributions of solar analogs from the UV to the near–IR. Astr. J., 113, 1138, 1997. [802] L. Colina, R. Bohlin, and F. Castelli. The 0.12–2.5µ absolute flux distribution of the Sun for comparison with solar analog stars. Astr. J., 112, 307, 1996. [803] R. Collet, M. Asplund, and F. Thvenin. Effects of line blocking on the non–LTE Fe I spectral line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 442, 643, 2005. [804] R. Collet, M. Asplund, and R. Trampedach. The chemical compositions of the extreme halo stars HE 0107–5240 and HE 1327–2326 inferred from three–dimensional hydrodynamical model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 644, 121, 2006. [805] G. Collins. The Fundamentals of Stellar Astrophysics. (New York: W. H. Freeman & Company), 1989. [806] A. Compton. A quantum theory of the scattering of X–rays by light elements. Phys. Rev., 21, 483, 1923. [807] E. Condon and G. Shortley. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1963. [808] E. Conlon, P. Dufton, and F. Keenan. Abundance analysis of the hot post–AGB star Barnard 29. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 897, 1994. [809] P. Conti. On the accretion of material by θ Orionis C. Astrophys. J., 174, L79, 1972. [810] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. II. Comparison with non–LTE models. Astrophys. J., 179, 161, 1973. [811] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. III. The effective temperature scale. Astrophys. J., 179, 181, 1973. [812] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. IV. Lines in the red region. Astrophys. J., 187, 539, 1974.

[813] P. Conti. Mass loss in early–type stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 371, 1978. [814] P. Conti. Wolf–Rayet phenomena. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 3. [815] P. Conti. Parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Loore et al. [939], page 199. [816] P. Conti and W. Alschuler. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. I. Classification and absolute magnitudes. Astrophys. J., 170, 325, 1971. [817] P. Conti, D. Block, T. Geballe, and M. Hanson. First detection of ionized He absorption lines in infrared K band spectra of O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 406, 21, 1993. [818] P. Conti and R. Blum. Near–infrared observations of hot stars, and applications to galactic H II regions. In Howarth [1735], page 24. [819] P. Conti and M. Burnichon. The masses of O stars implied by their luminosities and temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 467, 1975. [820] P. Conti and A. Deutsch. Color anomalies and metal deficiencies in solar–type disk–population stars. Astrophys. J., 145, 742, 1966. [821] P. Conti and A. Deutsch. Color anomalies and metal deficiencies in solar–type disk–population stars. II. Astrophys. J., 147, 368, 1967. [822] P. Conti and S. Frost. Variations of the emission line profiles in the O6ef star λ Cephei. Astrophys. J., 190, 139, 1974. [823] P. Conti and S. Frost. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. VI. The earliest types: O3–O5.5. Astrophys. J., 212, 728, 1977. [824] P. Conti and C. Garmany. Mass loss from O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 238, 190, 1980. [825] P. Conti, C. Garmany, and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf– Rayet stars. V. Optical spectrophotometry of the emission lines in Small Magellanic Cloud stars. Astrophys. J., 341, 113, 1989. [826] P. Conti, J. Greenstein, H. Spinrad, G. Wallerstein, and M. Vardya. Neutral oxygen in late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 148, 105, 1967. [827] P. Conti, M. Hanson, P. Morris, A. Willis, and S. Fossey. Of–type stars HD 16691 and HD 190429 show WN–like spectra in infrared K band. Astrophys. J., 445, 35, 1995. [828] P. Conti and I. Howarth. 1µ spectroscopy of normal OB stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 145, 1999. [829] P. Conti and E. Leep. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. V. The H–lines and λ 4686 He II. Astrophys. J., 193, 113, 1974.

[830] P. Conti, E. Leep, and D. Perry. The spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars. I. Optical line strengths and the H–to–He ratios in WN type stars. Astrophys. J., 268, 228, 1983. [831] P. Conti and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars. IV. Optical spectrophotometry of the emission lines in galactic and Large Magellanic Cloud stars . Astrophys. J., 337, 251, 1989. [832] P. Conti, P. Massey, and J.-M. Vreux. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf– Rayet stars. VI. Optical spectrophotometry of near–infrared emission lines in some galactic stars. Astrophys. J., 354, 359, 1990. [833] P. Conti, D. Roussel-Dupre, M. Rensing, and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorption lines. VIII. HD 193793. Astrophys. J., 282, 693, 1984. [834] P. Conti and S. Strom. The early A stars. II. Model–atmosphere abundance analysis of eight stars in the Pleiades. Astrophys. J., 152, 483, 1968. [835] P. Conti and A. Underhill, editors. O Stars and Wolf–Rayet Stars. NASA Report No. SP–497. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Print- ing Office), 1988. [836] P. Conti, G. Wallerstein, and R. Wing. The composition of main– sequence stars of types A–K in the Hyades cluster. Astrophys. J., 142, 999, 1965. [837] J. Cooper. Broadening of isolated lines in the impact approximation using a density matrix formulation. Rev. Mod. Phys., 39, 167, 1967. [838] J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, K. Burnett, and D. Hummer. On redistribution and the equations for radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 260, 299, 1982. [839] J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, and I. Hubeny. Approximate formulation of redistribution in the Lyα, Lyβ,Hα system. Astrophys. J., 344, 949, 1989. [840] J. Cooper, I. Hubeny, and J. Oxenius. On the line–profile coefficient for stimulated emission. Astr. Astrophys., 127, 224, 1983. [841] J. Cooper and G. Oertel. Electron–impact broadening of isolated lines in neutral atoms in a plasma. I. Phys. Rev., 180, 286, 1969. [842] D. Cope, R. Khoury, and R. Lovett. Efficient calculation of general Voigt profiles. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 163, 1988. [843] L. Corral, A. Herrero, R. Villamariz, and E. Martin. Spectroscopic analysis of stars in Cyg OB2. Astrophys. Space Sci., 263, 255, 1998.

[844] J. Coste and J. Peyraud. Kinetics of the Compton scattering and the Bose condensation of a photon gas. Phys. Rev. A, 12, 2144, 1975. [845] M. Costes and C. Naulin. Dissociation energies and partition functions of small molecules. In Jørgensen [1964], page 250. [846] P. Cottrell, M. Bessell, and D. Wickramasinghe. Spectrum synthesis of the heavily blanketed white dwarf LP 701-29. Astrophys. J., 218, 133, 1977. [847] P. Cottrell and J. Greenstein. Ultraviolet spectrum synthesis of the He white dwarf Ross 640. Astrophys. J., 238, 941, 1980. [848] R. Courant and D. Hilbert. Methods of Mathematical Physics. 2 Vol- umes. (New York: Wiley-Interscience), 1989. [849] J. Cowan, D. Burris, C. Sneden, A. McWilliam, and G. Preston. Ev- idence of heavy element nucleosynthesis early in the history of the Galaxy: The ultra–metal–poor star CS 22892-052. Astrophys. J., 439, 51, 1995. [850] J. Cowan, C. Sneden, S. Burles, I. Ivans, T. Beers, J. Truran, J. Lawler, F. Primas, G. Fuller, B. Pfeiffer, and K. Kratz. The chemical composition and age of the metal–poor halo star BD +17◦3248. Astrophys. J., 572, 861, 2002. [851] R. Cowan. The Theory Of Atomic Structure and Spectra. University of California Press, 1981. [852] A. Cowley, L. Aller, and T. Dunham. The H to He ratio in HD 96446. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 75, 441, 1963. [853] C. Cowley. Relation between Fraunhofer lines from the center of the solar disk and the integrated spectrum. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 76, 352, 1964. [854] C. Cowley. The Theory of Stellar Spectra. (New York: Gordon and Breach), 1970. [855] C. Cowley. An approximate Stark broadening formula for use in spectrum synthesis]. Observatory, 91, 139, 1971. [856] C. Cowley. A high-resolution study of superficially normal late B spectra. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 92, 159, 1980. [857] C. Cowley and A. Cowley. A new solar curve of growth. Astrophys. J., 140, 713, 1964. [858] C. Cowley, M. Dworetsky, and C. M egessier, editors. Upper Main Se- quence Stars with Anomalous Abundances. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986.

[859] C. Cowley and J. Toney. Saturation effects in Fraunhofer lines of neutral Fe. Astr. Astrophys., 22, 441, 1973. [860] A. Cox, editor. Allen’s Astrophysical Quantities. (New York: Springer– Verlag), 4th edition, 2000. [861] A. Cox, W. Livingston, and M. Matthews, editors. Solar Interior and Atmosphere. (Tucson: University of Arizona Press), 1991. [862] J. Cox and R. Giuli. Principles of Stellar Structure. 2 Volumes. (New York: Gordon and Breach), 1968. [863] L. Cram. Multi-component models for the formation of the chromospheric Ca II line. II. The effect of velocity fields. Solar Phys., 22, 375, 1972. [864] L. Cram. A multi–component time–dependent model for the formation of the Ca II K line. Astr. Astrophys., 50, 263, 1976. [865] L. Cram. Perturbation solutions of the equation of radiative transfer in a stellar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 56, 401, 1977. [866] L. Cram. Departures from radiative equilibrium in stellar atmospheres. Grey absorption. Astr. Astrophys., 67, 301, 1978. [867] L. Cram and L. Kuhi, editors. FGK Stars and T Tauri Stars. NASA Re- port No. SP–502. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1989. [868] L. Cram and P. Lopert. A perturbation solution of the radiative transfer equation in a differentially moving atmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 347, 1976.

[869] M. Crees, M. Seaton, and P. Wilson. IMPACT, A program for the solution of the coupled integro–diﬀerential equations of electron–atom collision theory. Comp. Phys. Commun., 15, 23, 1978. [870] L. Crivellari, U. Flora, M. Mercanti, C. Morossi, L. Rusconi, and G. Sed- mak. The visible spectra of three B stars: π Cet, 36 Lyn, and 134 Tau. Astrophys. Space Sci., 80, 425, 1981. [871] L. Crivellari, U. Flora, L. Rusconi, and G. Sedmak. The visible spectrum of β Ori B8 Ia. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 36, 73, 1979. [872] L. Crivellari, I. Hubeny, and D. Hummer, editors. Stellar Atmospheres: Beyond Classical Models. NATO Advanced Science Institute. (Dor- drecht: Kluwer), 1991. [873] P. Crowther. The eﬀective temperatures of hot stars. In Bedding et al. [361], page 137.

[874] P. Crowther. Progress in model atmosphere studies of Wolf–Rayet stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 116. [875] P. Crowther. Observed metallicity dependence of winds from WR stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 157. [876] P. Crowther. Physical properties of Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 45, 177, 2007. [877] P. Crowther and B. Bohannan. On the nature of O Iafpe stars. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 437. [878] P. Crowther, B. Bohannan, and A. Pasquali. Near–IR diagnostics and tests of blanketing in early–type stars. In Howarth [1735], page 38. [879] P. Crowther, O. De Marco, and M. Barlow. Quantitative classiﬁcation of WC and WO stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 296, 367, 1998. [880] P. Crowther, O. De Marco, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. A quantitative analysis of the prototype [WCL] star CPD -56◦8032. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 119, 1996. [881] P. Crowther, L. Dessart, D. Hillier, J. Abbott, and A. Fullerton. Stellar and wind properties of LMC WC 4 stars. A metallicity dependence for Wolf–Rayet mass–loss rates. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 653, 2002. [882] P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, D. Hillier, K. Brownsberger, L. Dessart, A. Willis, O. De Marco, M. Barlow, J. Hutchings, D. Massa, D. Morton, and G. Sonneborn. Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer spectroscopy of the O VI resonance doublet in Sand 2 (WO). Astrophys. J., 538, L51, 2000. [883] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, C. Evans, A. Fullerton, O. De Marco, and A. Willis. Revised stellar temperatures for Magellanic Cloud O supergiants from Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer and Very Large Telescope UV–Visual Echelle Spectrograph spectroscopy. Astrophys. J., 579, 774, 2002. [884] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, and L. Smith. Fundamental parameters of Wolf– Rayet stars. I. Ofpe/WN 9 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 172, 1995. [885] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, and L. Smith. Fundamental parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. II. Tailored analyses of galactic WNL stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 403, 1995. [886] P. Crowther, D. Lennon, and N. Walborn. Physical parameters and wind properties of galactic early B supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 446, 279, 2006.

[887] P. Crowther, A. Pasquali, O. De Marco, W. Schmutz, D. Hillier, and A. de Koter. Wolf–Rayet nebulae as tracers of stellar ionizing fluxes. I. M1–67. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 1007, 1999. [888] P. Crowther, L. Smith, and D. Hillier. Tailored analysis of 24 galactic WN stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 271, 1993. [889] P. Crowther, L. Smith, and D. Hillier. Fundamental parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. IV. Weak–lined WNE stars. Astr. Astrophys., 302, 457, 1995. [890] P. Crowther, L. Smith, D. Hillier, and W. Schmutz. Fundamen- tal parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. III. The evolutionary status of WNL stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 427, 1995. [891] P. Crowther and A. Willis. Observations of the atmospheres and winds of O stars, LBV’s, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 85, 1993. [892] R. Cruddace, M. Kowalski, D. Yentis, C. Brown, H. Gursky, M. Barstow, N. Bannister, G. Fraser, J. Spragg, J. Lapington, J. Tandy, B. Sanderson, J. Culhane, T. Barbee, J. Kordas, W. Goldstein, and G. Fritz. High–resolution spectroscopy of G191–B2B in the extreme– ultraviolet. Astrophys. J., 565, L47, 2002. [893] K. Cunha, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Ne abundances in B stars of the Orion association: Solving the solar model problem? Astrophys. J., 647, L143, 2006. [894] K. Cunha and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orion association. I. The O abundance of main–sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 399, 586, 1992. [895] K. Cunha and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orion association. II. The C, N, O, Si, and Fe abundances of main–sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 426, 170, 1994. [896] K. Cunha, V. Smith, and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orion association. IV. The O and Fe abundances of F and G stars. Astrophys. J., 493, 195, 1998. [897] Y. Cuny. Contribution àl etude du spectre solaire de l’hydrogène. Solar Phys., 3, 204, 1968. [898] Y. Cuny. Determination of the non–LTE departure coefficients for a multilevel atom: Remarks on the iterative method. In Athay et al. [149], page 113. [899] Y. Cuny. Influence of the Lyα wing on the solar spectrum in the 1500A˚ to 8000A˚ wavelength range. In Gingerich [1265], page 173.

[900] Y. Cuny. Non–LTE effects on the solar spectrum between 1500A˚ and 1680A.˚ In Gingerich [1265], page 183. [901] G. Curtis and J. Jefferies. The analysis of spectral–line profiles. II. An application to the solar Na D–lines. Astrophys. J., 150, 1061, 1967. [902] S. Daflon, K. Cunha, V. Smith, and K. Butler. Non–LTE abundances of Mg, Al, and S in OB stars near the solar circle. Astr. Astrophys., 399, 525, 2003. [903] C. Dahn, P. Bergeron, J. Liebert, H. Harris, B. Canzian, S. Legget, and S. Boudreault. Analysis of a very massive DA white dwarf via the trigonometric parallax and spectroscopic methods. Astrophys. J., 605, 400, 2004. [904] A. Dalgarno. Rayleigh scattering near an absorption line. J. Optical Soc. America, 53, 1223, 1963. [905] A. Dalgarno. Sum rules and atomic structure. Rev. Mod. Phys., 35, 522, 1963. [906] A. Dalgarno and J. Browne. The associative detachment of H and H−. Astrophys. J., 149, 231, 1967. [907] A. Dalgarno and A. Kingston. Refractive indices and Verdet constants of the inert gases. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A259, 424, 1960. [908] A. Dalgarno and N. Lane. Free–free transitions of electrons in gases. Astrophys. J., 145, 623, 1966. [909] A. Dalgarno and D. Williams. Rayleigh scattering by molecular hydrogen. Astrophys. J., 136, 690, 1962. [910] I. Danziger, F. Mateucci, and K. Kjaer, editors. Production and Distri- bution of C, N, O Elements. (Garching: European Southern Observa- tory), 1985. [911] I. Danziger, G. Wallerstein, and E. Böhm–Vitense. On the absolute magnitude and effective temperature of the H–poor star HD 30353. Astrophys. J., 150, 239, 1967. [912] R. Datla and H. Griem. Ionization rate coefficients of multiply ionized atoms. Phys. Rev. A, 14, 979, 1976. [913] K.–H. David. Die Mitte–Rand Variation der Balmerlinien Hα–Hδ auf der Sonnenscheibe. Z. fürAstrophys., 53, 37, 1961. [914] K. Davidson. Ultraviolet and optical spectroscopy. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 465.

[915] K. Davidson, A. Moffat, and H. Lamers, editors. Physics of Luminous Blue Variables. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1989. [916] J. Davis, D. Morton, L. Allen, and R. Brown. The angular diameter and effective temperature of ζ Puppis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150, 45, 1970. [917] J. Davis and R. Shobbrook. On uvby indices and empirical effective temperatures and bolometric corrections for B stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 178, 651, 1977. [918] J. Davis, W. Tango, A. Booth, E. Thorvaldson, and J. Giovannis. The Sydney University Stellar Interferometer. II. Commissioning observations and results. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 303, 783, 1999. [919] J. Davis and R. Webb. Ultraviolet fluxes and bolometric corrections for late B to F main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 551, 1970. [920] J. de Freitas-Pacheco, S. Codina, and L. Viadana. New color and Zanstra temperatures for 15 central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 220, 107, 1986. [921] J. de Grève. Atmospheres and interior models. In de Grève et al. [922], page 317. [922] J. de Grève, R. Blomme, and H. Hensberge, editors. Stellar Atmo- spheres: Theory and Observations. Lecture Notes in Physics, No. 497. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1997. [923] C. de Jager. The Hydrogen Spectrum of the Sun. (Gravenhage: Excel- siors Foto-Offset), 1952. [924] C. de Jager. The Brightest Stars. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1980. [925] C. de Jager, H. Lamers, and K. van der Hucht. Progress in ultraviolet stellar spectrophotometry with S 59. Astrophys. Space Sci., 38, 313, 1975. [926] C. de Jager, M. Migotte, and L. Neven. The profile of the Brackett α line in the solar spectrum. Ann. dAstrophys., 19, 9, 1956. [927] C. de Jager, O. Namba, and L. Neven. The profile of the infrared He I lines over the undisturbed solar disk. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 128, 1966. [928] C. de Jager and L. Neven. The profiles of the lines of the Paschen and Brackett series of hydrogen in the solar spectrum. Proc. Roy. Neth. Acad. Sci., 53, 157, 1950.

[929] C. de Jager and L. Neven. Observations of solar line profiles. I. The center–to–limb variation of profiles of fifty lines in the near infrared solar spectrum. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth. Suppl., 1, 325, 1966. [930] C. de Jager and H. Nieuwenhuijzen. A new determination of the statistical relations between stellar spectral and luminosity classes and stellar effective temperature and luminosity. Astr. Astrophys., 177, 217, 1987. [931] A. de Koter. The observed metallicity dependence of the mass loss of O and early–B stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 99. [932] A. de Koter, S. Heap, and I. Hubeny. On the evolutionary phase and mass loss of the Wolf–Rayet–like stars in R136a. Astrophys. J., 472, 792, 1997. [933] A. de Koter, S. Heap, and I. Hubeny. An empirical isochrone of very massive stars in R136a. Astrophys. J., 509, 897, 1998. [934] A. de Koter, I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and T. Lanz. Theoretical modeling of GHRS observations of the Of/WN–type star in R136a. Astrophys. J., 435, L71, 1994. [935] A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and H. Lamers. A fast non–LTE code for expanding atmospheres: A test of the validity of the Sobolev approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 277, 561, 1993. [936] C. de Loore, J. de Grève, and H. Lamers. Evolution of massive stars with mass loss by stellar wind. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 251, 1977. [937] C. de Loore, J. de Grève, and D. Vanbeveren. Parameters of massive stars and main–sequence evolution without and with stellar wind. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 34, 363, 1978. [938] C. de Loore and A. Willis, editors. Wolf–Rayet Stars: Observations, Physics, Evolution. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1982. [939] C. De Loore, A. Willis, and P. Laskarides, editors. Luminous Stars and Associations in Galxies. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986. [940] O. De Marco, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. The winds of WC 10 central stars of planetary nebulae. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 91, 1996. [941] O. De Marco, M. Shara, D. Zurek, J. Ouellette, T. Lanz, R. Saffer, and J. Sepinsky. A spectroscopic analysis of blue stragglers, horizontal branch stars, and turnoff stars in four globular clusters. Astrophys. J., 632, 894, 2005. [942] G. De Silva, C. Sneden, D. Paulson, M. Asplund, J. Bland-Hawthorn, M. Bessell, and K. Freeman. Chemical homogeneity in the Hyades. Astr. J., 131, 455, 2006.

[943] C. Dean and F. Bruhweiler. An ultraviolet line list for O star spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 57, 133, 1985. [944] L. Decin, P. Morris, P. Appleton, V. Charmandaris, L. Armus, and J. Houck. MARCS: Model stellar atmospheres and their application to the photometric calibration of the Spitzer Space Telescope Infrared Spectrograph (IRS). Astrophys. J. Suppl., 154, 408, 2004. [945] L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, B. Plez, and A. Sauval. ISO–SWS calibration and the accurate modeling of cool–star atmospheres. III. A0 to G2 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 695, 2003. [946] L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, B. Plez, A. Sauval, and K. Hinkle. ISO–SWS calibration and the accurate modeling of cool–star atmospheres. II. General results. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 679, 2003. [947] L. Decin, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, B. Plez, A. Surval, W. Vanassche, and B. Vandenbussche. ISO–SWS calibration and the accurate modeling of cool–star atmospheres. I. Method. Astr. Astrophys., 364, 137, 2000. [948] J. Deetjen. ORFEUS II echelle spectra: On the influence of Fe–group line blanketing in the far–UV spectral range of hot subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 281, 2000. [949] J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and K. Werner. The Fe abundance in hot central stars of planetary nebulae derived from IUE spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 940, 1999. [950] F. Delahaye, S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.-L. Zhang. Resolution and accuracy of resonances in R–matrix cross sections. J. Phys. B, 37, 2585, 2004. [951] F. Delahaye and A. Pradhan. Electron impact excitation of He–like oxygen up to n = 4 levels including radiation damping. J. Phys. B, 35, 3377, 2002. [952] F. Delahaye, A. Pradhan, and C. Zeippen. Electron impact excitation of He–like ions up to n = 4 levels including radiation damping. J. Phys. B, 39, 3465, 2006. [953] C. Delbouille, G. Roland, and L. Neven. Atlas Photometrique du Spec- tre Solaire de λ 3000 a λ 10000. (Liège: Universite de Liège,Institut d’Astrophysique), 1973. [954] L. Delbouille, C. de Jager, and L. Neven. Observations of infrared solar line profiles. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 949, 1960.

[955] M. Deleuil and M. Viton. The Spacelab–1 very wide field survey of UV–excess objects. III. Analysis of the IUE high–resolution spectra of two very hot sdO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 263, 190, 1992. [956] E. Depagne, V. Hill, M. Spite, F. Spite, B. Plez, T. Beers, B. Barbuy, R. Cayrel, J. Andersen, P. Bonifacio, P. Fran¸cois,B. Nordström,and F. Primas. First stars. II. Elemental abundances in the extremely metal– poor star CS 22949–037. A diagnostic of early massive supernovae. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 187, 2002. [957] G. Deridder and W. van Rensbergen. Tables of damping constants of spectral lines broadened by H and He. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 23, 147, 1976. [958] K. Desikachary and D. Gray. Upper photospheric temperature models of K giants: A comparison of super–metal–rich giants with normal giants. Astrophys. J., 226, 907, 1978. [959] L. Dessart, P. Crowther, D. Hillier, A. Willis, P. Morris, and K. van der Hucht. Quantitative analysis of WC stars: Constraints on neon abundances from ISO–SWS spectroscopy. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 315, 407, 2000. [960] A. Detz. Spectral photometry and quantitative analysis of the star HD 120640. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 28, 403, 1977. [961] G. Di Benedetto. Empirical effective temperatures and angular diameters of stars cooler than the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 270, 315, 1993. [962] G. Di Benedetto. Towards a fundamental calibration of stellar parameters of A, F, G, and K dwarfs and giants. Astr. Astrophys., 339, 858, 1998. [963] G. Di Benedetto and R. Foy. The angular diameter and the effective temperature of Arcturus from Michelson interferometry. Astr. Astro- phys., 166, 204, 1986. [964] A. Diaz, E. Terlevich, and R. Terlevich. Near–IR features in late–type stars –Their relations with stellar atmosphere parameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 239, 325, 1989. [965] J. Diaz–Cordoves and A. Gimenez. A new nonlinear approximation to the limb–darkening of hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 259, 227, 1992. [966] R. Dicke and J. Wittke. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (Reading: Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 1960. [967] R. Dietz and L. House. The formation of the Lyman continuum: Isother- mal atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 141, 1393, 1965.

[968] A. Digby, N. Hambly, J. Cooke, I. Reid, and R. Cannon. The subdwarf luminosity function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 344, 583, 2003. [969] M. Dimitrijević. Accuracy of line broadening data. In Wehrse [4023], page 31. [970] M. Dimitrijevićand S. Sahal–Bréchot. Stark broadening of neutral helium lines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 31, 301, 1984. [971] M. Dimitrijevićand S. Sahal–Bréchot. Stark broadening of neutral He lines of astrophysical interest. Regularities within spectral series. Astr. Astrophys., 136, 289, 1984. [972] M. Dimitrijevićand S. Sahal–Bréchot. Comparison of measured and calculated Stark broadening for neutral He lines. Phys. Rev. A, 31, 316, 1985. [973] M. Dimitrijevićand S. Sahal–Bréchot. Stark broadening of He I lines. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 82, 519, 1990. [974] P. Dirac. On the theory of quantum mechanics. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A112, 661, 1926. [975] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radiation. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A114, 243, 1927. [976] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of dispersion. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A114, 710, 1927. [977] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the electron. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A117, 610, 1928. [978] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the electron. Part II. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A118, 351, 1928. [979] P. Dirac. Quantum mechanics of many–electron systems. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A123, 714, 1929. [980] P. Dirac. The basis of statistical quantum mechanics. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc., 25, 62, 1929. [981] P. Dirac. The Principles of Quantum Mechanics. (Oxford: Clarendon Press), 4th edition, 1958. [982] L. Divan. Recherches sur les spectres continus stellaires. IX. Etude de quelques sous–naines et étoilesàgrande vitesse. Ann. dAstrophys., 19, 287, 1956. [983] P. Dobbie, M. Burleigh, A. Levan, M. Barstow, R. Napiwotzki, and I. Hubeny. A near–IR spectrum of the DO white dwarf RE J0503-285. Astr. Astrophys., 439, 1159, 2005.

[984] P. Dobbie, R. Napiwotzki, N. Lodieu, M. Burleigh, M. Barstow, and R. Jameson. On the origin of the ultramassive white dwarf GD 50. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 373, L45, 2006. [985] P. Dobbie, D. Pinfield, R. Napiwotzki, N. Hambly, M. Burleigh, M. Barstow, R. Jameson, and I. Hubeny. Praesepe and the seven white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 355, L39, 2004. [986] L. Doherty. A survey of Mg h and k emission in near–solar–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 217, 41, 1985. [987] R. Donahue and J. Bookbinder, editors. Cool Stars, Stellar Systems, and the Sun. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1998. [988] C. Doom. The mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 170, 1988. [989] E. Dorfi and L. Drury. Simple adaptive grids for 1–D initial value problems. J. Comp. Phys., 69, 175, 1987. [990] E. Dorfi and S. Höfner.AGB stars and mass loss. Rev. Mod. Astr., 11, 147, 1998. [991] N. Doughty and P. Fraser. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 267, 1966. [992] N. Doughty, P. Fraser, and R. McEachran. The bound–free absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 255, 1966. [993] J. Dragon and J. Mutschlecner. The solar ultraviolet continuum. As- trophys. J., 239, 1045, 1980. [994] J. Drake. A non–LTE study of neutral Ca in late–type stars with special reference to Pollux. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 251, 369, 1991. [995] J. Drake and D. Lambert. Sodium in weak G–band giants. Astrophys. J., 435, 798, 1994. [996] S. Drake and J. Linsky. The formation of emission lines in the expanding chromospheres of luminous cool stars. I. The importance of atmospheric extension and partial redistribution effects. Astrophys. J., 273, 299, 1983. [997] D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. I. The observability of stellar photospheric convection. Astr. Astrophys., 172, 200, 1986. [998] D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. II. Stellar photospheric line asymmetries. Astr. Astrophys., 172, 211, 1987.

[999] D. Dravins, L. Lindegren, and A.˚ Nordlund. Solar granulation: Influence of convection on spectral line asymmetries and wavelength shifts. Astr. Astrophys., 96, 345, 1981. [1000] D. Dravins and A.˚ Nordlund. Stellar granulation. IV. Line formation in inhomogeneous stellar photospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 184, 1990. [1001] D. Dravins and A.˚ Nordlund. Stellar granulation. V. Synthetic spectral lines in disk integrated starlight. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 203, 1990. [1002] H. Drawin. Influence of atom-atom collisions on the collisional-radiative ionization and recombination coefficients of hydrogen plasmas. Z. für Phys., 225, 483, 1969. [1003] S. Drayson. Rapid computation of the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spec- trosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 611, 1976. [1004] S. Dreizler. Spectral analysis of extremely He–rich subdwarf O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 273, 212, 1993. [1005] S. Dreizler. HST spectroscopy of hot H–deficient white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 499. [1006] S. Dreizler. Hubble Space Telescope spectroscopy of hot He–rich white dwarfs: Metal abundances along the cooling sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 352, 632, 1999. [1007] S. Dreizler. Spectroscopy of hot H–deficient white dwarfs. Rev. Mod. Astr., 12, 255, 1999. [1008] S. Dreizler. Temperature correction schemes. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 69. [1009] S. Dreizler, U. Heber, K. Werner, S. Moehler, and K. de Boer. Hot subluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. III. Non–LTE analysis of extremely He rich sdO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 235, 234, 1990. [1010] S. Dreizler and S. Schuh. Stratified Non–LTE model atmospheres for hot white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 69. [1011] S. Dreizler and S. Schuh. Stratified NLTE model atmospheres for hot stars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 33. [1012] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Non–LTE model atmosphere calculations with approximate lambda operators. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 155. [1013] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Line blanketing by Fe group elements in non–LTE model atmospheres for hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 278, 199, 1993.

[1014] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Line blanketing by Fe group elements in non-LTE model atmospheres. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 147, 1993. [1015] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of hot He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 314, 217, 1996. [1016] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of hot He–rich white dwarfs. In Jeffery and Heber [1904], page 281. [1017] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, and U. Heber. PG 1159 stars and their evolutionary link to DO white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 160. [1018] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, U. Heber, and D. Engels. Discovery and analysis of a H–rich PG 1159 star. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 820, 1996. [1019] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, S. Jordan, and H.-J. Hagen. A “cool” PG 1159 star discovered by the Hamburg Schmidt Survey: NLTE analysis of HS 0704+6153. Astr. Astrophys., 286, 462, 1994. [1020] S. Dreizler and B. Wolff. Analysis of the ultraviolet and extreme– ultraviolet of the DA white dwarf G191–B2B using self–consistent diffusion models. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 189, 1999. [1021] J. Drew. On spectral line formation in winds from extended continuum sources. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 218, 41, 1986. [1022] J. Drew. Ionization and thermal equilibrium models for O star winds based on time–independent radiation–driven wind theory. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 71, 267, 1989. [1023] J. Drew. A new theoretical calibration of the relation between mass–loss rate and Hα emission for O star winds. Astrophys. J., 357, 573, 1990. [1024] J. Drew. O star wind temperatures, Si IV λ 1397 absorption and H I Hα emission. In Garmany [1225], page 230. [1025] J. Drew. The extreme mass–loss signatures of massive young stellar objects. In Howarth [1735], page 14. [1026] J. Drilling. Basic data on H–deficient stars. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 461. [1027] J. Drilling, C. Jeffery, and U. Heber. Spectral analysis of the extreme He star LSS 3184. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 1019, 1998. [1028] J. Drilling, D. Sch”onberner, U. Heber, and A. Lynas-Gray. Spectropho- tometry of extreme He stars: Ultraviolet fluxes and effective temperatures. Astrophys. J., 278, 224, 1984. [1029] P. Dufton. A fine analysis of two early B–type supergiants HD 96248 and HD 164402, relative to the main sequence star τ Sco. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 301, 1972.

[1030] P. Dufton. A non–LTE analysis of the O–type subdwarf HD 49798. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 159, 79, 1972. [1031] P. Dufton. An observational test of H–line broadening theories. Astr. Astrophys., 18, 335, 1972. [1032] P. Dufton. An early–type metal–rich star, HD 135485. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 267, 1973. [1033] P. Dufton. LTE and non–LTE abundance analyses of N–deficient supergiants in a loose association. Astr. Astrophys., 73, 203, 1979. [1034] P. Dufton. Galactic B–type stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 3. [1035] P. Dufton and A. Hibbert. Non–LTE calculations of N II line strengths in B–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 95, 24, 1981. [1036] P Dufton, L. Kane, and C. McKeith. The N to H abundance in main sequence B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 194, 85, 1981. [1037] P. Dufton and C. McKeith. Copernicus observations of neutral He lines in early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 81, 8, 1980. [1038] P. Dufton, R. Ryans, C. Trundle, D. Lennon, I. Hubeny, T. Lanz, and C. Allende Prieto. B–type supergiants in the SMC: Chemical compositions and comparison of static and unified models. Astr. Astrophys., 434, 1125, 2005. [1039] A.-M. Dumont and S. Collin. Codes for optically thick and hot pho- toionized media – Radiative transfer and new developments. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 231. [1040] S. Dumont and N. Heidmann. Effect of the absorbers on the thermal structure of an LTE atmosphere: H and He. Astr. Astrophys., 27, 273, 1973. [1041] S. Dumont and N. Heidmann. Effect of the absorbers on the thermal structure of an LTE atmosphere: II. C, Si, Mg, Fe, and Al. Astr. Astrophys., 49, 271, 1976. [1042] S. Dunkin, M. Barlow, and S. Ryan. High–resolution spectroscopy of Vega–like stars. I. Effective temperatures, gravities and photospheric abundances. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 604, 1998. [1043] A. Dupree and A. Goldberg. Stimulated emission of recombination lines in H I regions. Astrophys. J., 158, 49, 1969. [1044] A. Dupree and L. Goldberg. Solar abundance determination from ultraviolet emission lines. Solar Phys., 1, 229, 1967.

[1045] A. Dupree and L. Goldberg. Radio frequency recombination lines. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 8, 231, 1970. [1046] A. Dupree, D. Sasselov, and J. Lester. Discovery of a fast wind from a field Population II giant star. Astrophys. J., 387, L85, 1992. [1047] J. Dupuis, S. Vennes, Bowyer S., A. Pradhan, and P. Thejll. Hot white dwarfs in the local interstellar medium: H and He interstellar column densities and stellar effective temperatures from EUVE spectroscopy. Astrophys. J., 455, 574, 1995. [1048] H. Dwight. Tables of Integrals and Other Mathematical Data. (New York: Macmillan Publishing Co.), 4th edition, 1961. [1049] M. Dworetsky, F. Castelli, and R. Faraggizna, editors. Peculiar Ver- sus Normal Phenomena in A–type and Related Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1993. [1050] P. Dykema, R. Klein, and J. Castor. A new scheme for multidimensional line transfer. III. A two–dimensional Lagrangian variable tensor method with discontinuous finite–element Sn transport. Astrophys. J., 457, 892, 1996. [1051] D. Ebbets and S. Wolff. Observations of C III λλ 9707–9718 in early type–stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 204, 1981. [1052] F. Eber and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late O stars. III. Singly ionized C. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 153, 1988. [1053] D. Eberlein, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the ultraviolet line blanketing in early type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 295, 1973. [1054] G. Ecker. Zur statistischen Beschreibung von gesamtheiten mit kollecktiver Wechselwirkung. I. Grundlagen und Grenzen kollecktiver Be- schreibung. Z. fürPhys., 140, 274, 1955. [1055] G. Ecker. Zur statistischen Beschreibung von gesamtheiten mit kollecktiver Wechselwirkung. III. Die verschiedenen Formulierungen der Tragerkinetik. Z. fürPhys., 141, 294, 1955. [1056] G. Ecker. Das Mikrofeld in gesamtheiten mit Coulombscher Wechsel- wirkung. Z. fürPhys., 148, 593, 1957. [1057] G. Ecker. Abweichungen von dem Holtsmark–Profil der Balmer–Linen im Plasma. Z. fürPhys., 149, 254, 1957. [1058] A. Eddington. On the radiative equilibrium of the stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 77, 16, 1916. [1059] A. Eddington. The formation of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 620, 1929.

[1060] A. Eddington. The Internal Constitution of the Stars. (New York: Dover Publications), 1959. [1061] H. Edelmann, U. Heber, H.-J. Hagen, M. Lemke, S. Dreizler, R. Napi- wotzki, and D. Engels. Spectral analysis of sdB stars from the Hamburg quasar survey. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 939, 2003. [1062] H. Edelmann, R. Napiwotzki, U. Heber, N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers. HE 0437–5439: An unbound hypervelocity main–sequence B–type star. Astrophys. J., 634, L181, 2005. [1063] A. Edmonds. Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics. (Princeton: Princeton University Press), 1957. [1064] F. Edmonds. Scattering by a moving electron atmosphere and its eﬀect on spectral lines. I. The Schuster problem. Astrophys. J., 112, 307, 1950. [1065] F. Edmonds. Scattering by a moving electron atmosphere and its eﬀect on spectral lines. II. The planetary nebula problem. Astrophys. J., 112, 324, 1950. [1066] F. Edmonds. Noncoherent scattering due to collisions. I. Zanstra’s ratio of coherent to uncorrelated non–coherent scattering. Astrophys. J., 121, 418, 1955. [1067] B. Edvardsson. Spectroscopic surface gravities and chemical compositions for 8 nearby single subgiants. Astr. Astrophys., 190, 148, 1988. [1068] B. Edvardsson, J. Andersen, B. Gustafsson, D. Lambert, P. Nissen, and J. Tomkin. Chemical evolution of the galactic disk. I. Analysis and results. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 101, 1993. [1069] B. Edvardsson, J. Andersen, B. Gustafsson, D. Lambert, P. Nissen, and J. Tomkin. Chemical evolution of the galactic disk. II. Observational data. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 102, 603, 1993. [1070] B. Edvardsson and R. Bell. Theoretical colors and isochrones for some Hubble Space Telescope color systems. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 238, 1121, 1989. [1071] B. Edvardsson, B. Pettersson, M. Kharrazi, and B. Westerlund. Abun- dance analysis and origin of the ζ Sculptoris open cluster. Astr. Astro- phys., 293, 75, 1995. [1072] J. Edwards. Two–dimensional radiative convection in the Eddington approximation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 242, 224, 1990. [1073] P. Eenens and P. Williams. Terminal velocities of Wolf–Rayet winds from infrared He I lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 1082, 1994.

[1074] P. Eenens, P. Williams, and R. Wade. An infrared view of Wolf–Rayet WC subtypes. I. Line identiﬁcation and spectral characteristics. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 252, 300, 1991.

[1075] O. Eggen. On the existence of subdwarfs in the (Mbol, log Teﬀ ) plane. III. Astrophys. J., 182, 821, 1973. [1076] O. Eggen, D. Lynden-Bell, and A. Sandage. Formation of the Milky Way. Astrophys. J., 136, 748, 1962.

[1077] O. Eggen and A. Sandage. On the existence of subdwarfs in the (Mbol, log Teff ) plane. II. Astrophys. J., 136, 735, 1662. [1078] A. Einstein. Uber¨ einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt. Ann. Physik, 17, 132, 1905. English translation in Beck and Havas [341]. [1079] A. Einstein. Beiträgezur Quantentheorie. Deutsche Phys. Gesells. Ver- handlungen, 16, 820, 1914. English translation in Engel and Schucking [1096]. [1080] A. Einstein. Strahlungs–Emission und –Absorption nach der Quanten- theorie. Deutsche Phys. Gesells. Verhandlungen, 18, 318, 1916. English translation in Engel and Schucking [1096]. [1081] A. Einstein. Zur Quantentheorie des Strahlung. Phys. Gessels. Zürich Mitteilungen, 18, 47, 1916. English translation in Engel and Schucking [1096]. [1082] A. Einstein. Zur Quantentheorie des Strahlung. Z. fürPhys., 18, 121, 1917. [1083] A. Einstein. Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases. Berliner Berichte, page 261, 1924. [1084] A. Einstein. Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases. Berliner Berichte, page 3, 1925. [1085] A. Einstein. The Meaning of Relativity. (Princeton: Princeton Univer- sity Press), 1955. [1086] S. Eisenstadt, H. Eleman, and M. Schultz. Variational iterative methods for nonsymmetric systems of linear equations. SIAM J. Num. Anal., 20, 345, 1983. [1087] D. Eisenstein, J. Liebert, D. Koester, S. Kleinmann, A. Nitta, P. Smith, J. Barentine, H. Brewington, J. Brinkmann, M. Harvanek, J. Krzesiński, E. Nielsen, D. Long, D. Schneider, and S. Snedden. Hot DB white dwarfs from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astr. J., 132, 676, 2006.

[1088] E. Eissner, M. Jones, and H. Nussbaumer. Techniques for the calculation of atomic structures and radiative data including relativistic corrections. Comp. Phys. Commun., 8, 270, 1974. [1089] J. Elias, R. Bell, K. Matthews, and G. Neugebauer. Infrared measurements of metal–poor subdwarfs and a comparison with model atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 101, 1121, 1989. [1090] E. Elst. Photon escape from a semi–infinite atmosphere. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 102, 1968. [1091] G. Elste, J. Jugaku, and L. Aller. Theoretical line intensities and the spectrum of τ Scorpii. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 68, 23, 1956. [1092] G. Elwert. Uber¨ die Ionisationsprozesse und Rekombinationsprozesse in einem Plasma und die Ionisationsformel der Sonnenkorona. Z. für Naturforschung, 7, 432, 1952. [1093] G. Elwert. Verallgemeinerte Ionizationsformel eines Plasmas. Z. für Naturforschung, 7, 703, 1952. [1094] G. Elwert and E. Haug. Calculation of bremsstrahlung cross sections with Sommerfeld–Maue eigenfunctions. Phys. Rev., 183, 90, 1969. [1095] R. Emden. Gaskugeln. (Leipzig), 1907. [1096] A. Engel and E. Schucking, editors. Collected Papers of Albert Ein- stein, Volume 6. The Berlin Years: 1914-1917. (Princeton: Princeton University Press), 1997. [1097] O. Engvold. The solar chemical composition. Physica Scripta, 16, 48, 1977. [1098] P. Epstein. Zur Theorie des Starkeffektes. Ann. d. Physik, 355, 489, 1916. [1099] M. Erdelyi-Mendes and B. Barbuy. Synthetic Ca II infrared triplet lines as a function of stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 176, 1991. [1100] G. Erhorn, D. Groote, and J. Kaufmann. On the temperature determination in early B–stars using absorption lines of Si II, III, and IV. Astr. Astrophys., 131, 147, 1984. [1101] K. Eriksson and S. Toft. The O I triplet λ 7773A˚ in late–type giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 178, 1979. [1102] C. Esteban. CNO abundances in galactic H II regions and planetary nebulae. In Charbonnel et al. [744], page 143.

[1103] C. Evans, P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, and D. Hillier. Quantitative studies of the far–ultraviolet, ultraviolet, and optical spectra of late O– and early B–type supergiants in the Magellanic Clouds. Astrophys. J., 610, 1021, 2004. [1104] N. Evans, T. Teays, L. Taylor, J. Lester, and R. Hindsley. The temperature of the supergiant α Per. Astr. J., 111, 2099, 1996. [1105] D. Fabbian, M. Asplund, M. Carlsson, and D. Kiselman. The non–LTE line formation of neutral carbon in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 458, 899, 2006. [1106] P. Fabiani Bendicho. Basic multidimensional radiative transfer. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 419. [1107] P. Fabiani Bendicho and J. Trujillo Bueno. Three–dimensional radiative transfer with multilevel atoms. In Nagendra and Stenflo [2778], page 219. [1108] P. Fabiani Bendicho, J. Trujillo Bueno, and L. Auer. Multidimensional radiative transfer with multilevel atoms. II. The nonlinear multigrid method. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 161, 1997. [1109] U. Fano. Description of states in quantum mechanics by density matrix and operator techniques. Rev. Mod. Phys., 29, 74, 1957. [1110] R. Faraggiana, M. Gerbaldi, C. van’t Veer, and M. Floquet. Behavior of the O I triplet λ 7773. I. Normal stars. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 259, 1988. [1111] N. Feautrier, F. Praderie, and H. van Regemorter. Sur les raies de l’hydrogène.II. Importance respective des domaines “impact” et qua- sistatique pour les électrons. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 45, 1967. [1112] N. Feautrier, N. Tran-Minh and H. Van Regemorter. The quantum unified theory applied to the Lyman-alpha profile calculation. J. Phys. B, 9, 1871, 1976. [1113] P. Feautrier. Sur la r esolution numerique de l equations de transfert. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 258, 3189, 1964. [1114] P. Feautrier. Th eorie des classifications stellaires. I. Construction de modèlesen equilibre thermodynamique local. Ann. d’Astrophys., 30, 125, 1967. [1115] P. Feautrier. Theorie des classifications stellaires. II. Etude des ecarts àl equilibre thermodynamique local dans le continu. Ann. d’Astrophys., 31, 257, 1968. [1116] E. Feenberg and G. Pake. Notes on the Quantum Theory of Angular Momentum. (Stanford: Stanford University Press), 1959.

[1117] W. Feibelman and F. Bruhweiler. Ultraviolet Fe VII absorption lines in planetary nebula nuclei, hot subdwarfs, and hot degenerate objects. Astrophys. J., 357, 548, 1990. [1118] W. Feibleman, A. Boggess, C. McCracken, and W. Hobbs. Molecular + hydrogen ion H2 absorption in planetary nebulae. Astr. J., 86, 881, 1981. [1119] A. Feldmeier. Time–dependent structure and energy transfer in hot star winds. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 523, 1995. [1120] A. Feldmeier, J. Puls, C. Reile, A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, and S. Owocki. Shocks and shells in hot star winds. Astrophys. Space Sci., 233, 293, 1995. [1121] A. Feldmeier, I. Shlosman, and W.–R. Hamann. Runaway acceleration of line–driven winds: The role of the outer boundary. Astrophys. J., 566, 392, 2002. [1122] S. Feltzing and G. Gonzalez. The nature of super–metal–rich stars. Detailed abundance analysis of eight super–metal–rich star candidates. Astr. Astrophys., 367, 253, 2001. [1123] S. Feltzing and B. Gustafsson. Abundances in metal–rich stars: Detailed abundance analysis of 47 G and K dwarf stars with [M/H] > 0.10 dex. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 129, 237, 1998. [1124] J. Ferguson, D. Alexander, F. Allard, T. Bakman, J. Bodnarik, P. Hauschildt, A. Heffner-Wong, and A. Tamanai. Low–temperature opacities. Astrophys. J., 623, 585, 2005. [1125] G. Ferland and D. Savin, editors. Spectroscopic Challenges of Pho- toionized Plasmas. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2001. [1126] E. Fermi. Quantization of the monatomic perfect gas. Atti della R. Accad. Naz. dei Lincei, 3, 145, 1926. [1127] E. Fermi. Zue Quantelung des idealen einatomigen gases. Z. fürPhys., 36, 902, 1926. [1128] E. Fermi. Application of statistical gas methods to electronic systems. Atti della R. Accad. Naz. dei Lincei, 6, 602, 1927. [1129] E. Fermi. Statistical deduction of atomic properties. Atti della R. Accad. Naz. dei Lincei, 7, 342, 1928. [1130] E. Fermi. Eine statistische Methode zur Bestimmung einiger Eigen- schaften des Atomes und ihre Anwendung auf die Theorie des Periodis- che Systems der Elemente. Z. fürPhys., 48, 73, 1928.

[1131] R. Ferrero. On the line emission profile and line source function in the case of partial redistribution. Astrophys. J., 314, 822, 1987. [1132] R. Feynman. Forces in molecules. Phys. Rev., 56, 340, 1939. [1133] G. Field. The time relaxation of a resonance–line profile. Astrophys. J., 129, 551, 1959. [1134] M. Fieldus, J. Lester, and C. Rogers. A program for spherically extended line blanketed stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 371, 1990. [1135] D. Figer, F. Najarro, T. Geballe, R. Blum, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Massive stars in the SGR 1806–20 cluster. Astrophys. J., 622, L49, 2005. [1136] D. Finley, P. Jelinsky, J. Dupuis, and D. Koester. Initial white dwarf results from the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer. Astrophys. J., 417, 259, 1993. [1137] D. Finley, D. Koester, and G. Basri. The temperature scale and mass distribution of hot DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 488, 375, 1997. [1138] G. Finn. Frequency redistribution on scattering. Astrophys. J., 147, 1085, 1967. [1139] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 203, 1971. [1140] G. Finn. Studies in spectral line formation. IV. Singly ionized Ca. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 477, 1971. [1141] G. Finn. Probability distribution for photon exit. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 35, 1972. [1142] G. Finn. Probability distributions for photon exit: Photons formed with specified frequency. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 1217, 1972. [1143] G. Finn. Statistical functions in radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spec- trosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 149, 1972. [1144] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer: Mean number of scatterings. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 683, 1973. [1145] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer: Two simply coupled spectral lines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 765, 1973. [1146] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. I. Formula- tion and simple applications. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1675, 1968.

[1147] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. II. Linear coupling in multilevel atom problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1705, 1968. [1148] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. III. Nonlin- ear multilevel atom problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 9, 469, 1969. [1149] G. Finn and D. Mugglestone. Tables of the line broadening function H(a, v). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 221, 1965. [1150] D. Fischel, C. Nethery, and W. Sparks. On the outer layers of model moving atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 163, 649, 1971. [1151] E. Fitzpatrick and D. Massa. Determining the physical properties of the B stars. I. Methodology and first results. Astrophys. J., 525, 1011, 1999. [1152] A. Fitzsimmons, F. Keenan, E. Conlon, P. Dufton, and P. Williams. Infrared observations of high galactic latitude early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 249, 336, 1991. [1153] J. Fiutak, and J. Van Kranendonk. Impact theory of Raman line broadening. Canadian J. Phys., 40, 1085, 1062. [1154] P. Flower. Bolometric corrections for late–type giants and supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 391, 1975. [1155] V. Fock. Näherungsmethode zur Lösungdes quantenmechanischen Mehrkörperproblems. Z. fürPhys., 61, 126, 1930. [1156] A. Fokin, A. Lèbre,H. Le Coroller, and D. Gillet. Nonlinear radiative models of post–AGB stars: Application to HD 56126. Astr. Astrophys., 378, 546, 2001. [1157] H. Foley. The pressure broadening of spectral lines. Phys. Rev., 69, 616, 1946. [1158] H. Foley and P. Anderson. A method of synthesis of the statistical and impact theories of pressure broadening. Phys. Rev., 86, 809, 1952. [1159] G. Fontaine and P. Chayer. White dwarfs and hot subdwarfs as seen from FUSE. In Sonneborn et al. [3620], page 181. [1160] G. Fontaine and F. Wesemael. A critical look at the question of thick vs. thin hydrogen and He envelopes in white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 173. [1161] G. Fontaine and F. Wesemael. Non–LTE analyses of DO white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 213.

[1162] J. Fontenla, O. White, P. Fox, E. Avrett, and R. Kurucz. Calculation of solar irradiances. I. Synthesis of the solar spectrum. Astrophys. J., 518, 480, 1999. [1163] P. Foukal. Solar Astrophysics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 2nd edition, 2004. [1164] R. Fowler. Statistical equilibrium with special reference to the mechanism of ionization by electronic impact. Phil. Mag., 47, 257, 1924. [1165] R. Fowler. On dense stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 87, 114, 1926. [1166] R. Fowler and E. Guggenheim. Statistical Thermodynamics. (Cam- bridge: Cambridge University Press), 1956. [1167] R. Fowler and E. Milne. The intensities of absorption lines in stellar spectra, and the temperatures and pressures in the reversing layers of stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 403, 1923. [1168] R. Fowler and E. Milne. The maxima of absorption lines in stellar spectra. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 499, 1924. [1169] L. Fox, editor. Numerical Solution of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 1962. [1170] L. Fox. An Introduction to Numerical Linear Algebra. (New York: Oxford University Press), 1965. [1171] R. Foy. On the solar curve of growth. Astr. Astrophys., 18, 26, 1972. [1172] R. Foy. On the MK spectral classification of metal–poor late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 78, 25, 1979. [1173] R. Foy. Detailed analysis of cool giants with low microturbulent velocity. Astr. Astrophys., 93, 315, 1981. [1174] R. Foy and D. Proust. On ionization equilibrium in subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 157, 1980. [1175] P. Fran¸cois,E. Depagne, V. Hill, M. Spite, F. Spite, B. Plez, T. Beers, B. Barbuy, R. Cayrel, J. Andersen, P. Bonifacio, P. Molaro, B. Nord- ström,and F. Primas. First stars. III. A detailed elemental abundance study of four extremely metal–poor giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 1105, 403, 2003. [1176] M. Franco, L. Crivellari, P. Molaro, G. Vladilo, M. Ramella, C. Morossi, C. Allocchio, and J. Beckman. The spectra of late–type dwarfs and subdwarfs in the near ultraviolet. III. An atlas of Mg II h and k profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 58, 693, 1984.

[1177] S. Frandsen. NLTE–model atmospheres and Balmer–line profiles for A0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 139, 1974. [1178] A. Frebel, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, W. Aoki, and M. Asplund. The oxygen abundance of HE 1327–2326. Astrophys. J., 638, L17, 2006. [1179] A. Frebel, J. Norris, W. Aoki, S. Honda, M. Bessell, M. Takada–Hidai, T. Beers, and N. Christlieb. Chemical abundance analysis of the extremely metal–poor star HE 1300+0157. Astrophys. J., 658, 534, 2007. [1180] B. Freeman. The non–equilibrium diffusion equation. Technical Report LA–3377, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, 1965. [1181] B. Freeman, L. Hauser, J. Palmer, S. Pickard, G. Simmons, D. Willston, and J. Zerkle. The VERA code: A one–dimensional radiative hydrodynamics program. Defense Atomic Support Agency Report No. 2135, Vol. I. Systems, Science, and Software, Inc., La Jolla, 1968. [1182] R. Freire and F. Praderie. Comparison between LTE and non–LTE abundances from the analysis of stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 117, 1974. [1183] R. Freire, F. Praderie, J. Czarny, and P. Felenbok. High resolution profiles in A type stars. I The Ca II K line observed with the Meudon solar tower. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 785, 1977. [1184] R. Freire, F. Praderie, J. Czarny, and P. Felenbok. High resolution profiles in A type stars. II. Vega Ca II H and K lines observed at the Meudon solar tower. Astr. Astrophys., 68, 89, 1978. [1185] R. Freire-Ferrero, P. Gouttebroze, and Y. Kondo. The Mg II h and k lines in Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 121, 59, 1983. [1186] R. Freire-Ferrero, P. Gouttebroze, and A. Talavera. Analysis of the Mg II resonance lines in the spectrum of Sirius. Astr. Astrophys., 173, 315, 1987. [1187] Y. Frémat,L. Houziaux, and Y. Andrillat. Higher Paschen lines in the spectra of early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 25, 1996. [1188] E. Freundlich, E. Hopf, and U. Wegner. On the integral equation for radiative equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 88, 139, 1927. [1189] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, and L. Wisotzki. Cool He–rich white dwarfs from the Hamburg/ESO survey. Astr. As- trophys., 363, 1040, 2000. [1190] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, U. Heber, C. Jeffery, and D. Reimers. Analysis of UV and optical spectra of the He–rich white dwarfs HS 2253+8023 and GD 40. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 865, 1999.

[1191] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, U. Heber, and D. Reimers. Analysis of UV and optical spectra of He–rich white dwarfs with trace elements. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 505. [1192] E. Friel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, Y. Chmielewski, M. Spite, A. Lebre, and C. Bentolila. In search of real solar twins. III. Astr. Astrophys., 274, 825, 1993. [1193] D. Friend and D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds. III. Wind models with ﬁnite disk correction and rotation. Astrophys. J., 311, 701, 1986. [1194] D. Friend and J. Castor. Stellar winds driven by multiline scattering. Astrophys. J., 272, 259, 1983. [1195] H. Frisch. Non-LTE transfer V. Asymptotics of partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 83, 166, 1980. √ [1196] U. Frisch and H. Frisch. Non-LTE transfer. revisited. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 173, 167, 1975. [1197] U. Frisk, H. Nordh, S. Olofsson, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. The temperature of Arcturus. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 199, 471, 1982.

[1198] C. Froese-Fischer. The MCHF atomic structure package. Comp. Phys. Commun., 64, 369, 1991. [1199] C. Fr¨ohlich. Observations of irradiance variability. Space Sci. Rev., 94, 15, 2000. [1200] L. Frommhold. Collision–Induced Absorption in Gases. (New York: Cambridge University Press), 1993. [1201] Y. Fu, C. Zheng, and A. Borysow. Quantum mechanical computations of collision–induced absorption in the second overtone band of hydrogen. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 67, 303, 2000. [1202] B. Fuchs, H. Jahreiss, and R. Wielen. Kinematics of nearby subdwarfs. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 175, 1999. [1203] J. Fuhr, G. Martin, and W. Wiese. Atomic Transition Probabilities. Iron through Nickel. Supplement No. 4, J. of Phys. and Chem. Ref. Data (New York: American Institute of Physics, American Chemical Society, and National Bureau of Standards), 1988. [1204] J. Fuhr, G. Martin, and W. Wiese. Atomic Transition Probabilities. Scandium through Manganese. Supplement No. 3, J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data (New York: American Institute of Physics, American Chemical Society, and National Bureau of Standards), 1988.

[1205] K. Fuhrmann, M. Axer, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analyses of metal–poor stars. III. Magnesium abundances. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 301, 492, 1992. [1206] K. Fuhrmann, M. Axer, and T. Gehren. Balmer lines in cool dwarf stars. I. Basic influence of atmospheric models. Astr. Astrophys., 271, 451, 1993. [1207] J. Fulbright. Abundances and kinematics of field stars. II. Kinematics and abundance relationships. Astr. J., 123, 404, 2002. [1208] J. Fulbright and J. Johnson. Oxygen abundances in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 595, 1154, 2003. [1209] A. Fullerton. Observations of hot–star winds. In de Grève et al. [922], page 187. [1210] A. Fullerton, D. Massa, and R. Prinja. The discordance of mass–loss estimates for galactic O-type stars. Astrophys. J., 637, 1025, 2006. [1211] A. Fullerton and F. Najarro. High–resolution near–infrared spectroscopy of hot supergiants. In Howarth [1735], page 47. [1212] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, and R. Méndez. Unified NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds. III. The EUV fluxes of hot massive stars and He II emission in ex- tragalactic giant H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 656, 1992. [1213] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Uni- fied NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds: Method and first results. Astr. Astrophys., 226, 162, 1989. [1214] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Uni- fied NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds. In Garmany [1225], page 64. [1215] A. Gabler, R. Gabler, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. On the use of Hα and He II λ 4686 as mass–loss and luminosity indicators for hot stars. In Garmany [1225], page 218. [1216] R. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, and R. Méndez.Unified NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds. II. EUV fluxes and the He II Zanstra discrepancy in central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 587, 1991. [1217] G. Gahm and L. Hultqvist. Spectral properties of luminous late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 329, 1972. [1218] J. Gallagher, editor. Luminous Blue Variable Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1997.

[1219] G. Gamow. Zur Quantentheorie der Atomzertrümmerung. Z. fürPhys., 52, 510, 1928. [1220] G. Gamow. Zur Quantentheorie des Atomkernes. Z. für Phys., 51, 204, 1928. [1221] M. Garcia-Alegre, J. Ponz, and M. Vazquez. IUE Mg II doublet observations in F and G main sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 96, 17, 1981. [1222] A. Garc´ıa-Gil, R. Garc´ıa–López, C. Allende Prieto, and I. Hubeny. A study of the near–ultraviolet spectrum of Vega. Astrophys. J., 623, 460, 2005. [1223] R. Garc´ıa–López, R. Rebolo, A. Herrero, and J. Beckman. Oxygen abundances in F-type stars of the Hyades and the Ursa Major group. Astrophys. J., 412, 173, 1993. [1224] A. Garc´ıa-Pérez,M. Asplund, F. Primas, P. Nissen, and B. Gustafsson. Oxygen abundances in metal–poor subgiants as determined from [O I], O I and OH lines. Astr. Astrophys., 451, 621, 2006. [1225] C. Garmany, editor. Properties of Hot Luminous Stars: Boulder– Munich Workshop on Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: Astronom- ical Society of the Pacific), 1990. [1226] C. Garmany, P. Conti, and P. Massey. Absolute spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars from 1200 to 7000A:˚ A cautionary tale. Astrophys. J., 278, 233, 1984. [1227] R. Garrison, editor. The MK Process and Stellar Classification. (Toronto: University of Toronto), 1984. [1228] R. Garrison. The use and abuse of standard stars. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 17. [1229] T. Garz, H. Holweger, M. Kock, and J. Richter. Revised solar Fe abundance and its influence on the photospheric model. Astr. Astrophys., 2, 446, 1969. [1230] S. Gascoigne, J. Norris, M. Bessell, A. Hyland, and N. Visvanathan. The age and chemical composition of the LMC cluster NGC 2209. Astrophys. J., 209, L25, 1976. [1231] E. Gates, G. Gyuk, H. Harris, M. Subbarao, S. Anderson, S. Kleinman, J. Liebert, H. Brewington, J. Brinkmann, M. Harvanek, J. Krzesinski, D. Lamb, D. Long, E. Neilsen, P. Newman, A. Nitta, and S. Snedden. Discovery of new ultracool white dwarfs in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astrophys. J. Let., 612, L129, 2004.

[1232] R. Gathier, H. Lamers, and T. Snow. Empirical mass–loss rates for 25 O and early B stars, derived from Copernicus observations. Astrophys. J., 247, 173, 1981. [1233] J. Gaunt. Continuous absorption. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, A229, 163, 1930. [1234] J. Gaunt. Radiation of free electrons in a Coulombian field. Z. für Phys., 59, 508, 1930. [1235] A. Gautschy. Pulsating post-asymptotic giant branch stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 265, 340, 1993. [1236] A. Gautschy. Wolf–Rayet central stars of planetary nebulae: Are there pulsations involved? Astr. Astrophys., 302, 401, 1995. [1237] A. Gautschy. A further look into the pulsating PG 1159 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 811, 1997. [1238] M. Gavrila. Elastic scattering of photons by a hydrogen atom. Phys. Rev., 163, 147, 1967. [1239] R. Gayet. On the average Gaunt factor for free-free emission. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 312, 1970. [1240] K. Gayley. An improved line-strength parameterization in hot-star winds. Astrophys. J., 454, 410, 1995. [1241] K. Gayley and S. Owocki. Acceleration efficiency in line–driven flows. Astrophys. J., 434, 684, 1994. [1242] K. Gayley, S. Owocki, and S. Cranmer. Momentum deposition in Wolf– Rayet winds: Nonisotropioc diffusion with effective gray opacity. As- trophys. J., 442, 296, 1995. [1243] K. Gebbie and R. Thomas, editors. Wolf–Rayet Stars. NBS Special Publication No. 307. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Of- fice), 1968.

[1244] K. Gebbie and R. Thomas. On the dependence of Teﬀ upon quantity versus quality of the radiation ﬁeld in a stellar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 161, 229, 1970. [1245] T. Gehren. Kinetic equilibrium and the line formation of Na I in the solar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 289, 1975. [1246] T. Gehren, K. Butler, L. Mashonkina, J. Reetz, and J. Shi. Kinetic equilibrium of Fe in the atmospheres of cool dwarf stars. I. The solar strong line spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 981, 2001.

[1247] T. Gehren, A. Korn, and J. Shi. Kinetic equilibrium of Fe in the atmospheres of cool dwarf stars. II. Weak Fe I lines in the solar spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 380, 645, 2001. [1248] T. Gehren, Y. Liang, J. Shi, H. Zhang, and G. Zhao. Abundances of Na, Mg, and Al in nearby metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 1045, 2004. [1249] T. Gehren, P. Nissen, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Butler. Abundance gradients in the galactic disk from young B–type stars in clusters: First results. In Danziger et al. [910], page 171. [1250] S. Geltman. The bound–free absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 136, 935, 1962. [1251] S. Geltman. Continuum states of H− and the free-free absorption coefficient. Astrophys. J., 141, 376, 1965. [1252] S. Geltman. Free–free radiation in electron–neutral atom collisions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 601, 1973. [1253] S. Geltman and P. Burke. Electron scattering by atomic hydrogen using a pseudo–state expansion. II. Excitation of 2s and 2p states near threshold. J. Phys. B, 3, 1062, 1970. [1254] B. Gerasimovic. Note on the deviation of stellar atmospheres from thermodynamic equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 272, 1929. [1255] B. Gerasimovic. The contours of emission lines in expanding nebular envelopes. Z. fürAstrophys., 7, 335, 1933. [1256] M. Gerbaldi, R. Faraggiana, R. Burnage, F. Delmas, A. Gómez,and S. Grenier. Search for reference A0 dwarf stars: Masses and luminosities revisited with HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 137, 273, 1999. [1257] D. Gezari, A. Labeyrie, and R. Stachnik. Speckle interferometry: Diffraction–limited measurements of nine stars with the 200–inch telescope. Astrophys. J., 173, L1, 1972. [1258] M. Giampapa and J. Bookbinder, editors. Cool Stars, Stellar Systems, and the Sun. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1992. [1259] J. Giddings and M. Dworetsky. UV 1758 +36, a hot subluminous B star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 265, 1978. [1260] D. Gies and D. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances in early B–type stars. Astrophys. J., 387, 673, 1992.

[1261] H. Gieske and H. Griem. Calculated electron and ion Stark broadening of the allowed and forbidden 2P − nL (n ≥ 5,L = 1, 2, . . . , n − 1) triplet and singlet transitions in neutral He. Astrophys. J., 157, 963, 1969. [1262] D. Gigas. The Fe abundance of Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 165, 170, 1986. [1263] D. Gigas. A non–LTE abundance determination of Mg and Ba in Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 264, 1988. [1264] A. Gimenez, E. Guinan, and B. Montesinos, editors. Theory and Tests of Convection In Stellar Structure. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1999. [1265] O. Gingerich, editor. Theory and Observation of Normal Stellar Atmo- spheres. Proceedings of the Third Harvard–Smithsonian Conference on Stellar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: M. I. T. Press), 1969. [1266] O. Gingerich, R. Noyes, W. Kalkofen, and Y. Cuny. The Harvard– Smithsonian reference atmosphere. Solar Phys., 18, 347, 1971. [1267] R. Giovanelli. The calculation of spectral line profiles with non–coherent scattering. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 124, 221, 1962. [1268] S. Giridhar, D. Lambert, G. Gonzalez, and G. Pandey. Chemical compositions of four metal–poor giant stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 113, 519, 2001. [1269] H. Glasco and H. Zirin. Average recombination Gaunt factors. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 9, 193, 1964.

[1270] R. Glass and A. Hibbert. Adaptation of CIV3 to evaluate hyperfine structure. Comp. Phys. Commun., 11, 125, 1976. [1271] R. Glass and A. Hibbert. Relativistic effects in many–electron atoms. Comp. Phys. Commun., 16, 19, 1978. [1272] I. Glushneva. Synthetic color indices and energy distribution in the spectra of solar type stars. Astr. Reports, 38, 578, 1994. [1273] I. Glushneva, V. Shenavrin, and I. Roshchina. Solar analogs: Spectral energy distributions and physical parameters of their atmospheres. Astr. Reports, 44, 246, 2000. [1274] J. Godfrey, C. Vidal, E. Smith, and J. Cooper. Effect of time ordering in the unified theory. Phys. Rev. A, 3, 1543, 1971. [1275] L. Goldberg. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. VI. The statistical equilibrium of neutral He. Astrophys. J., 93, 244, 1941. [1276] L. Goldberg, A. Dupree, and J. Allen. Collisional excitation of autoion- izing levels. Ann. dAstrophys., 28, 589, 1965.

[1277] L. Goldberg, R. Kopp, and A. Dupree. The abundance of Fe in the solar photosphere. Astrophys. J., 140, 707, 1964. [1278] L. Goldberg, O. Mohler, and E. Müller.The double reversal in the cores of the Fraunhofer H and K lines. Astrophys. J., 129, 119, 1959. [1279] L. Goldberg, E. Müller,and L. Aller. The abundances of the elements in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 5, 1, 1960. [1280] H. Goldstein. Classical Mechanics. (Reading: Addison–Wesley Pub- lishing Company), 1950. [1281] J. Gomez-Gomar and J. Isern. Simplified treatment of the radiative transfer problem in expanding envelopes. Astrophys. J., 470, 1018, 1996. [1282] G. Gontcharov and O. Kiyaeva. Astrometric orbits from a direct combination of ground–based catalogs with the HIPPARCOS catalog. Astr. Let., 28, 261, 2002. [1283] G. Gonzalez and G. Wallerstein. Elemental abundances in evolved supergiants. II. The young clusters h and χ Persei. Astr. J., 119, 1839, 2000. [1284] R. González-Delgadoand C. Leitherer. Synthetic spectra of H Balmer and He I absorption lines. I. Stellar library. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 125, 479, 1999. [1285] S. Good, M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, P. Dobbie, J. Holberg, and I. Hubeny. Heavy element abundances in DAO white dwarfs measured from FUSE data. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 363, 183, 2005. [1286] S. Good, M. Barstow, J. Holberg, D. Sing, M. Burleigh, and P. Dobbie. Comparison of the effective temperatures, gravities and He abundances of DAO white dwarfs from Balmer and Lyman line studies. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 355, 1031, 2004. [1287] W. Gordon. Zur Berecnung der Matrizen beim Wasserstoffatom. Ann. Physik, 2, 1031, 1929. [1288] D. Gottlieb and R. Bell. Abundances in late–type giants. Astr. Astro- phys., 19, 434, 1972. [1289] S. Goudsmit and G. Uhlenbeck. Die Kopplungsmöglichkeiten der Quan- tenvektoren im Atom. Z. fürPhys., 35, 618, 1926. [1290] R. Gould. Boltzmann equation for a photon gas interacting with a plasma. Annals Phys., 69, 321, 1972.

[1291] P. Gouttebroze. Fast approximations for the RIIA redistribution function. Astr. Astrophys., 160, 195, 1986.

[1292] P. Gouttebroze and P. Lemaire. A center–to–limb analysis of solar Mg II lines. Astr. Astrophys., 34, 375, 1974. [1293] P. Gouttebroze, P. Lemaire, J.-C. Vial, and G. Artzner. Astrophys. J., 225, 655, 1978. [1294] B. Grabowski. Metal contents in the atmospheres of the subdwarfs. Acta Astr., 25, 147, 1986. [1295] I. Gradshyteyn and I. Ryzhik. Table of Integrals, Series, and Products. (San Diego: Academic Press), 5th edition, 1994. [1296] G. Gräfenerand W.–R. Hamann. Hydrodynamic model atmospheres for WR stars. Self-consistent modeling of a WC star wind. Astr. Astrophys., 432, 633, 2005. [1297] G. Gräfenerand W.–R. Hamann. The metallicity dependence of WR wind models. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 171. [1298] G. Gräfener, W.–R. Hamann, D. Hillier, and L. Koesterke. Spectral analyses of WC stars in the LMC. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 190, 1998. [1299] G. Gräfener,W.–R. Hamann, and L. Koesterke. The impact of Fe group elements on the ionization structure of WC star atmospheres: WR 111. In Lamers and Sapar [2310], page 215. [1300] G. Gräfener,L. Koesterke, and W.–R. Hamann. Line–blanketed model atmospheres for WR stars. Astr. Astrophys., 387, 244, 2002. [1301] I. Grant. Calculation of Gaunt factors for free–free transitions near positive ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 241, 1958. [1302] I. Grant. Numerical approximations in radiative transfer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 125, 417, 1963. [1303] I. Grant and A. Peraiah. Spectral line formation in extended stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 160, 239, 1972. [1304] W. Grasberger. Hydrogen lines in an atmosphere with near thermodynamic equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 125, 750, 1957. [1305] L. Gratton, S. Gaudenzi, C. Rossi, and R. Gratton. Studies on the spectra of K giants. I. Physical parameters and Fe and Ti abundances for 26 K giants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 201, 807, 1982. [1306] R. Gratton. Studies on the spectra of K giants. III. C, N, and O abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 148, 105, 1985. [1307] R. Gratton. Abundance of manganese in metal–poor stars. Astr. As- trophys., 208, 171, 1989.

[1308] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, and F. Castelli. Abundances of light elements in metal–poor stars. I. Atmospheric parameters and a new Teff scale. Astr. Astrophys., 314, 191, 1996. [1309] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, S. Desidera, S. Lucatello, P. Mazzei, and M. Barbieri. Abundances for metal–poor stars with accurate parallaxes. II. Alpha–elements in the halo. Astr. Astrophys., 406, 131, 2003. [1310] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, K. Eriksson, and B. Gustafsson. Abundances of light elements in metal–poor stars. II. Non–LTE abundance corrections. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 955, 1999. [1311] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, F. Matteucci, and C. Sneden. Abundances of light elements in metal–poor stars. IV. [Fe/O] and [Fe/Mg] ratios and the history of star formation in the solar neighborhood. Astr. Astro- phys., 358, 671, 2000. [1312] R. Gratton, P. Focardi, and R. Bandiera. A spectroscopic analysis of three supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 237, 1085, 1989. [1313] R. Gratton, F. Fusi-Pecci, E. Carretta, E. Clementini, C. Corsi, and M. Lattanzi. Ages of globular clusters from HIPPARCOS parallaxes of local subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 491, 749, 1997. [1314] R. Gratton, C. Pilachowski, and C. Sneden. Hα emission in old giants. Astr. Astrophys., 132, 11, 1984. [1315] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Light element and Ni abundances in field disk and halo stars. Astr. Astrophys., 178, 179, 1987. [1316] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Abundances in extremely metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 204, 193, 1988. [1317] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Abundances of elements of the Fe–group in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 501, 1991. [1318] D. Gray. Lectures on Spectral–Line Analysis: F, G, and K Stars. (On- tario: The Publisher), 1988. [1319] D. Gray. The Observation and Analysis of Stellar Photospheres. (Cam- bridge: Cambridge University Press), 3rd edition, 2008. [1320] D. Gray and C. Toner. An analysis of the photospheric line profiles in F, G, and K supergiants. Astrophys. J., 322, 360, 1987. [1321] R. Gray. The calibration of Strömgren photometry for A, F, and early G supergiants. II. The F and early G supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 252, 237, 1991.

[1322] R. Gray. The calibration of Strömgren photometry for A, F, and early G supergiants. III. The A and early F supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 704, 1992. [1323] R. Gredel, editor. The Galactic Center. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1996. [1324] L. Green, P. Rush, and C. Chandler. Oscillator strengths and matrix elements for the electric dipole moment for hydrogen. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 3, 37, 1957. [1325] R. Green. Spherical Astronomy. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1985. [1326] J. Greene. Bremsstrahlung from a Maxwellian gas. Astrophys. J., 130, 693, 1959. [1327] R. Greene. Stark broadening of the 1640A˚ and 4686A˚ lines of ionized He. Phys. Rev. A, 14, 1447, 1976. [1328] R. Greene. Ion–radiator dynamic effects in Stark broadening of He II lines. J. Phys. B, 15, 1831, 1982. [1329] R. Greene and J. Cooper. A unified theory of Stark broadening for hydrogenic ions. II. Line wings. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 1037, 1975. [1330] R. Greene and J. Cooper. A unified theory of Stark broadening for hydrogenic ions. III. Results for He II Lyα. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 1045, 1975. [1331] R. Greene, J. Cooper and E. Smith. A unified theory of Stark broadening for hydrogenic ions. I. A general theory (including time ordering). J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 1025, 1975. [1332] G. Greenstein and G. Vauclair. H–line strengths in degenerate stars. II. Astrophys. J., 231, 491, 1979. [1333] J. Greenstein. The luminosity of the blue star BD +28◦4211. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 64, 256, 1952. [1334] J. Greenstein, editor. Stellar Atmospheres. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1960. [1335] J. Greenstein. Spectra of stars below the main sequence. In Stellar Atmospheres [1334], chapter 19, page 676. [1336] J. Greenstein. Degenerate stars with He atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 210, 524, 1976.

[1337] J. Greenstein. The degenerate stars with hydrogen atmospheres. I. As- trophys. J., 233, 239, 1979. [1338] J. Greenstein. A spectrophotometric study of some cool white dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203, 1213, 1983. [1339] J. Greenstein. Spectrophotometry of the white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 276, 602, 1984. [1340] J. Greenstein. Bolometric luminosities and colors for K and M dwarfs and the subluminous stars of the halo. Pub. Astr. Soc. Paciﬁc, 101, 787, 1989. [1341] J. Greenstein and P. Keenan. A spectroscopic study of NGC 188. As- trophys. J., 140, 673, 1964. [1342] J. Greenstein and M. Matthews. Studies of the white dwarfs. I. Broad features in white dwarf spectra. Astrophys. J., 126, 14, 1957. [1343] J. Greenstein, G. Neugebauer, and E. Becklin. The faint end of the main sequence. Astrophys. J., 161, 519, 1970. [1344] J. Greenstein and J. Oke. Ultraviolet spectrophotometry of degenerate stars. Astrophys. J., 229, 141, 1979. [1345] J. Greenstein, J. Oke, and H. Shipman. Eﬀective temperature, radius, and gravitational redshift of Sirius B. Astrophys. J., 169, 563, 1971. [1346] J. Greenstein and V. Trimble. The Einstein redshift in white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 149, 283, 1967. [1347] J. Greenstein and G. Wallerstein. The He–rich star, σ Orionis E. As- trophys. J., 127, 237, 1958. [1348] J. Greiner, editor. Supersoft X–Ray Sources. Lecture Notes in Physics, No. 472. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1996. [1349] W. Greiner. Quantum Mechanics. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 4th edition, 2000. [1350] W. Greiner and J. Reinhardt. Quantum Electrodynamics. (Belin: Springer–Verlag), 1994. [1351] T. Grenfell. Chemical compositions of cool He and C white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 31, 303, 1974. [1352] N. Grevesse and A. Sauval. Molecules in the Sun and molecular data. In Jørgensen [1964], page 196. [1353] H. Griem. Stark broadening of higher H and H–like lines by electrons and ions. Astrophys. J., 132, 883, 1960.

[1354] H. Griem. Wing formulae for Stark–broadened H and hydrogenic lines. Astrophys. J., 136, 422, 1962. [1355] H. Griem. Plasma Spectroscopy. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Com- pany), 1964. [1356] H. Griem. Theory of the line absorption coeﬃcient. In Avrett et al. [192], page 11. [1357] H. Griem. Corrections to the asymptotic Holtsmark formula for H–lines broadened by electrons and ions in a plasma. Astrophys. J., 148, 1092, 1967. [1358] H. Griem. Stark broadening by electron and ion impacts of nα H–lines of large principal quantum numbers. Astrophys. J., 148, 547, 1967. [1359] H. Griem. Calculated electron and ion Stark broadening of the allowed and forbidden 2 3P − 4 3P, 3D, 3F transitions in neutral He. Astrophys. J., 154, 1111, 1968. [1360] H. Griem. Semi–empirical formulas for the electron–impact widths and shifts of isolated ion lines in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 165, 258, 1968.

3 [1361] H. Griem. Spontaneous single–photon decay of 2 S1 in He–like ions. Astrophys. J., 156, 103, 1969.

3 [1362] H. Griem. Spontaneous single–photon decay of 2 S1 in He–like ions. Astrophys. J., 161, 155, 1970. [1363] H. Griem. Spectral Line Broadening by Plasmas. (New York: Academic Press), 1974. [1364] H. Griem. Densities and temperatures from spectral line shapes. In Brown and Lang [555], page 121. [1365] H. Griem. Spectral line shapes. In Brown and Lang [555], page 105. [1366] H. Griem. Principles of Plasma Spectroscopy. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1997. [1367] H. Griem, M. Baranger, A. Kolb, and G. Oertel. Stark broadening of neutral He lines in a plasma. Phys. Rev., 125, 177, 1962. [1368] H. Griem, A. Kolb, and K. Shen. Stark broadening of H–lines in a plasma. Phys. Rev., 116, 4, 1959. [1369] H. Griem, A. Kolb, and K. Shen. Stark proﬁle calculations for the Hβ line of hydrogen. Astrophys. J., 135, 272, 1962. [1370] H. Griem and R. Lovberg. Plasma Physics. (New York: Academic Press), 1970.

[1371] H. Griem and C. Shen. Application of a dispersion relation to the electron impact widths and shifts of isolated spectral lines from neutral atoms. Phys. Rev., 127, 196, 1962. [1372] H. Griem and K. Shen. Stark broadening of hydrogenic ion lines in a plasma. Phys. Rev., 122, 1490, 1962. [1373] R. Griffin. The spectrum of Arcturus in the far infrared. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 128, 187, 1964. [1374] R. Griffin. A Photometric Atlas of the Spectrum of Arcturus λλ 3600– 8825. (Cambridge: Cambridge Philosophical Society), 1968. [1375] R. Griffin. Curve–of–growth analysis of the spectrum of β Geminorum. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 175, 225, 1976. [1376] R. Griffin and R. Griffin. High resolution profiles in A type stars. I. The Ca II K line in Sirius. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 36, 1979. [1377] R. Griffin and R. Griffin. A Photometric Atlas of the Spectrum of Pro- cyon λλ 3140–7470A˚. (Cambridge: Institute of Astronomy), 1979. [1378] R. Griffin, B. Gustafsson, T. Vieira, and R. Griffin. HD 115444 – A barium star of extreme Population II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198, 637, 1982. [1379] R. Griffin and H. Holweger. An abundance analysis of the Hyades giant γ Tauri: An exercise in caution. Astr. Astrophys., 214, 249, 1989. [1380] C. Griffith and M. Marley, editors. From Giant Planets to Cool Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2000. [1381] J. Grigsby. A non–local thermodynamic equilibrium line–blanketed synthetic spectrum of ι Herculis: C, Al, and Si lines. Astrophys. J., 380, 606, 1991. [1382] J. Grigsby and N. Morrison. The threshold for stellar winds in hot main sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 442, 794, 1995. [1383] J. Grigsby, N. Morrison, and L. Anderson. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres for late O– and early B–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 78, 205, 1992. [1384] V. Grinin. Transfer of resonance radiation in moving media with nonlocal radiative coupling. Astrophysics, 14, 113, 1978. (Translated from Astrofizika, 14, 201, 1978) [1385] V. Grinin. Formation of emission spectra in moving media. Astro- physics, 20, 190, 1984. (Translated from Astrofizika, 20, 365, 1984.)

[1386] M. Groenewegen and H. Lamers. The winds of O–stars. I. An analysis of the UV line profiles with the SEI method. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 79, 359, 1989. [1387] M. Groenewegen and H. Lamers. The winds of O–stars. III. A comparison between observed and predicted degrees of ionization in the winds of O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 243, 429, 1991. [1388] M. Groenewegen, H. Lamers, and A. Pauldrach. The winds of O–stars. II. The terminal velocities of stellar winds of O–type stars. Astr. As- trophys., 221, 78, 1989. [1389] D. Groote and K. Hunger. Shell and photosphere of σ Ori E – New observations and improved model. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 64, 1982. [1390] M. Gros, D. Sacotte, F. Praderie, and R. Bonnet. Analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of A–type stars observed by the OAO II satellite. Astr. Astrophys., 27, 167, 1973. [1391] H.-G. Groth. Die Atmosphäredes A2–Ubergiganten¨ α Cygni. I. Teil: Die Beobachtungen. Z. fürAstrophys., 51, 206, 1961. [1392] H.-G. Groth. Die Atmosphäredes A2–Ubergiganten¨ α Cygni. II. Teil: Quantitative Analyse. Z. fürAstrophys., 51, 231, 1961. [1393] H.-G. Groth and P. Wellmann, editors. Spectrum Formation in Stars With Steady–State Extended Atmospheres. NBS Special Publication No. 332. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1970. [1394] F. Grupp. MAFAGS–OS: New opacity sampling model atmospheres for A, F, and G stars I. The model and the solar flux. Astr. Astrophys., 420, 289, 2004. [1395] F. Grupp. MAFAGS–OS: New opacity sampling model atmospheres for A, F, and G stars II. Temperature determination and three “standard” stars. Astr. Astrophys., 426, 309, 2004. [1396] J. Gruschinske and R.–P. Kudritzki. Spherical extended non–LTE model atmospheres of low gravity subluminous O–stars. Astr. Astro- phys., 77, 341, 1979. [1397] P. Guérin.Réalisationet possibilitésd’emploi d’un spectrophotomètre stellaire photo–électriqueécompensation. Ann. dAstrophys., 22, 611, 1959. [1398] C. Guillaume. Theoretical model of a B1.5 star with line blanketing. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 175, 1966. [1399] T. Gull, S. Johannson, and K. Davidson, editors. Eta Carinae and Other Mysterious Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2001.

[1400] A. Gulliver, S. Adelman, and J. Cowley, C. Fletcher. Metallic line profiles in the A0 V star Vega. Astrophys. J., 380, 223, 1991. [1401] K. Gunderson, E. Wilkinson, J. Green, and M. Barstow. Extreme– ultraviolet rocket spectroscopy of the hot DA white dwarf G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 562, 992, 2001. [1402] R. Gurner and E. Condon. Wave mechanics and radioactive disintegra- tion. Nature, 122, 439, 1928. [1403] E. Gussmann. Zur Beschreibung der Intensitätverteilung in den Flügeln starker Fraunhoferlinien. Z. fürAstrophys., 59, 66, 1964. [1404] B. Gustafsson. A Feautrier–type method for model atmospheres including convection. Astr. Astrophys., 10, 187, 1971. [1405] B. Gustafsson. Fundamental parameters and models of stellar atmospheres. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 303. [1406] B. Gustafsson. Chemical analyses of cool stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 27, 701, 1989. [1407] B. Gustafsson. Opacity incompleteness and atmospheres of cool stars. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 347. [1408] B. Gustafsson. Molecules in stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. Space Sci., 255, 241, 1997. [1409] B. Gustafsson. What do we do when models don’t fit? On model atmospheres and real stellar spectra. In Bedding et al. [361], page 261. [1410] B. Gustafsson. The current status in the modeling of stellar atmospheres. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 3. [1411] B. Gustafsson and R. Bell. The colors of G and K type giants. I. Astr. Astrophys., 74, 313, 1979. [1412] B. Gustafsson, R. Bell, K. Eriksson, and A.˚ Nordlund. A grid of model atmospheres for metal–deficient giant stars. I. Astr. Astrophys., 42, 407, 1975. [1413] B. Gustafsson, B. Edvardsson, K. Eriksson, U. Jørgensen, A.˚ Nordlund, and B. Plez. A grid of MARCS model atmospheres for late–type stars I. Methods and general properties. Astr. Astrophys., 486, 951, 2008. [1414] B. Gustafsson, K. Fredga, G. Gahm, and R. Bell. The ultraviolet flux of HD 122563. Astr. Astrophys., 89, 255, 1980. [1415] B. Gustafsson and U. Jørgensen. Models of late–type stellar photospheres. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 6, 19, 1994.

[1416] B. Gustafsson, T. Karlsson, E. Olsson, B. Edvardsson, and N. Ryde. The origin of carbon, investigated by spectral analysis of solar–type stars in the galactic disk. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 426, 1999. [1417] B. Gustafsson and P. Nissen. The metal–to–H ratio in F1–F5 stars, as determined by a model–atmosphere analysis of photoelectric observations of a group of weak metal lines. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 261, 1972.

[1418] M. Gustafsson and L. Frommhold. The H2 – H infrared absorption bands at temperatures from 1000 K to 2500 K. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 1161, 2003. [1419] M. Gustafsson, L. Frommhold, D. Bailly, J.-P. Bouanich, and C. Brod- beck. Collision–induced absorption in the rototranslational band of dense hydrogen gas. J. Chem. Phys., 119, 12264, 2003.

[1420] M. Gustafsson, L. Frommhold, and W. Meyer. The H2 – H complex: Interaction–induced dipole surface and infrared absorption spectra. J. Chem. Phys., 118, 1667, 2003. [1421] A. Gutierrez-Moreno and H. Moreno. Effects of reddening on UBV color transformations. II. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 41, 1972. [1422] T. Guyenne and L. Zeleny, editors. Proceedings of the ESA Joint Varenna–Abastumani International School and Workshop on Plasma Astrophysics. (Paris: European Space Agency), 1986. [1423] S. Haas, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, S. Jeffery, and K. Werner. Iron and nickel abundances of subluminous O–stars. I. NLTE model atmospheres with line blanketing by Fe group elements. Astr. Astrophys., 311, 669, 1996. [1424] H. Habing. The evolution of red giants to white dwarfs – A review of the observational evidence. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 16. [1425] J. Hackwell, R. Gehrz, and J. Smith. Infrared photometry of Wolf– Rayet stars from 2.3 to 23 microns. Astrophys. J., 192, 383, 1974. [1426] M. Haehnelt, P. Madau, R.–P. Kudritzki, and F. Haardt. An ionizing ultraviolet background dominated by massive stars. Astrophys. J., 549, L151, 2001. [1427] M. Hafner and R. Wehrse. On the information content of stellar spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 874, 1994. [1428] B. Haisch. A tensor formulation of the equation of transfer for spherically symmetric flows. Astrophys. J., 205, 520, 1976. [1429] H. Haken and H. Wolf. The Physics of Atoms and Quanta. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 5th edition, 1996.

[1430] J. Halenka and B. Grabowski. Atomic partition functions for Fe. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 57, 43, 1984. [1431] J. Hall and R. Williams. Spectrophotometry of 67 bright stars with a photoelectric cell: Discussion. Astrophys. J., 95, 231, 1942. [1432] W.–R. Hamann. The expanding envelope of ζ Puppis: A detailed UV– line fit. Astr. Astrophys., 84, 342, 1980. [1433] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: On the validity of the Sobolev approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 93, 353, 1981. [1434] W.–R. Hamann. The expanding envelope of τ Scorpii: A detailed UV– line fit. Astr. Astrophys., 100, 169, 1981. [1435] W.–R. Hamann. Computed He II spectra for Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 145, 443, 1985. [1436] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Accurate solution using approximate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys., 148, 364, 1985. [1437] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Multi–level calculations using approximate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys., 160, 347, 1986. [1438] W. R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Multi–level calculations using approximate lambda operators. In Kalkofen [1988], page 35. [1439] W.–R. Hamann. The Wolf–Rayet Stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 87. [1440] W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis of Wolf–Rayet stars: Theory, results, conclusions. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 237, 1993. [1441] W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis and model atmospheres of WR central stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 31, 1996. [1442] W.–R. Hamann. Wolf–Rayet stars of high and low mass. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 127. [1443] W.–R. Hamann. Basic ALI in moving atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 171. [1444] W.–R. Hamann, J. Brown, A. Feldmeier, and L. Oskinova. On the wavelength drift of spectral features from structured hot star winds. Astr. Astrophys., 378, 946, 2001. [1445] W.–R. Hamann, G. Dünnebeil, L. Koesterke, W. Schmutz, and U. Wes- solowski. Spectral analyses of Wolf–Rayet stars: H–abundances in WN subtypes. Astr. Astrophys., 249, 443, 1991.

[1446] W.–R. Hamann and G. Gräfener.Grids of model spectra for WN stars, ready for use. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 697, 2004. [1447] W.–R. Hamann and G. Gräfener.Hydrogen–deficient stars in pre–WD stages. In Koester and Moehler [2093], page 341. [1448] W.–R. Hamann, G. Gräfener,and L. Koesterke. WR central stars. In Kwok et al. [2256], page 203. [1449] W.–R. Hamann, G. Gräfener,and A. Liermann. The galactic WN stars. Spectral analyses with line–blanketed model atmospheres versus stellar evolution models with and without rotation. Astr. Astrophys., 457, 1015, 2006. [1450] W.–R. Hamann, J. Gruschinske, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Mass loss from O subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 104, 249, 1981. [1451] W.–R. Hamann and L. Koesterke. Spectral analyses with the standard model. Part II: Wolf–Rayet stars. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 491. [1452] W.–R. Hamann and L. Koesterke. WN stars in the LMC: Parameters and atmospheric abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 647, 2000. [1453] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and G. Gräfener.Modeling and quantitative analyses of Wolf–Rayet spectra: Recent progress and results. In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 138. [1454] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and G. Gräfener. Non-LTE models of WR winds. In Lamers and Sapar [2310], page 197. [1455] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Iteration with approximate lambda operators, and its application to the expanding atmospheres of WR stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 69. [1456] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analyses of the galactic Wolf–Rayet stars: A comprehensive study of the WN class. Astr. Astrophys., 274, 397, 1993. [1457] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analyses of the galactic Wolf–Rayet stars: H–He abundances and improved stellar parameters for the WN class. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 151, 1995. [1458] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral atlas of the galactic Wolf–Rayet stars (WN sequence). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 113, 459, 1995. [1459] W.–R. Hamann and R.–P. Kudritzki. Redistribution effects in expanding atmospheres: The angle averaged redistribution function in the comoving frame. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 525, 1977.

[1460] W.–R. Hamann, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Méndez, and S. Pottasch. Mass loss from the central star of NGC 3242. Astr. Astrophys., 139, 459, 1984. [1461] W.–R. Hamann, U. Leuenhagen, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Modeling the spectrum of WC–type Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 255, 200, 1992. [1462] W.–R. Hamann and W. Schmutz. Computed He II spectra for Wolf– Rayet stars: A grid of models. Astr. Astrophys., 174, 173, 1987. [1463] W.–R. Hamann, W. Schmutz, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analysis of the Wolf–Rayet star HD 50896. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 190, 1988. [1464] W.–R. Hamann, D. Schönberner, and U. Heber. Mass loss from extreme He stars: Detailed UV–line fits for HD 160641, BD −9◦4395 and BD +10◦2179. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 273, 1982. [1465] W.–R. Hamann and U. Wessolowski. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: The treatment of radiative equilibrium by approximate lambda operators, and its application to Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 227, 171, 1990. [1466] W.–R. Hamann and U. Wessolowski. The N spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars: A grid of models and its application to the galactic WN sample. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 251, 1998. [1467] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, and L. Koesterke. Non–LTE spectral analyses of Wolf–Rayet stars: The N spectrum of the WN 6 prototype HD 192163 (WR 136). Astr. Astrophys., 281, 184, 1994. [1468] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, W. Schmutz, E. Schwarz, G. Dünnebeil, L. Koesterke, E. Baum, and U. Leuenhagen. Analyses of Wolf–Rayet stars. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 174, 1990. [1469] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, E. Schwarz, G. Dünnebeil, and W. Schmutz. High-density winds: Wolf–Rayet stars – A progress report about quantitative spectral analyses. In Garmany [1225], page 259. [1470] W.-R. Hamann, G. Gräfener,L. Oskinova, and A. Feldmeier. Spec- troscopy and hydrodynamics of dense stellar winds. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 136. [1471] W.–R. Hamman and G. Gräfener. A temperature correction method for expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 410, 993, 2003. [1472] G. Hammond, E. Sion, S. Kenyon, and P. Aannestad. Abundances in cool DZA and DAZ white dwarfs: New results using laboratory damping constants. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 317.

100

[1473] C. Hansen, S. Kawaler, and V. Trimble. Stellar Interiors: Physical Principles, Structure, and Evolution. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 2nd edition, 2004. [1474] M. Hanson. ZAMS O stars. In Howarth [1735], page 1. [1475] M. Hanson and P. Conti. K–band spectroscopy of OB stars: A preliminary classification. Astrophys. J., 423, 139, 1994. [1476] M. Hanson, P. Conti, and M. Rieke. A spectral atlas of hot, luminous stars at 2 microns. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 107, 281, 1996. [1477] M. Hanson, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Kenworthy, J. Puls, and A. Toku- naga. A medium–resolution near–infrared spectral atlas of O and early B stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 161, 154, 2005. [1478] J. Hardorp and M. Scholz. On the surface gravity and temperature of Vega. Z. fürAstrophys., 69, 350, 1968. [1479] J. Hardorp and M. Scholz. The atmospheres of τ Scorpii (B0 V) and λ Leporis (B0.5 IV). Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 193, 1970. [1480] R. Härmand M. Schwarzschild. Red giants of Population II. III. As- trophys. J., 139, 594, 1964. [1481] R. Härmand M. Schwarzschild. Red giants of Population II. IV. As- trophys. J., 145, 496, 1966. [1482] R. Härmand M. Schwarzschild. Oscillatory thermal instabilities at the onset of helium shell burning. Astrophys. J., 172, 403, 1972. [1483] R. Härmand M. Schwarzschild. Transition from a red giant to a blue nucleus after ejection of a planetary nebula. Astrophys. J., 200, 324, 1975. [1484] R. Harman and M. Seaton. The ionization structure of planetary nebulae. IV. Optical thickness of the nebulae and temperatures of the central stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 15, 1966. [1485] G. Harper. A computer program for solving multilevel non–LTE radiative transfer problems in spherical geometry, in moving or static atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 894, 1994. [1486] J. Harrington. On Schuster’s emission–line mechanism. Astrophys. J., 162, 913, 1970. [1487] J. Harrington. The scattering for resonance–line radiation in the limit of large optical depth. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 43, 1973. [1488] J. Harrington. Observations and models of H–deficient planetary nebulae. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 193.

101

[1489] D. Harris. On the line–absorption coefficient due to Doppler effect and damping. Astrophys. J., 108, 112, 1948. [1490] D. Harris. The stellar temperature scale and bolometric corrections. In Strand [3681], chapter 14, page 263. [1491] D. Harris, K. Strand, and C. Worley. Empirical data on stellar masses, luminosities, and radii. In Strand [3681], chapter 15, page 273. [1492] E. Harris. A Pedestrian Approach to Quantum Field Theory. (New York: Wiley–Interscience), 1972. [1493] G. Harris, A. Lynas-Gray, J. Tennyson, and S. Miller. The role of non– gray model atmospheres in the evolution of low–mass metal–poor stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 83. [1494] H. Harris, C. Dahn, F. Vrba, A. Henden, J. Liebert, G. Schmidt, and I. Reid. A very low luminosity, very cool, DC white dwarf. Astrophys. J., 524, 1000, 1999. [1495] H. Harris, B. Hansen, J. Liebert, D. Vanden Berk, S. Anderson, G. Knapp, X. Fan, B. Margon, J. Munn, R. Nichol, J. Pier, D. Schnei- der, J. Smith, D. Winget, D. York, J. Anderson, J. Brinkmann, S. Burles, B. Chen, A. Connolly, I. Csabai, J. Frieman, J. Gunn, G. Hen- nessy, R. Hindsley, Z. Ivezic, S. Kent, D. Lamb, R. Lupton, H. Newberg, D. Schlegel, S. Smee, M. Strauss, A. Thakar, A. Uomoto, and B. Yanny. A new very cool white dwarf discovered by the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astrophys. J. Let., 549, L109, 2001. [1496] P. Harrison and C. Jeffery. A spectral analysis of the H–deficient star HD 144941. Astr. Astrophys., 323, 177, 1997. [1497] D. Hartree. Wave mechanics of an atom with a mon-Coulomb central field. Part I. Math. Proc. Cambridge Philosophical Soc., 24, 89, 1928. [1498] D. Hartree. Wave mechanics of an atom with a mon-Coulomb central field. Part II. Math. Proc. Cambridge Philosophical Soc., 24, 111, 1928. [1499] H. Hartmann and J. Heise. Hot high–gravity NLTE model atmospheres applied to supersoft sources. In Greiner [1348], page 25. [1500] H. Hartmann and J. Heise. Hot high–gravity NLTE model atmospheres as soft X–ray sources. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 591, 1997. [1501] J. Hartmann, C. Brodbeck, P. Flaud, R. Tipping, A. Brown, Q. Ma, and F. Lievi. Collision–induced absorption in the ν2 band of CH4. II. Dependence on the perturber gas. J. Chem. Phys., 116, 123, 2002. [1502] F. Hartwick, D. Crampton, and A. Cowley. Subdwarfs among the old disk population. Astrophys. J., 208, 776, 1976.

102

[1503] S. Haser, A. Pauldrach, D. Lennon, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Lennon, J. Puls, and S. Voels. Quantitative UV spectroscopy of early O stars in the Magellanic Clouds. The determination of the stellar metallicities. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 285, 1998. [1504] S. Haser, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. O–star winds in the Magellanic clouds and the Milky Way. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 187, 1993. [1505] A. Hauer and A. Merts, editors. Atomic Processes in Plasmas. (New York: American Institute of Physics), 1988. [1506] P. Hauschildt. A fast operator perturbation method for the solution of the special relativistic equation of transfer in spherical geometry. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 47, 433, 1992. [1507] P. Hauschildt. Radiative equilibrium in rapidly expanding shells. As- trophys. J., 398, 224, 1992. [1508] P. Hauschildt. Multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer in expanding shells. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 50, 301, 1993. [1509] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, T. Barman, A. Schweitzer, E. Baron, and S. Leggett. Cool stellar atmospheres. In Woodward et al. [4185], page 427. [1510] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, and E. Baron. The NextGen model atmosphere grid for 3000 ≤ Teﬀ ≤ 10,000 K. Astrophys. J., 512, 377, 1999. [1511] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, J. Ferguson, E. Baron, and D. Alexander. The NextGen model atmosphere grid. II. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres for giant stars with eﬀective temperatures between 3000 and 6000 K. Astrophys. J., 525, 871, 1999. [1512] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, A. Schweitzer, and E. Baron. Cool stellar atmospheres. In Lejeune and Fernandes [2367], page 95. [1513] P. Hauschildt, T. Barman, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Temperature correction methods. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 227. [1514] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. Non–LTE treatment of Fe II in astrophysical plasmas. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 54, 987, 1995. [1515] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. Numerical solution of the expanding stellar atmosphere problem. J. Comp. Appl. Math., 109, 41, 1999. [1516] E. Hauschildt, P.and Baron. Improved discretization of the wavelength derivative term in CMF operator splitting numerical radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 317, 2004.

103

[1517] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. A 3D radiative transfer framework. I. Non- local operator splitting and continuum scattering problems. Astr. As- trophys., 451, 273, 2006. [1518] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. A 3D radiative transfer framework. III. Pe- riodic boundary conditions. Astr. Astrophys., 490, 873, 2008. [1519] P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Parallel implementation of the PHOENIX generalized stellar atmosphere program. Astrophys. J., 483, 390, 1997. [1520] P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, S. Starrfield, and F. Allard. The effects of Fe II non–LTE on nova atmospheres and spectra. Astrophys. J., 462, 386, 1996. [1521] P. Hauschildt, M. Best, and R. Wehrse. Relativistic effects in supernova photospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 247, L21, 1991. [1522] P. Hauschildt, D. Lowenthal, and E. Baron. Parallel implementation of the PHOENIX generalized stellar atmosphere program. III. A parallel algorithm for direct opacity sampling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 134, 323, 2001. [1523] P. Hauschildt, D. Lowenthal, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Parallel su- percomputing in stellar atmosphere simulations. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 303. [1524] P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, F. Allard, J. Ferguson, D. Alexander, and E. Baron. Cool stellar atmospheres. In Chávez et al. [746], page 15. [1525] P. Hauschildt, S. Starrfield, S. Shore, F. Allard, and E. Baron. The physics of early nova spectra. Astrophys. J., 447, 829, 1995. [1526] P. Hauschildt, H. Störzer,and E. Baron. Convergence properties of the accelerated Λ–iteration method for the solution of radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 51, 875, 1994. [1527] P. Hauschildt and R. Wehrse. Solution of the special relativistic equation of radiative transfer in rapidly expanding spherical shells. J. Quan- tit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 46, 81, 1991. [1528] D. Hayes. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, UCLA, 1968. [1529] D. Hayes. An absolute spectrophotometric calibration of the energy distribution of twelve standard stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 165, 1970. [1530] D. Hayes. Stellar absolute fluxes and energy distributions from 0.32 to 4.0 µ. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 225.

104

[1531] D. Hayes and D. Latham. A rediscussion of the atmospheric extinction and the absolute spectral–energy distribution of Vega. Astrophys. J., 197, 593, 1975. [1532] D. Hayes, D. Latham, and S. Hayes. Measurements of the monochromatic flux from Vega in the near infrared. Astrophys. J., 197, 587, 1975. [1533] D. Hayes, J. Oke, and R. Schild. A comparison of the Heidelberg and NBS–Palomar spectrophotometric calibrations. Astrophys. J., 162, 361, 1970. [1534] D. Hayes, L. Pasinetti, and A. Philip, editors. Calibration of Fundamen- tal Stellar Quantities. IAU Symposium No. 111. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1985. [1535] S. Heap. Subluminous Wolf–Rayet stars: Observations. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 423. [1536] S. Heap, B. Altner, D. Ebbets, I. Hubeny, J. Hutchings, R.–P. Kudritzki, S. Voels, S. Haser, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and K. Butler. First results from the Goddard High–Resolution Spectrograph: Spectroscopic determination of stellar parameters of Melnick 42, an O3f star in the Large Magellanic Cloud. Astrophys. J., 377, L29, 1991. [1537] S. Heap, T. Lanz, and I. Hubeny. Fundamental properties of O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 638, 409, 2006. [1538] A. Hearn. The abundance of He in early–type stars and departures from local thermodynamic equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150, 227, 1970. [1539] A. Hearn. Departures from local thermodynamic equilibrium in the neutral He lines of early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 155, 3, 1971. [1540] A. Hearn. The mass loss from the O9.5 Ib supergiant, ζ Orionis, derived from the Hα profile. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 277, 1975. [1541] J. Hearnshaw. Carbon and Fe abundances for twenty F– and G–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 191, 1974. [1542] J. Hearnshaw. Iron abundances, gravities, and ionization in high– velocity dwarfs and subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 71, 1976. [1543] J. Hearnshaw. Iron abundances, gravities, and ionization in strong– lined K dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 85, 1976. [1544] J. Hearnshaw and D. Newburgh. A differential model atmosphere analysis of the Fe spectrum of Virginis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 186, 85, 1979.

105

[1545] J. Hearnshaw and E. Schmidt. Hα profiles for G–type dwarfs and subgiants. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 111, 1972. [1546] J. Heasley and F. Kneer. Formation of spectral lines with partial frequency redistribution. Astrophys. J., 203, 660, 1976. [1547] J. Heasley, J. Timothy, and S. Wolff. He I lines in B stars – Compari- son of non–local thermodynamic equilbrium models with observations. Astrophys. J., 262, 663, 1982. [1548] J. Heasley and S. Wolff. He I λ 4922 in B–stars – Comparison of theory and observations. Astrophys. J., 245, 977, 1981. [1549] J. Heasley and S. Wolff. Hα line profiles in B stars – Comparison of theory and observations. Astrophys. J., 269, 634, 1983. [1550] U. Heber. Spectral fine analysis of the extreme He star BD +10◦2179. Astr. Astrophys., 118, 39, 1983. [1551] U. Heber. Spectroscopic analysis of hot extreme He stars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 33. [1552] U. Heber. The atmosphere of subluminous B stars. II. Analysis of ten He–poor subdwarfs and the birthrate of sdB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 33, 1986. [1553] U. Heber. Hot subluminous stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 233. [1554] U. Heber. Hot subdwarf stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 47, 211, 2009. [1555] U. Heber, S. Dreizler, and H.-J. Hagen. On the hot ends of the white dwarf spectral sequences: Hot white dwarfs containing He from the Hamburg Schmidt survey. Astr. Astrophys., 311, L17, 1996. [1556] U. Heber, S. Dreizler, and K. Werner. Quantitative spectroscopy of K648 – The PNN of Ps1 in the globular cluster M15. Acta Astr., 43, 337, 1993. [1557] U. Heber and H. Edelmann. Atmospheric parameters and abundances of sdB stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 341, 2004. [1558] U. Heber, H. Edelmann, M. Lemke, R. Napiwotzki, and D. Engels. Spectral analysis of hot subluminous stars. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 551. [1559] U. Heber, H. Edelmann, T. Lisker, and R. Napiwotzki. Discovery of a He–core white dwarf progenitor. Astr. Astrophys., 411, 477, 2003. [1560] U. Heber, W.–R. Hamann, K. Hunger, R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and R. Méndez.Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O–stars. VI. Feige 110. Astr. Astrophys., 136, 331, 1984.

106

[1561] U. Heber and K. Hunger. UV observations of the intermediate He star CPD -46◦3093. Astr. Astrophys., 101, 269, 1981. [1562] U. Heber, K. Hunger, G. Jonas, and R.–P. Kudritzki. The atmosphere of subluminous B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 119, 1984. [1563] U. Heber and C. Jeffery, editors. The Atmospheres of Early–Type Stars. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1992. [1564] U. Heber and R.–P. Kudritzki. NLTE analysis of the sdO star ROB 162 in the globular cluster NGC 6397. Astr. Astrophys., 169, 244, 1986. [1565] U. Heber, R.–P. Kudritzki, V. Caloi, V. Castellani, and J. Danziger. A spectroscopic study of HB stars in the galactic globular cluster NGC 6752. Astr. Astrophys., 162, 171, 1986. [1566] U. Heber and D. Schönberner. Colors and effective temperatures of extreme He stars. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 73, 1981. [1567] U. Heber, K. Werner, and J. Drilling. High–resolution spectroscopy of central stars of planetary nebulae: LSS 1362. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 223, 1988. [1568] G. Hèbrard,N. Allard, I. Hubeny, S. Lacour, R. Ferlet, and A. Vidal- Madjar. Quasi–molecular lines in Lyman wings of cool DA white dwarfs. Application to FUSE observations of G 231-40. Astr. Astrophys., 394, 647, 2002. [1569] G. Hébrard,N. Allard, J. Kielkopf, P. Chayer, J. Dupuis, J. Kruk, and I. Hubeny. Modeling of the Lyγ satellites in FUSE spectra of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 405, 1153, 2003. [1570] T. Heinemann, W. Dobler, A.˚ Nordlund, and A. Brandenburg. Ra- diative transfer in decomposed domains. Astr. Astrophys., 448, 731, 2006. [1571] J. Heintze. Temperature, gravity and mass of Vega, Sirius, and τ Her- culis. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 1, 1968. [1572] J. Heintze. On the temperature scale of B–type stars. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 154, 1969. [1573] P. Heinzel. Derivatives of the Voigt functions. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 29, 159, 1978. [1574] P. Heinzel. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines: A unified approach to redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 25, 483, 1981. [1575] P. Heinzel. Redistribution functions: A review of computational methods. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 115.

107

[1576] P. Heinzel. Multilevel NLTE radiative transfer in isolated atmospheric structures: Implementation of the MALI–technique. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 563, 1995. [1577] P. Heinzel and I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines. II. Collisional redistribution. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27, 1, 1982. [1578] P. Heinzel and I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines. IV. Angle–averaged redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Ra- diat. Transf., 30, 77, 1983. [1579] J. Heise and H. Huizenga. The hot white dwarf HZ 43. II. The He abundance derived from its ultra–soft X–ray spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 84, 280, 1980. [1580] W. Heisenberg. Uber¨ quantentheoretische Umdeutung kinetatischer and mechanischer Beziehung. Z. fürPhys., 33, 879, 1925. [1581] W. Heisenberg and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik der Wellen- felder I. Z. fürPhys., 56, 1, 1929. [1582] W. Heisenberg and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik der Wellen- felder II. Z. fürPhys., 59, 168, 1930. [1583] U. Heiter and K. Eriksson. Geometry of giant star model atmospheres: A consistency test. Astr. Astrophys., 452, 1039, 2006. [1584] U. Heiter, F. Kupka, C. van’t Veer-Menneret, C. Barban, W. Weiss, M.- J. Goupil, W. Schmidt, D. Katz, and R. Garrido. New grids of ATLAS 9 atmospheres. I. Influence of convection treatments on model structure and on observable quantities. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 619, 2002. [1585] W. Heitler. The Quantum Theory of Radiation. (New York: Dover Publications), 3rd edition, 1984. [1586] H. Helfer. Abundances in some Population II K giants. Astrophys. J., 129, 700, 1959. [1587] J. Helfer and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in K giant stars. I. A determination of the abundances in the Hyades K giants. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 9, 81, 1964. [1588] H. Helfer and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in K stars. II. A survey of field stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 16, 1, 1968. [1589] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Abundances in some Pop- ulation II K giants. Astrophys. J., 129, 700, 1959. [1590] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Abundances in G dwarf stars. III. Stars in moving clusters. Astrophys. J., 132, 335, 1960.

108

[1591] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Metal abundances in the subgiant ζ Herculis and three other dG stars. Astrophys. J., 138, 97, 1963. [1592] C. Helling and U. Jørgensen. Optimizing the opacity sampling method. Astr. Astrophys., 337, 477, 1998. [1593] K. Hempe and K. Schönberg. Line formation in the comoving frame: Accurate solution using an approximate Newton–Raphson operator. Astr. Astrophys., 160, 141, 1986. [1594] H. Hensberge, C. de Loore, H. Lamers, and F. Bruhweiler. Mass loss from α Cyg (A2 Ia) derived from the profiles of low excitation Fe II lines. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 137, 1982. [1595] L. Henyey. Near thermodynamic radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 103, 332, 1946. [1596] L. Henyey, J. Forbes, and N. Gould. A new method for automatic computation of stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 139, 306, 1964. [1597] L. Henyey and W. Grasberger. Near thermodynamic equilibrium. II. Astrophys. J., 122, 498, 1955. [1598] L. Henyey, L. Wilets, K.–H. Böhm,R. Lelevier, and R. Levee. A method for automatic computation of stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 129, 628, 1959. [1599] J. Herald, L. Bianchi, and D. Hillier. Discovery of Ne VII in the winds of hot evolved stars. Astrophys. J., 627, 424, 2005. [1600] J. Herald, D. Hillier, and R. Schulte-Ladbeck. Tailored analyses of the WN 8 stars WR 40 and WR 16. Astrophys. J., 548, 932, 2001. [1601] J. Herald, R. Schulte-Ladbeck, P. Eenens, and P. Morris. The structure of Wolf–Rayet winds. II. Observations of ionization stratification in the WN subtype. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 126, 469, 2000. [1602] A. Heras, R. Shipman, S. Price, T. de Graauw, H. Walker, M. Jour- dain de Muizon, M. Kessler, T. Prusti, L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche, and L. Waters. Infrared spectral classification of normal stars. Astr. Astrophys., 394, 539, 2002. [1603] R. Herman and R. Wallis. Matrix elements of electronic transitions in + the H2 hydrogen molecular ion. Astrophys. J., 123, 353, 1956. [1604] A. Herrero. Improved NLTE profiles of He II lines in hot stars including their overlap with H. Astr. Astrophys., 186, 231, 1987. [1605] A. Herrero. Improved non–LTE Balmer–line profiles for hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 171, 189, 1987.

109

[1606] A. Herrero. Intrinsic parameters of massive OB stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 137, 1993. [1607] A. Herrero. CNO in OB main sequence stars. In Charbonnel et al. [744], page 10. [1608] A. Herrero. Parameters of massive OB stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3888], page 3. [1609] A. Herrero, L. Corral, M. Villamariz, and E. Mart´ın. Fundamental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. III. Spectroscopic analysis of O stars in Cygnus OB2. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 542, 1999. [1610] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, J. Vilchez, and A. Gabler. Fun- damental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. II. A spectroscopic analysis of HDE 226868 and the mass of Cygnus X–1. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 556, 1995. [1611] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, and J. Vilchez. NLTE analysis of massive OB stars in open clusters. Astrophys. Space Sci., 169, 7, 1990. [1612] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Vilchez, D. Kunze, K. Butler, and S. Haser. Intrinsic parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 261, 209, 1992. [1613] A. Herrero, A. Manchado, and R. Méndez. NLTE analysis of high– resolution spectra of CSPN. Astrophys. Space Sci., 169, 183, 1990. [1614] A. Herrero, F. Najarro, and J. Puls. Spectroscopic analysis of Cyg OB2 supergiants using unified model atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 243. [1615] A. Herrero, J. Puls, L. Corral, R.–P. Kudritzki, and M. Villamariz. An analysis of HST UV spectra of Cyg OB2 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 623, 2001. [1616] A. Herrero, J. Puls, and F. Najarro. Fundamental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars VI. Temperatures, masses and WLR of Cyg OB2 supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 396, 949, 2002. [1617] A. Herrero, J. Puls, and M. Villamariz. Fundamental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. IV. The upper HR diagram. Astr. Astro- phys., 354, 193, 2000. [1618] A. Herrero, J. Vilchez, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Kunze, and K. Butler. NLTE analysis of massive OB stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 409. [1619] E. Hertzsprung. On the radiation of stars. Zeit. fürWiss. Photographie, 3, 429, 1905.

110

[1620] E. Hertzsprung. Uber¨ die Sterne der Unterabteilungen c und ab nach der Spektralklassifikation von Antonia C. Maury. Astr. Nachrichten, 19, 91, 1909. [1621] F. Herwig. Evolution of asymptotic giant branch stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 435, 2005. [1622] G. Herzberg. Atomic Spectra and Atomic Structure. (New York: Dover Publications), 2nd edition, 1944. [1623] G. Herzberg. Infrared and Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules. (Princeton: Van Nostrand), 1945. [1624] G. Herzberg. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure. I. Spectra of Diatomic Molecules. (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company), 2nd edition, 1950. [1625] G. Herzberg. Electronic Spectra and Electronic Structure of Polyatomic Molecules. (Princeton: Van Nostrand), 1966. [1626] G. Herzberg. The Spectra and Structures of Simple Free Radicals: An Introduction to Molecular Spectroscopy. (Ithaca: Cornell University Press), 1971. [1627] G. Herzberg and L. Howe. The Lyman bands of molecular H. Canadian J. Phys., 37, 636, 1959. [1628] J. Hesser. The halo populations. In Barbuy and Renzini [239], page 1. [1629] D. Hestroffer. Center to limb darkening of stars. New model and application to stellar interferometry. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 199, 1997. [1630] D. Hestroffer and C. Magnan. Wavelength dependency of the solar limb darkening. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 338, 1998. [1631] M. Heydari-Malayeri, P. Stee, and J. P. Zahn, editors. Evolution of Massive Stars, Mass Loss and Winds. EAD Publ. Ser. 13, 2004. [1632] A. Hibbert. CIV3 – A general program to calculate configuration interaction wave functions and electric–dipole oscillator strengths. Comp. Phys. Commun., 9, 141, 1975. [1633] A. Hibbert. Data for weak lines. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 125. [1634] F. Hickok and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for O5 V and B0 V stars with line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 152, 203, 1968. [1635] N. Higginbotham. A fine analysis of the He–rich star HD 184927. Astr. Astrophys., 33, 277, 1974. [1636] F. Hildebrand. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. (New York: Dover Publications), 2nd edition, 1987.

111

[1637] G. Hill, A. Gulliver, and S. Adelman. The spectrophotometric fitting program STELLAR. In Adelman et al. [20], page 184. [1638] P. Hill. The spectra of He stars. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 127, 113, 1964. [1639] P. Hill. The spectra of He stars. II. An abundance analysis of three He stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 137, 1965. [1640] V. Hill, B. Plez, R. Cayrel, T. Beers, B. Nordström, J. Andersen, M. Spite, F. Spite, F. Barbuy, P. Bonifacio, E. Depagne, P. Fran¸cois, and E. Primas. First stars. I. The extreme r–element rich, Fe–poor halo giant CS 31082–001. Implications for the r–process site(s) and radioactive cosmochronology. Astr. Astrophys., 387, 560, 2002. [1641] D. Hillier. The influence of electron scattering on the He II line profiles in HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 280, 744, 1984. [1642] D. Hillier. Infrared spectra of WN stars. II. WN 7 and WN 8 stars. Astr. J., 90, 1514, 1985. [1643] D. Hillier. The formation of N and C lines in HD 50896 WN 5. In De Loore et al. [939], page 261. [1644] D. Hillier. An empirical model for the Wolf–Rayet star HD 50896. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 63, 965, 1987. [1645] D. Hillier. Modeling the extended atmospheres of WN stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 63, 947, 1987. [1646] D. Hillier. The formation of N emission lines in HD 50896 (WN 5). Astrophys. J., 327, 822, 1988. [1647] D. Hillier. WC stars: Hot stars with cold winds. Astrophys. J., 347, 392, 1989. [1648] D. Hillier. An iterative method for the solution of the statistical and radiative equilibrium equations in expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astro- phys., 231, 116, 1990. [1649] D. Hillier. Line blanketing, and the computation of line equivalent widths in the comoving frame. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 111, 1990. [1650] D. Hillier. Observational abundances of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Garmany [1225], page 340. [1651] D. Hillier. The effects of electron scattering and wind clumping for early emission line stars. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 455, 1991. [1652] D. Hillier. Relaxing assumptions in the standard model. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 509.

112

[1653] D. Hillier. Wolf–Rayet stars and stellar winds. In Jeﬀery and Heber. [1904], page 111. [1654] D. Hillier. Non–LTE line blanketed atmospheres for hot stars. In Bed- ding et al. [361], page 209. [1655] D. Hillier. Line–blanketing in massive stars: New results. In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 194. [1656] D. Hillier. Modeling and diagnostics of structured winds. In Lamers and Sapar [2310], page 161. [1657] D. Hillier. Advances in modeling of Wolf–Rayet stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3888], page 70. [1658] D. Hillier. On the solution of the statistical equilibrium equations. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 199. [1659] D. Hillier. Mass loss in massive stars. In Humphreys and Stanek [1820], page 215. [1660] D. Hillier, T. Jones, and A. Hyland. Infrared spectra of WN stars. I. HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 271, 221, 1983. [1661] D. Hillier, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, D. Baade, J. Cassinelli, J. Puls, and J. Schmitt. The 0.1–2.5 keV X–ray spectrum of the O4f star ζ Puppis. Astr. Astrophys., 276, 117, 1993. [1662] D. Hillier and T. Lanz. CMFGEN: A non-LTE line–blanketed radiative transfer code for modeling hot stars with stellar winds. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 343. [1663] D. Hillier. Radiation driven stellar winds. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 111. [1664] D. Hillier, T. Lanz, S. Heap, I. Hubeny, L. Smith, C. Evans, D. Lennon, and J.-C. Bouret. A tale of two stars: The extreme O7 Iaf+ supergiant AV 83 and the OC7.5 III((f)) star AV 69. Astrophys. J., 588, 1039, 2003. [1665] D. Hillier and D. Miller. The treatment of non–LTE line blanketing in spherically expanding outﬂows. Astrophys. J., 496, 407, 1998. [1666] D. Hillier and K. Miller. Constraints on the evolution of massive stars through spectral analysis. Astrophys. J., 519, 354, 1999. [1667] W. Hiltner, editor. Astronomical Techniques. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1962. [1668] W. Hiltner and H. Johnson. The law of interstellar absorption and reddening. Astrophys. J., 124, 367, 1956.

113

[1669] W. Hiltner and R. Williams. Photometric Atlas of Stellar Spectra. (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press), 1946. [1670] W. Hindmarsh. Collision broadening and shift in the resonance line of Ca. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 11, 1959. [1671] W. Hindmarsh. Collision broadening and shift in the λ 6573 line of Ca. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 121, 48, 1960. [1672] W. Hindmarsh, A. Petford and G. Smith. Interpretation of collision broadening and shift in atomic spectra. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A, 297, 296, 1967. [1673] K. Hinkle, L. Wallace, and W. Livingston. Infrared Atlas of the Arcturus Spectrum. 0.9 − 5.3µ. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1995. [1674] J. Hirschfelder, C. Curtiss, and R. Bird. Molecular Theory of Gases and Liquids. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1964. [1675] F. Hjerting. Tables facilitating the calculation of line absorption coefficients. Astrophys. J., 88, 508, 1938. [1676] M. Hoare, M. Barstow, K. Werner, and T. Fleming. ROSAT observations of EUV-bright planetary nebula central stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 273, 812, 1995. [1677] M. Hoare, J. Drake, K. Werner, and S. Dreizler. The extreme–ultraviolet spectrum of the central star of the planetary nebula NGC 1360. Astr. Astrophys., 283, 830, 1996. [1678] L. Hobbs and J. Thorburn. On the metallicity of NGC 752. Astr. J., 104, 669, 1992. [1679] P. Höflich. Limb variation effects in rapidly expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 229, 191, 1990. [1680] P. Höflich. ALI in rapidly expanding envelopes. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 185. [1681] P. Höflich. Parallelization of stellar atmosphere codes. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 371. [1682] P. Höflich, R. Wehrse, and G. Shaviv. Non–LTE effects in low–density scattering–dominated photospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 105, 986. [1683] K. Hofmann and M. Scholz. Limb–darkening and radii of non–Mira M giant models. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 637, 1998. [1684] S. Höfner.Dynamical modeling of AGB star atmospheres. In Le Bertre et al. [2348], page 159.

114

[1685] S. Höfner,R. Gautschy-Loidl, B. Aringer, and U. Jørgensen. Dynamic model atmospheres of AGB stars. III. Effects of frequency–dependent radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 399, 589, 2003. [1686] S. Höfner,U. Jørgensen, R. Loidl, and B. Aringer. Dynamic model atmospheres of AGB stars. I. Atmospheric structure and dynamics. Astr. Astrophys., 340, 497, 1998. [1687] S. Höfner, C. Sandin, B. Aringer, A. Andersen, U. Jørgensen, R. Gautschy-Loidl, W. Nowotny, and J. Hron. Dynamical atmospheres and winds of AGB stars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 353. [1688] J. Holberg. Using DA white dwarfs to calibrate synthetic photometry. In Sterken [3669], page 533. [1689] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and J. Collins. Photospheric Si in the DA white dwarf Wolf 1346. Astr. J., 111, 2361, 1996. [1690] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, A. Cruise, and A. Penny. Sir- ius B: A new, more accurate view. Astrophys. J., 497, 935, 1998. [1691] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and I. Hubeny, I. Green. Far– ultraviolet Space Telescope Imaging Spectrograph spectra of the white dwarf REJ 1032+532. II. Stellar spectrum. Astrophys. J., 517, 850, 1999. [1692] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and E. Sion. The EUVE and IUE spectra of the hot DA white dwarf GD 659. Astrophys. J., 453, 313, 1995. [1693] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, A. Chen, S. Dreizler, M. Marsh, D. O’Donoghue, E. Sion, R. Tweedy, G. Vauclair, and K. Werner. Two new extremely Fe–rich hot DA white dwarfs and the nature of the EUV opacity. Astrophys. J., 416, 806, 1993. [1694] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and M. Burleigh. An archive of IUE low– dispersion spectra of the white dwarf stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 147, 145, 2003. [1695] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, and I. Hubeny. Hubble Space Tele- scope ultraviolet spectroscopy of two hot white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 484, 871, 1997. [1696] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and E. Sion. A high–dispersion spectroscopic survey of the hot white dwarfs: The IUE NEWSIPS SWP echelle data set. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 119, 207, 1998. [1697] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and E. Sion. Elemental abundances in hot white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 485.

115

[1698] J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, E. Sion, and R. Tweedy. The discovery of Ni V in the photospheres of the hot DA white dwarfs RE2214–492 and G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 425, L105, 1994. [1699] J. Holberg, G. McCook, E. Sion, T. Ostwalt, and M. Burleigh. White dwarf catalogs, databases, and websites. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 359. [1700] A. Holm and J. Cassinelli. The spectral energy distribution of ζ Puppis and HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 211, 432, 1977. [1701] D. Holmgren, P. Brown, P. Dufton, and F. Keenan. The determination of element abundances in the solar neighborhood from B–type stellar spectra. II. Non–LTE calculations for Ar II. Astrophys. J., 364, 657, 1990. [1702] T. Holstein. Pressure broadening of spectral lines. Phys. Rev., 79, 744, 1950.

+ [1703] A. Holt. H2 wave functions. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc., 61, 207, 1965. [1704] J. Holtsmark. Uber¨ die Verbreiterung von Spektrallinien. Ann. Physik, 58, 577, 1919. [1705] H. Holweger. Depression of the solar continuous spectrum by line absorption and the Balmer continuum. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 11, 1970. [1706] H. Holweger. The broadening by neutral hydrogen in the solar atmosphere. Comments to the note by Roueﬀ and Van Regemorter (1971). Astr. Astrophys., 12, 319, 1971. [1707] H. Holweger. The solar abundance of Ca and collision broadening of Ca I and Ca II Fraunhofer lines by hydrogen. Solar Phys., 25, 14, 1972. [1708] H. Holweger. Microturbulence and the eﬀect of departures from LTE on photospheric Fe lines. Solar Phys., 30, 35, 1973. [1709] H. Holweger. The solar abundance of Si. Astr. Astrophys., 26, 275, 1973. [1710] H. Holweger and E. Mueller. The photospheric barium spectrum. Solar abundance and collision broadening of Ba II lines by hydrogen. Solar Phys., 39, 19, 1974. [1711] D. Homeier, D. Koester, H.-J. Hagen, S. Jordan, U. Heber, D. Engels, D. Reimers, and S. Dreizler. An analysis of DA white dwarfs from the Hamburg quasar survey. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 563, 1998.

116

[1712] S. Honda, W. Aoki, H. Ando, H. Izumiura, T. Kijino, E. Kambe, S. Kawanomoto, K. Noguchi, K. Okita, K. Sadakane, B. Sato, M. Takada–Hidai, Y. Takeda, E. Watanabe, T. Beers, J. Norris, and S. Ryan. Spectroscopic studies of extremely metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrograph. I. Observational data. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 152, 113, 2004. [1713] S. Honda, W. Aoki, Y. Ishimaru, S. Wanajo, and S. Ryan. Neutron– capture elements in the very metal–poor star HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 643, 1180, 2006. [1714] S. Honda, W. Aoki, T. Kajino, H. Ando, T. Beers, H. Izumiura, K. Sadakane, and M. Takada–Hidai. Spectroscopic studies of extremely metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrograph. II. The r–process elements including thorium. Astrophys. J., 607, 474, 2004. [1715] C. Hooper. Electric microfield distributions in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 149, 77, 1966. [1716] C. Hooper. Low–frequency component electric microfield distributions in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 165, 215, 1968. [1717] C. Hooper. Asymptotic electric microfield distributions in low– frequency component plasmas. Phys. Rev., 169, 193, 1968. [1718] E. Hopf. Zum Problem des Strahlungsgleichgewichts in den äusseren Schichten der Sterne. Strenge Lösungder singulärenIntegralgleichung von Milne. Z. fürPhys., 46, 374, 1927. [1719] E. Hopf. Uber¨ Strahlungsgleichgewicht in den äusseren Schichten der Sterne. II. Eindeutingkeit beweis fürdie Lösungdes Problem von Milne. Z. fürPhys., 49, 155, 1928. [1720] E. Hopf. Remarks on the Schwarzschild–Milne model of the outer layers of a star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 287, 1930. [1721] E. Hopf. Remarks on the Schwarzschild–Milne model of the outer layers of a star. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 863, 1932. [1722] E. Hopf. Mathematical Problems of Radiative Equilibrium. Cambridge Tracts in Mathematics and Mathematical Physics No. 31. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1934. [1723] N. Houk. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spectral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 2. University of Michigan, 1978. [1724] N. Houk. Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spectral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 3. University of Michigan, 1982. [1725] N. Houk and A. Cowley. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spec- tral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 1. University of Michigan, 1975.

117

[1726] N. Houk, H. Irvine, and D. Rosenbush. An Atlas of Objective–Prism Spectra. University of Michigan, 1974. [1727] N. Houk and M. Newberry. A Second Atlas of Objective–Prism Spectra. University of Michigan, 1984. [1728] N. Houk and C. Swift. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spec- tral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 5. University of Michigan, 1999. [1729] N. Houk and M. Swift-Moore. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spectral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 4. University of Michigan, 1988. [1730] J. Houtgast. The variations in the profiles of strong Fraunhofer lines along a radius of the solar disc. (Utrecht: Drukkerij F. Schotanus & Jens), 1942. [1731] J. Houtgast. Observations and computations about center limb variations of Fraunhofer lines. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 11, 475, 1952. [1732] J. Houtgast. The high–dispersion continuous ultraviolet solar spectrum and the Balmer jump. Solar Phys., 3, 47, 1968. [1733] J. Houtgast and M. Minnaert. The continuum in the Utrecht Photo- metric Atlas as assumed for the 1966 catalogue. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth. Suppl., 2, 415, 1967. [1734] J. Houtgast and O. Namba. Continuum location and total line absorption in the solar spectrum from 2988 to 4087A.˚ Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 87, 1968. [1735] I. Howarth, editor. Properties of Hot Luminous Stars: Second Boulder– Munich Workshop on Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: Astronom- ical Society of the Pacific), 1998. [1736] I. Howarth and W. Schmutz. Near-infrared spectroscopy of galactic Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 261, 503, 1992. [1737] I. Howarth and W. Schmutz. The distance to the Wolf–Rayet star HD 50896. Astr. Astrophys., 294, 529, 1995. [1738] J. Hoyland. Many-center wavefunctions for the hydrogen molecule and the hydrogen molecular ion. J. Chem. Phys., 40, 3540, 1964. [1739] B. Hrivnak. From red giant to planetary nebula: Studies of the transi- tional objects. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 3. [1740] C.-T. Hua, A. Magnan, R. Morat, G. Waultier, and P. Petrov. About the absolute UV flux of the Of star HD 152408. Astrophys. Let., 25, 89, 1986.

118

[1741] C.-T. Hua, J.-O. Woo, and H.-D. Nguyen. Absolute measurements of the flux of galactic Wolf–Rayet stars – Comparisons with main–sequence OB stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 53, 407, 1983. [1742] K. Huang. Statistical Mechanics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1963. [1743] I. Hubeny. Improved complete–linearization method for the solution of the non–LTE line transfer problem. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 26, 38, 1975. [1744] I. Hubeny. The effect of Lyα on the non–LTE model atmospheres of A type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 225, 1980. [1745] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of A type stars. II. Theoretical considerations and interpretation of the Vega Lyα region. Astr. Astrophys., 98, 96, 1981. [1746] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line transfer with partial redistribution. I. General emission profile. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 32, 271, 1981. [1747] I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines. III. General- ized redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27, 593, 1982. [1748] I. Hubeny. A modified Rybicki method and the partial coherent scattering approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 145, 461, 1985. [1749] I. Hubeny. A modified Rybicki method with partial redistribution. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 109. [1750] I. Hubeny. General aspects of partial redistribution and its astrophysical importance. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 27. [1751] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line transfer with partial redistribution. II. An equivalent–two–level–atom approach. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 36, 1, 1985. [1752] I. Hubeny. Redistribution and radiation transfer in astrophysical situ- ations. In Rostas [3286], page 501. √ [1753] I. Hubeny. Probabilistic interpretation of radiative transfer I. The - law. Astr. Astrophys., 185, 332, 1987. [1754] I. Hubeny. A computer program for calculating non-LTE model stellar atmospheres. Comp. Phys. Commun., 52, 103, 1988. [1755] I. Hubeny. Accelerated lambda iteration. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 377.

119

[1756] I. Hubeny. Stellar atmospheres theory: An introduction. In de Gr`eve et al. [922], page 1. [1757] I. Hubeny. From escape probabilities to exact radiative transfer. In Ferland and Savin [1125], page 197. [1758] I. Hubeny. Accelerated lambda iteration: An overview. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 17. [1759] I. Hubeny. From complete linearization to ALI and beyond. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 3. [1760] I. Hubeny, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, and J. Holberg. Non–LTE model atmospheres of hot DA white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 445. [1761] I. Hubeny and A. Burrows. A new algorithm for two-dimensional transport for astrophysical simulations. I. General formulation and tests for one-dimensional spherical case. Astrophys. J., 659, 1458, 2007. I. Hubeny, O. Blaes, J. Krolik, and E. Agol. Non-LTE models and mhe- oretical spectra of accretion disks in active galactic nuclei. IV. Eﬀects of Compton scattering and metal opacities Astrophys. J., 559, 680, 2001. [1762] I. Hubeny, A. Burrows, and D. Sudarsky. A possible bifurcation in atmospheres of strongly irradiated stars and planets. Astrophys. J., 594, 1011, 2003. [1763] I. Hubeny and J. Cooper. Redistribution of radiation in the presence of velocity–changing collisions. Astrophys. J., 305, 852, 1986. [1764] I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and B. Altner. First results from the Goddard High– Resolution Spectrograph. Evidence for photospheric microturbulence in early O stars. Are surface gravities systematically underestimated? Astrophys. J., 377, 33, 1991. [1765] I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of O stars. In Howarth [1735], page 108. [1766] I. Hubeny and P. Heinzel. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines. V. Solutions of the transfer problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 32, 159, 1984. [1767] I. Hubeny and P. Heinzel. Comments on “The angle–dependent redistribution functions RIII and RIV” by S. McKenna. Astrophys. Space Sci., 119, 409, 1986. [1768] I. Hubeny, D. Hummer, and T. Lanz. NLTE model stellar atmospheres with line blanketing near the series limits. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 151, 1994.

120

[1769] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Accelerated complete–linearization method for calculating NLTE model stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 262, 501, 1992. [1770] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Modeling A–type atmospheres: NLTE models. In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 98. [1771] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of hot, metal–rich white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 98. [1772] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of hot stars. I. Hybrid complete–linearization/accelerated lambda– iteration method. Astrophys. J., 439, 875, 1995. [1773] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. EUV radiation from hot star photospheres: Theory versus observations. In Bowyer and Malina [515], page 381. [1774] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Fully line–blanketed NLTE model atmospheres for hot H–deficient stars. In Jeffery and Heber [1904], page 249. [1775] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Model photospheres with accelerated lambda iteration. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 51. [1776] I. Hubeny and B. Lites. Partial redistribution in multilevel atoms. I. Method and application to the solar H–line formation. Astrophys. J., 455, 376, 1995. [1777] I. Hubeny, D. Mihalas, and K. Werner, editors. Stellar Atmosphere Modeling. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003. [1778] I. Hubeny and J. Oxenius. Absorption and emission line–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. III. Generalized atomic redistribution functions for three–photon processes. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 37, 65, 1987. [1779] I. Hubeny and J. Oxenius. Absorption and emission line–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. IV. Velocity–averaged generalized redistribution functions for three–photon processes. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 37, 397, 1987. [1780] I. Hubeny, J. Oxenius, and E. Simonneau. Absorption and emission line–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. I. Atomic profile coefficients. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 29, 477, 1983. [1781] I. Hubeny, J. Oxenius, and E. Simonneau. Absorption and emission line–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. II. Velocity–averaged profile coefficients. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 29, 495, 1983. [1782] I. Hubeny, J. Stone, K. MacGregor, and K. Werner, editors. Recent Di- rections in Astrophysical Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation Hy- drodynamics. (New York: American Institute of Physics), 2009.

121

[1783] D. Huber. Resonant scattering of monochromatic light in gases. Phys. Rev., 178, 93, 1969. [1784] K. Huber and G. Herzberg. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Struc- ture IV. Constants of Diatomic Molecules. (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.), 1979. [1785] D. Huenemoerder, K. de Boer, and A. Code. Field horizontal-branch stars at ultraviolet and visual wavelengths. Astr. J., 89, 851, 1984. [1786] S. Hügelmeyer, S. Dreizler, D. Homeier, J. Krzesiński, K. Werner, A. Nitta, and S. Kleinman. Spectral analyses of eighteen hot H–deficient (pre–) white dwarfs from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey data release 4. Astr. Astrophys., 454, 617, 2006. [1787] S. Hügelmeyer, S. Dreizler, K. Werner, J. Krzesiński,A. Nitta, and S. Kleinman. Spectral analyses of DO white dwarfs and PG 1159 stars from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astr. Astrophys., 442, 309, 2005. [1788] A. Hui, B. Armstrong, and A. Wray. Rapid computation of the Voigt and complex error functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 19, 509, 1978. [1789] P. Hultzsch, J. Puls, R. Méndez,A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, T. Hoff- mann, and J. McCarthy. Central stars of planetary nebulae in the galactic bulge. Astr. Astrophys., 467, 1253, 2007. [1790] J. Huml ıˇcek.Optimized computation of the Voigt and complex probability functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27, 437, 1982. [1791] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. I. The redistribution functions with Doppler broadening. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 125, 21, 1962. [1792] D. Hummer. The mean number of scatterings by a resonance–line photon. Astrophys. J., 140, 276, 1964. [1793] D. Hummer. The emission coefficient. In Avrett et al. [192], page 13. [1794] D. Hummer. The Voigt function. An eight significant–figure table and generating procedure. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 70, 1, 1965. [1795] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. III. The effect of continuous absorption on the formation of spectral lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 73, 1968. [1796] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. IV. Doppler redistribution functions in moving atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 479, 1968.

122

[1797] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. VI. Solutions of the transfer problem with a frequency–dependent source function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 145, 95, 1969. [1798] D. Hummer. Line formation in expanding atmospheres. In Slettebak [3557], page 281. [1799] D. Hummer. Expressions for the computer evaluation of the four kernel functions for line formation with Doppler and Lorentz profiles. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 26, 187, 1981. [1800] D. Hummer. High order asymptotic expansions of the four kernel functions for line formation with the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27, 569, 1982. [1801] D. Hummer. A fast and accurate method for evaluating the nonrelativistic free–free Gaunt factor for hydrogenic ions. Astrophys. J., 327, 477, 1988. [1802] D. Hummer. The opacity project and the practical utilization of atomic data. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 431. [1803] D. Hummer, D. Abbott, S. Voels, and B. Bohannan. Failure of continuum methods for determining the effective temperature of hot stars. Astrophys. J., 328, 704, 1988. [1804] D. Hummer and P. Kunasz. Energy loss by resonance line photons in an absorbing medium. Astrophys. J., 236, 609, 1980. [1805] D. Hummer, C. Kunasz, and P. Kunasz. Numerical evaluation of the formal solution of radiative transfer problems in spherical geometries. Comp. Phys. Commun., 6, 38, 1973. [1806] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Line formation with non–coherent electron scattering in O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 150, L57, 1967. [1807] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Model atmospheres for the central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 339, 1970. [1808] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Surface fluxes for model atmospheres for the central stars of planetary nebulae. Technical Report 101, Joint Institute for Laboratory Astrophysics, Boulder, Colorado, 1970. [1809] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Computational methods for non–LTE line–transfer problems. In Alder et al. [36], page 53. [1810] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Redshifted line profiles from differentially expanding atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 153, L107, 1968.

123

[1811] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Non–coherent scattering. VII. Frequency dependent thermalization lengths and scattering with continuous absorption. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150, 419, 1970. [1812] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetric systems. The conservative grey case. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 1, 1971. [1813] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The formation of spectral lines. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 237, 1971. [1814] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. A unified treatment of escape probabilities in static and moving media: Plane geometry. Astrophys. J., 254, 767, 1982. [1815] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The Sobolev approximation for line formation with continuous opacity. Astrophys. J., 293, 258, 1985. [1816] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The Sobolev approximation for line formation with partial frequency redistribution. Astrophys. J., 387, 248, 1992. [1817] D. Hummer and J. Stewart. Thermalization lengths and the homogeneous transfer equation in line formation. Astrophys. J., 146, 290, 1966. [1818] D. Hummer and S. Voels. Collisional–radiative switching: A powerful technique for converging non–LTE calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 279, 1988. [1819] R. Humphreys, R.–P. Kudritzki, and H. Groth. The anomalous A type supergiants in the Magellanic Clouds: Evidence for post–red supergiant evolution. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 593, 1991. [1820] R. Humphreys and K. Stanek, editors. The Fate of the Most Massive Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2005. [1821] E. Hundt, K. Kodaira, J. Schmid-Burgk, and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 37, 1975. [1822] A. Hundhausen. Coronal Expansion and Solar Wind. (New York: Springer-Verlag). 1972. [1823] K. Hunger. Die Atmosphäredes A0–Sternes α Lyrae. Z. fürAstrophys., 36, 42, 1955. [1824] K. Hunger. Zur Theorie der Wachstumskurven. Z. fürAstrophys., 39, 36, 1956. [1825] K. Hunger. Quantitative Analyse des Infrarot–Spektrums des A0– Sternes α Lyr. Z. fürAstrophys., 49, 129, 1960.

124

[1826] K. Hunger and D. Groote. He–abnormal stars. In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 394. [1827] K. Hunger and D. Groote. Fractionated stellar wind and the H/He abundance anomalies in Bp stars. Astr. Astrophys., 351, 554, 1999. [1828] K. Hunger, J. Gruschinske, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O–stars. IV. Spectral photometry and NLTE analysis of 11 subluminous stars. Astr. Astrophys., 95, 244, 1981. [1829] K. Hunger and J. Kaufmann. Spectral photometry and quantitative analysis of the H–deficient stars HD 144941 and CPD −69 2698. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 261, 1973. [1830] K. Hunger and D. Klinglesmith. The carbon content of the He star BD +10◦ 2179. Astrophys. J., 152, 343, 1968. [1831] K. Hunger and D. Klinglesmith. The atmosphere of the He–C star BD +10◦ 2179. Astrophys. J., 157, 721, 1969. [1832] K. Hunger and R.–P. Kudritzki. SB 21, an extremely He–rich subdwarf O–star. Astr. Astrophys., 88, 4, 1980. [1833] K. Hunger, D. Sch”onberner, and R. Kameswara, editors. Hydrogen Deficient Stars and Related Objects. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986. [1834] K. Hunger and G. Traving. Einfache Näherungslösungendes nichtgrauen Strahlungsgleichgewichtsproblems. Z. fürAstrophys., 39, 248, 1956. [1835] K. Hunger and D. van Blerkom. A pure He model stellar atmosphere. Z. fürAstrophys., 66, 185, 1966. [1836] G. Hunt, I. Grant, J. Houghton, A. Underhill, and M. Williams, editors. Transport Theory. Atlas Symposium No. 3. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. & Radiat. Transf., 11, 511, 1971. [1837] G. Hunter, A. Yau, and H. Pritchard. Rotation-vibration level energies of the hydrogen and deuterium ion molecules. Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables, 14, 11, 1974. [1838] I. Hunter, P. Dufton, S. Smartt, R. Ryans, C. Evans, D. Lennon, C. Trundle, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. The VLT–FLAMES survey of massive stars: Surface chemical compositions of B–type stars in the Magellanic Clouds. Astr. Astrophys., 466, 277, 2007. [1839] D. Husfeld. Abundances in hot evolved stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 59. [1840] D. Husfeld. Atmospheric parameters of pre–white dwarfs. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 499.

125

[1841] D. Husfeld. Stellar wind albedo eﬀect on hot photospheres. In Garmany [1225], page 97. [1842] D. Husfeld, K. Butler, U. Heber, and J. Drilling. Non–LTE analysis of extremely He–rich stars: The hot sdO stars LSE 153, 259, and 263. Astr. Astrophys., 222, 150, 1989. [1843] D. Husfeld, R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and R. Clegg. Non–LTE model atmospheres of hot central stars close to the Eddington limit. The Zanstra discrepancy and the occurrence of an emission edge at 228 A.˚ Astr. Astrophys., 134, 139, 1984. [1844] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 219, 1968. [1845] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 329, 1968. [1846] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. IV. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 161, 1970. [1847] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. V. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 367, 1970. [1848] J. Hutchings. Spectroscopic measurements of OB supergiants. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 14, 355, 1976. [1849] J. Hutchings and P. Laskarides. Mass motions in the atmospheres of supergiants of spectral types B9–A3. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 14, 107, 59. [1850] I. Iben. Stellar evolution within and oﬀ the main sequence. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 5, 571, 1967. [1851] I. Iben. Post main sequence evolution of single stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 215, 1976. [1852] I. Iben and J. MacDonald. The born again AGB phenomenon. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 48. [1853] I. Iben and A. Renzini. Asymptotic giant branch evolution and beyond. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 271, 1983. [1854] A. Illarionov and R. Syunyaev. Comptonization, characteristic radiation spectra, and thermal balance of low–density plasma. Sov. Astr., 18, 413, 1975. [1855] A. Illarionov and R. Syunyaev. Comptonization, the background- radiation spectrum, and the thermal history of the universe. Sov. Astr., 18, 691, 1975.

126

[1856] M. Inoue and A. Uesugi. Interpretation of variable line profiles of Deneb (A2 Ia). Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 29, 149, 1977. [1857] F. Irons. On the equality of the mean escape probability and mean net radiative bracket for line photons. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 182, 705, 1978. [1858] F. Irons. The escape factor in plasma spectroscopy. I. The escape factor defined and evaluated. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 22, 1, 1979. [1859] F. Irons. The escape factor in plasma spectroscopy. II. The case of radiative decay. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 22, 21, 1979. [1860] F. Irons. A clarification of Sobolev’s derivation of the escape–probability method of radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 44, 361, 1990. [1861] F. Irons. An alternative derivation of Sobolev’s large velocity gradient limit. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 43, 107, 1990. [1862] F. Irons. Concerning an equality between the net radiative bracket and escape probability in a moving medium. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 43, 99, 1990. [1863] F. Irons. Concerning a constant source function method of radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 45, 217, 1991. [1864] J. Isern, M. Hernanz, and E. Garc´ıa-Berro, editors. White Dwarfs. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1997. [1865] G. Israelian, R. Garc´ıa–López, and R. Rebolo. Oxygen abundances in unevolved metal-poor stars from near-ultraviolet OH lines. Astrophys. J., 507, 805, 1998. [1866] G. Israelian and R. Rebolo. Sulfur abundance in very metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 557, 43, 2001. [1867] G. Israelian, N. Shchukina, R. Rebolo, G. Basri, J. González-Hernández, and T. Kajino. Oxygen and Mg abundance in the ultra–metal–poor giants CS 22949–037 and CS 29498–043: Challenges in models of atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 1095, 2004. [1868] Y. Itikawa, K. Takayanagi, and T. Iwai. Annotated bibliography on electron collisions with atomic positive ions: Excitation and ionization. Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables, 31, 215, 1984. [1869] N. Itoh, M. Nakagawa, and Y. Kohyama. Relativistic free-free opacity for a high–temperature stellar plasma. Astrophys. J., 294, 17, 1985.

127

[1870] N. Itoh. Relativistic free–free Gaunt factors for high–temperature stellar plasmas. Rev. Mex. Astr. Astrof., 23, 911, 1992. [1871] N. Itoh, K. Kojo, and M. Nakagawa. Relativistic free–free Gaunt factor of the dense high–temperature stellar plasma II. Carbon and oxygen plasmas. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 74, 291, 1990. [1872] N. Itoh, F. Kuwashima, K. Ichihashi, and H. Mutoh. The Rosse- land mean free–free Gaunt factor of the dense high–temperature stellar plasma. Astrophys. J., 382, 636, 1991. [1873] V. Ivanov. Diffusion of resonance radiation in stellar atmospheres and nebulae. I. Semi–infinite medium. Sov. Astr., 6, 793, 1963. [1874] V. Ivanov. Diffusion of resonance radiation in stellar atmospheres and nebulae. II. A layer of finite thickness. Sov. Astr., 7, 199, 1963. [1875] V. Ivanov. Transfer of Radiation in Spectral Lines. NBS Special Pub- lication No. 385. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1973. [1876] V. Ivanov. Analytical methods of line formation theory: are they still alive? In Crivellari et al. [872], page 583. [1877] I. Ivans, R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Smith, R. Rich, and M. Shetrone. New analyses of star–to–star abundance variations among bright giants in the mildly metal–poor globular cluster M 5. Astr. J., 122, 1438, 2001. [1878] I. Ivans, C. Sneden, C. James, G. Preston, J. Fulbright, P. Höflich, B. Carney, and J. Wheeler. Chemical substructure in the Milky Way halo: A new population of old stars. Astrophys. J., 592, 906, 2003. [1879] Greenstein J. and V. Trimble. The gravitational redshift of 40 Eridani B. Astrophys. J., 175, 1, 1972. [1880] Y. Itakawa, editor. Photon and Electron Interactions with Atoms, Molecules, and Ions. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 2001. [1881] J. Jackson. Classical Electrodynamics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 2nd edition, 1975. [1882] A. Jacob, T. Bedding, J. Robertson, and M. Scholz. Wavelength dependence of angular diameters of M giants: An observational perspective. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 312, 733, 2000. [1883] D. Jahn, T. Rauch, E. Reiff, K. Werner, J. Kruk, and F. Herwig. High–resolution ultraviolet spectroscopy of PG 1159–035 with HST and FUSE. Astr. Astrophys., 462, 281, 2007. [1884] M. Jammer. The Conceptual Development of Quantum Mechanics. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1966.

128

[1885] C. Jaschek and A. Gomez. The absolute magnitude of the early type MK standards from HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 619, 1998. [1886] M. Jaschek and C. Jaschek. The CNO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 401, 1974. [1887] J. Jefferies. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. VII. The interlocking problem. Astrophys. J., 132, 775, 1960. [1888] J. Jefferies. Multilevel problems. In Avrett et al. [192], page 177. [1889] J. Jefferies. Spectral Line Formation. (Waltham: Blaisdell), 1968. [1890] J. Jefferies. Population inversion in the outer layers of a radiating gas. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 351, 1971. [1891] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. II. Depth dependence of source function for resonance and strong subordinate lines. Astrophys. J., 127, 667, 1958. [1892] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. III. The influence of a chromosphere. Astrophys. J., 129, 401, 1959. [1893] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. V. Character of the self–reversed emission core of Ca+ H and K. Astrophys. J., 131, 695, 1960. [1894] J. Jefferies and O. White. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. VI. The frequency dependence of the source function for resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 132, 767, 1960. [1895] J. Jefferies and O. White. The analysis of spectral–line profiles. I. A generalized theory for the solar case. Astrophys. J., 150, 1051, 1967. [1896] C. Jeffery. The atmospheres of extreme He stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 293. [1897] C. Jeffery. Spectral analysis of LSE 78: An extreme He star similar to BD −9◦4395 and DY Centauri. Astr. Astrophys., 279, 188, 1993. [1898] C. Jeffery. Surface properties of extreme He stars. In Jeffery and Heber [1904], page 152. [1899] C. Jeffery. Spectral analysis of the high–gravity extreme He star LSIV +6◦2. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 294, 391, 1998. [1900] C. Jeffery, J. Drilling, P. Harrison, U. Heber, and S. Moehler. The classification of He–rich hot subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 125, 501, 1997.

129

[1901] C. Jeffery, P. Hamill, P. Harrison, and S. Jeffers. Spectral analysis of the low–gravity extreme He stars LSS 4357, LS II +33◦ 5 and LSS 99. Astr. Astrophys., 340, 476, 1998. [1902] C. Jeffery and P. Harrison. The Fe abundance in He star HD 144941. Astr. Astrophys., 323, 393, 1997. [1903] C. Jeffery and U. Heber. The extreme He star BD −9◦4395. Astr. Astrophys., 260, 133, 1992. [1904] C. Jeffery and U. Heber, editors. Hydrogen Deficient Stars. (San Fran- cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1996. [1905] C. Jeffery, U. Heber, P. Hill, S. Dreizler, J. Drilling, W. Lawson, U. Leuenhagen, and K. Werner. A catalogue of H–deficient stars. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 471. [1906] D. Jeffery. The relativistic Sobolev method applied to homologously expanding atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 415, 743, 1993. [1907] D. Jeffery. An expansion opacity formalism for the Sobolev method. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 770, 1995. [1908] D. Johansson and D. Leckrone. Atomic data for high resolution stellar spectroscopy: A review. In Adelman et al. [20], page 113. [1909] T. John. The free–free transitions of the negative hydrogen ion in the exchange approximation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 128, 93, 1964. [1910] T. John. The limiting behavior of the absorption cross sections of the negative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 133, 447, 1966. [1911] T. John. The free–free transitions of He− at threshold. Astrophys. J., 149, 449, 1967. [1912] T. John. The continuous absorption coefficient of alkali metal negative ions. J. Phys. B., 5, 1662, 1972. [1913] T. John. The free–free transitions of atomic and molecular negative ions in the infrared. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 5, 1975. [1914] T. John. The continuous absorption coefficient of atomic and molecular negative ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 172, 305, 1975. [1915] T. John. Continuous absorption by the negative hydrogen ion reconsidered. Astr. Astrophys., 193, 189, 1988. [1916] T. John. Structure of the solar atmosphere as deduced from a reanalysis of limb darkening observations. Astr. Astrophys., 244, 511, 1991.

130

[1917] T. John. Departure from local thermodynamic equilibrium and its effect on solar continuous absorption. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 256, 691, 1992. [1918] T. John. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative He ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 871, 1994. [1919] T. John. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative ion of molecular hydrogen in the far–IR spectrum. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 865, 1994. [1920] T. John. The reliability of H− free–free absorption coefficients. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 890, 1994. [1921] T. John. Continuous opacity from Ne−. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 859, 1996. [1922] T. John and A. Williams. The continuous absorption coefficient of Ne−. Phys. Lett., 43, 327, 1973. [1923] T. John and A. Williams. The free–free transitions of neon and argon negative ions. J. Phys. B, 6, L384, 1973. [1924] T. John and R. Williams. The continuous absorption coefficient of the negative oxygen ion in the infrared. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 171, 71, 1975. [1925] T. John and R. Williams. The free–free continuous absorption coefficient of the negative carbon ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 253, 1976. [1926] C. Johnas, P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, D. Mullamphy, G. Peach, and I. Whittingham. The effects of new Na I D–line profiles in cool atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 466, 323, 2007. [1927] H. Johnson. Infrared stellar photometry. Astrophys. J., 135, 69, 1962. [1928] H. Johnson. The equilibrium of Na I in the solar photosphere. Ann. dAstrophys., 25, 30, 1962. [1929] H. Johnson. A theoretical study of the excitation of Na in the solar photosphere. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 695, 1964. [1930] H. Johnson. Infrared photometry of M–dwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 141, 170, 1965. [1931] H. Johnson. Interstellar extinction in the Galaxy. Astrophys. J., 141, 923, 1965. [1932] H. Johnson. Sodium equilibrium and the Na I D lines. In Avrett et al. [192], page 333.

131

[1933] H. Johnson. Astronomical measurements in the infrared. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 193, 1966. [1934] H. Johnson. Eﬀects of non–local thermodynamic equilibrium (NLTE) on molecular opacities. In Jørgensen [1964], page 234. [1935] H. Johnson, A. Bernat, and B. Krupp. Red giant model atmospheres. I. A grid of opacity sampled models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 42, 501, 1980. [1936] H. Johnson, J. Collins, B. Krupp, and R. Bell. The line blanketing and structure of the atmosphere of Arcturus. Astrophys. J., 212, 760, 1977. [1937] H. Johnson and D. Klinglesmith. On the coupled line–transfer problem for h. In Avrett et al. [192], page 221. [1938] H. Johnson and B. Krupp. Treatment of atomic and molecular line– blanketing by opacity sampling. Astrophys. J., 206, 201, 1976. [1939] H. Johnson, R. Milkey, and L. Ramsey. Formation of the luminosity– sensitive O I multiplet at 7774A.˚ Astrophys. J., 187, 147, 1974. [1940] H. Johnson and R. Mitchell. The spectral–energy curves of subdwarfs. II. Astrophys. J., 153, 213, 1968. [1941] H. Johnson and W. Morgan. Fundamental stellar photometry for standards of spectral on the revised system of the Yerkes Spectral Atlas. Astrophys. J., 117, 313, 1953. [1942] H. Johnson and A. Sandage. The galactic cluster M 67 and its signiﬁ- cance for stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 121, 616, 1955. [1943] H. Johnson and A. Sandage. Three–color photometry in the globular cluster M 3. Astrophys. J., 124, 379, 1956. [1944] K. Johnston and C. Vegt. Reference frames in astronomy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 97, 1999. [1945] R. Johnston. Free–free radiative transitions. A survey of theoretical results. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 7, 815, 1976. [1946] H. Jones. The formation of resonance lines in multidimensional media. I. Scaling properties in two dimensions. Astrophys. J., 164, 341, 1971. [1947] H. Jones. The formation of resonance lines in multidimensional media. III. Interpolation functions, accuracy, and stability. Astrophys. J., 185, 183, 1973.

+ [1948] H. Jones and B. Etemadi. Accurate ground state calculations of H2 using basis sets of atom-centered Slater type orbitals. Phys. Rev. A, 47, 3430, 1993.

132

[1949] H. Jones, A. Longmore, F. Allard, and P. Hauschildt. Spectral analysis of M dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 280, 771, 1996. [1950] H. Jones, A. Longmore, F. Allard, P. Hauschildt, S. Miller, and J. Ten- nyson. Water vapor in cool dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 277, 767, 1995. [1951] H. Jones, A. Longmore, R. Jameson, and C. Mountain. An infrared spectral sequence for M dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 267, 413, 1994. [1952] M. Jones, G. Ortiz, and D. Ceperley. Indication of singly ionized He in the white dwarf GD 229. Astr. Astrophys., 343, L91, 1999. [1953] T. Jones and S. Wolff. Observations of Paschen α in P Cygni and other OB stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 92, 841, 1980. [1954] K. Jonsell, B. Edvardsson, B. Gustafsson, P. Magain, P. Nissen, and M. Asplund. Chemical abundances in 43 metal–poor stars. Astr. As- trophys., 440, 321, 2005. [1955] A. Jordan, C. Ridgeley. Solar limb and disk continuum intensities in the wavelength region 1450–1950A.˚ Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 168, 533, 1974. [1956] C. Jordan. Ultraviolet stellar spectroscopy. In Pallavicini [2988], page 97. [1957] P. Jordan and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik ladungsfrier Felder. Z. fürPhys., 47, 151, 1928. [1958] S. Jordan, editor. The Sun as a Star. NASA Report No. SP–450. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1981. [1959] S. Jordan, U. Heber, D. Engels, and D. Koester. HS 0209+0832: A DAB white dwarf with a temperature fitting into the DB gap. Astr. Astrophys., 273, L27, 1993. [1960] S. Jordan and D. Koester. Model atmospheres and synthetic spectra for white dwarfs with chemically stratified atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 65, 367, 1986. [1961] S. Jordan, D. Koester, C. Wulf-Mathies, and H. Brunner. EUV photometry of DA white dwarfs with EXOSAT. Astr. Astrophys., 185, 253, 1987. [1962] S. Jordan, R. Napiwotzki, D. Koester, and T. Rauch. Temperature determination of the cool DO white dwarf HD 149499B from EUVE observations. Astr. Astrophys., 318, 461, 1997.

133

[1963] S. Jordan, B. Wollf, D. Koester, and R. Napiwotzki. Analysis of ROSAT pointed observations of 15 hot DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 843, 1994. [1964] U. Jørgensen, editor. Molecules in the Stellar Environment. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1994. [1965] U. Jørgensen. Dominating molecules in the photospheres of cool stars. In Molecules in the Stellar Environment [1964], page 29. [1966] U. Jørgensen. Molecular databases. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 179. [1967] U. Jørgensen. Molecules in stellar and star–like atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 303. [1968] U. Jørgensen, M. Carlsson, and H. Johnson. The Ca infrared triplet lines in stellar spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 254, 158, 1992. [1969] U. Jørgensen, D. Hammer, A. Borysow, and J. Falkesgaard. The atmospheres of cool, He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 361, 283, 2000. [1970] U. Jørgensen and H. Johnson. Radiative force on molecules and its possible role for mass loss in evolved AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 168, 1992. [1971] P. Joss, E. Salpeter, and J. Ostriker. On the “critical luminosity” in stellar interiors and stellar surface boundary conditions. Astrophys. J., 181, 429, 1973. [1972] P. Judge. Constraints on the outer atmospheric structure of late–type giant stars with IUE – Methods and application to Arcturus (α Boo K2 III). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 221, 119, 1986. [1973] P. Judge, V. Hubeny, and J. Brown. Fundamental limitations of emission–line spectra as diagnostics of plasma temperature. Astrophys. J., 475, 275, 1997. [1974] J. Jugaku. On the radiation field of extended stellar atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 42, 1951. [1975] J. Jugaku. On the abundance ratio of He to H in the atmosphere of τ Scorpii. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 161, 1959. [1976] A. Jüttner and B. Wolf. Analyses of B–type stars in the Magellanic Clouds. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 63. [1977] F. Jüttner. Das Maxwellische Gesetz der Geschwindigkeitverteilung in der Relativtheorie. Ann. Physik, 34, 856, 1911.

134

[1978] W. Kalkofen. Radiative transfer in lines for media in statistical equilibrium. In Avrett et al. [192], page 187. [1979] W. Kalkofen. Deviations from LTE in stellar atmospheres. In Böhm [461], page 633. [1980] W. Kalkofen. Deviations from LTE in stellar photospheres. Astrophys. J., 151, 317, 1968. [1981] W. Kalkofen. The simultaneous solution of strongly coupled transfer equations. In Athay et al. [149], page 1. [1982] W. Kalkofen. Line formation in moving atmospheres. In Groth and Wellmann [1393], page 120. [1983] W. Kalkofen. Complete linearization of the integral equations in radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 188, 105, 1974. [1984] W. Kalkofen, editor. Methods in Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam- bridge University Press), 1984. [1985] W. Kalkofen. Operator perturbation methods: A synthesis. In Methods in Radiative Transfer [1984], page 427. [1986] W. Kalkofen. Numerical methods in radiative transfer. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 153. [1987] W. Kalkofen. Partial versus complete linearization. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 169. [1988] W. Kalkofen, editor. Numerical Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam- bridge University Press), 1987. [1989] W. Kalkofen. Operator perturbation for differential equations. In Nu- merical Radiative Transfer [1988], page 191. [1990] W. Kalkofen. Survey of operator perturbation methods. In Numerical Radiative Transfer [1988], page 23. [1991] W. Kalkofen and E. Avrett. Solution of the line and continuum transfer problem for a three-level atom. In Avrett et al. [192], page 249. [1992] W. Kalkofen and R. Klein. Stellar atmosphere in statistical equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 234, 200, 1979. [1993] W. Kalkofen, R. Klein, and R. Stein. Deviations from LTE in a stellar atmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 21, 355, 1979. [1994] W. Kalkofen and S. Strom. The effects of deviations from LTE and line blanketing on stellar atmospheres in the range B5 to A5. In Böhm [461], page 653.

135

[1995] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer: Analytic solution of difference equations. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 42, 1982. [1996] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer: Comparison of finite difference equations. Astr. Astrophys., 110, 18, 1982. [1997] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer in spherical atmospheres. In Kalkofen [1984], page 307. [1998] I. Kamp, S. Korotin, L. Mashonkina, N. Przybilla, and S. Shimansky. Round table summary: Comparison of different NLTE codes and the role of atomic input data. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 323. [1999] L. Kamp. A non–LTE study of Si line formation in early–type main– sequence atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 180, 447, 1973. [2000] L. Kamp. Statistical equilibrium calculations for si in early–type model stellar atmospheres. Technical Report 1976N76–18009K, National Aero- nautics and Space Administration, Greenbelt, Maryland, 1976. [2001] L. Kamp. On the theory of Si spectra in O and B stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 36, 143, 1978. [2002] L. Kamp. IUE observations of Si and C lines and comparison with non–LTE models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 48, 415, 1982. [2003] R. Kandel. Modèlesd’atmosphèrespour les étoiles naines froides. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 439, 1967. [2004] N. Kaneko, K. Morita, and M. Maekawa. The comoving–frame equation of radiative transfer in a curvilinear coordinate system. Astrophys. Space Sci., 107, 333, 1984. [2005] M. Kanno. Departures from LTE in the higher levels of H. Ann. dAs- trophys., 23, 823, 1960. [2006] L. Kantorovich and G. Akilov. Functional Analysis in Normed Spaces. (New York: Pergamon Press), 1964. [2007] S. Karanjai. On the calculation of interlocked multiplet lines in the Milne–Eddington model. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 20, 173, 1968. [2008] T. Karlsson. Primordial stellar feedback and the origin of hyper–metal– poor stars. Astrophys. J., 641, L41, 2006. [2009] T. Karlsson, B. Edvardsson, B. Gustafsson, E. Olsson, and N. Ryde. The chemical evolution of carbon in the galactic disk. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 261, 1999. [2010] T. Karlsson and B. Gustafsson. Chemical abundance patterns – Finger- prints of nucleosynthesis in the first stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 461, 2001.

136

[2011] A. Karp. Efficient computation of spectral line shapes. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 173, 649, 1972. [2012] W. Karzas and R. Latter. Electron radiative transitions in a Coulomb field. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 6, 167, 1961. [2013] S. Kastner. Evaluation of Jefferies’ level–population ratios, and generalization of Seaton’s cascade matrix, by a Markov chain method. As- trophys. Space Sci., 68, 245, 1980. [2014] S. Kastner. The photon single–flight escape probability for Voigt profiles. Expressions, values, and diagrams. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 54, 1001, 1995. [2015] K. Kato and K. Sadakane. A model atmosphere analysis of Procyon (α CMi, F5 IV–V). Astr. Astrophys., 113, 135, 1982. [2016] K. Kato, Y. Watanabe, and K. Sadakane. Atmospheric abundances of light elements in the F-type star Procyon. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 48, 601, 1996. [2017] H. Käufl. Infrared observations of atomic H–lines in ζ Puppis. Astr. Astrophys., 272, 452, 1993. [2018] H. Käufl,R. Siebenmorgen, and A. Moorwood, editors. High Resolution Infrared Spectroscopy in Astronomy. (Springer Verlag: Berlin), 2005. [2019] J. Kaufmann and K. Hunger. Spectral photometry and quantitative analysis of the H–deficient star HD 60344. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 351, 1975. [2020] J. Kaufmann and U. Theil. Spectral atlas of He–rich stars. Astr. As- trophys. Suppl., 41, 271, 1980. [2021] F. Keenan, B. Bates, P. Dufton, D. Holmgren, and S. Gilheany. The determination of element abundances in the solar neighborhood from B–type stellar spectra. I. Argon. Astrophys. J., 348, 322, 1990. [2022] F. Keenan, P. Brown, D. Conlon, P. Dufton, and D. Lennon. Non– LTE abundance analysis of the early–type high galactic latitude star HD 100340. Astr. Astrophys., 178, 194, 1987. [2023] F. Keenan and D. Lennon. An LTE analysis of the blue halo star HD 214080. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 179, 1984. [2024] P. Keenan. Stellar spectra in the red and near infrared. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 69, 5, 1957. [2025] P. Keenan. The MK classification and its calibration. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 121.

137

[2026] P. Keenan and C. Barnbaum. Revision and calibration of MK luminosity classes for cool giants by HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astrophys. J., 518, 859, 1999. [2027] W. Kegel. Die Atmosphäredes F6 IV–V Sternes γ Serpentis. Z. für Astrophys., 55, 221, 1962. [2028] R. Kelly and D. Harrison. Ionization potentials, experimental and theoretical, of the elements H to Kr. Atomic Data, 3, 177, 1971. [2029] S. Kepler, B. Castanheira, A. Costa, and D. Koester. Gemini spectra of 12000 K white dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 372, 1799, 2006. [2030] P. Kepple. Improved Stark profile calculations for the He II lines at 256, 304, 1085, 1216, 3202, and 4686A.˚ Phys. Rev., A6, 1, 1972. [2031] P. Kepple and H. Griem. Improved Stark profile calculations for the H–lines Hα,Hβ,Hγ, and Hδ. Phys. Rev., 173, 317, 1968. [2032] D. Kershaw. A fast method for computing the integrals of the relativistic Compton scattering kernel for radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 38, 347, 1987. [2033] D. Kershaw, M. Prasad, and J. Beason. A simple and fast method for computing the relativistic Compton scattering kernel for radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 36, 273, 1986. [2034] G. Khromov. Temperatures of central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 181, 1967. [2035] K. Kidder, J. Holberg, M. Barstow, R. Tweedy, and F. Wesemael. The coolest DA white dwarfs detected at soft X-ray wavelengths. Astrophys. J., 394, 288, 1992. [2036] J. Kielkopf and N. Allard. Satellites of Lyman alpha due to H-H and H-H+ collisions. Astrophys. J., 450, L75, 1995. [2037] H. Kienle, D. Chalonge, and D. Barbier. Comparaison de sources étalons utiliséesen spectrophotométriestellaire àl’Observatoire de Göttingen et au Laboratoire d’Astrophysique de Paris. Ann. dAstrophys., 1, 396, 1938. [2038] J. Kilian, S. Becker, T. Gehren, and P. Nissen. Chemical abundances in early B–type stars. III. NLTE temperature and gravity determination. Astr. Astrophys., 244, 419, 1991. [2039] J. Kilian, O. Montenbruck, and P. Nissen. Chemical abundances in early B–type stars. II. Line identification and atomic data for high resolution spectra. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 88, 10, 1991.

138

[2040] J. Kilian and P. Nissen. Chemical abundance is early B–type stars. I. Sample and metal line equivalent widths. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 80, 255, 1989. [2041] M. Kilic, C. Allende Prieto, W. Brown, and D. Koester. The lowest mass white dwarf. Astrophys. J., 660, 1451, 2007. [2042] M. Kilic, P. Kowalski, F. Mullally, W. Reach, and T. von Hippel. First mid–infrared spectra of cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 678, 1298, 2008. [2043] M. Kilic, T. von Hippel, F. Mullally, W. Reach, M. Kuchner, D. Winget, and A. Burrows. The mystery deepens: Spitzer observations of cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 642, 1051, 2006. [2044] D. Kilkenny, U. Heber, and K. Hunger. CD -24◦9052: a new bright and He–rich subdwarf O star. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 175, 1986. [2045] D. Kilkenny and D. Whittet. On the intrinsic uvby colors of early–type supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 216, 127, 1985. [2046] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. I. A resolution to the 7774 AOI˚ abundance discrepancy. Astr. J., 106, 1206, 1993. [2047] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. II. On the location of the break in the (O/Fe) vs. (Fe/H) plane. Astr. J., 107, 350, 1994. [2048] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. III. The O abundance of the very metal poor halo star BD -13◦ 3442. Astrophys. J., 436, 331, 1994. [2049] J. King and A. Boesgaard. Stellar oxygen abundances. IV. Systematic effects on oxygen abundances from the 6300 A˚ [O I] and 7774 AOI˚ lines. Astr. J., 109, 383, 1995. [2050] J. King and D. Hiltgen. Stellar oxygen abundances. V. Abundances of two Hyades dwarfs derived from the 6300A˚ [OI] line. Astr. J., 112, 2650, 1996. [2051] J. Kingdon and G. Ferland. Rate coefficients for charge transfer between hydrogen and the first 30 elements. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106, 205, 1996. [2052] R. Kingsburgh, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. Oxygen and carbon abundances for the WO stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 277, 1993. [2053] R. Kingsburgh, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. Properties of the WO Wolf– Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 295, 75, 1995. [2054] R. Kippenhahn and A. Weigert. Stellar Structure and Evolution. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1990.

139

[2055] J. Kirkpatrick, D. Kelly, G. Rieke, J. Liebert, F. Allard, and R. Wehrse. M dwarf spectra from 0.6 to 1.5 micron: A spectral sequence, model atmosphere ﬁtting, and the temperature scale. Astrophys. J., 402, 643, 1993. [2056] D. Kiselman. Non–LTE eﬀects on O abundance determinations for solar–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 9, 1991. [2057] D. Kiselman. The 777 nm oxygen triplet in the Sun and solar–type stars, and its use for abundance analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 269, 1993. [2058] D. Kiselman and A.˚ Nordlund. 3D non–LTE line formation in the solar photosphere and the solar oxygen abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 302, 578, 1995. [2059] P. Kjaergaard, B. Gustafsson, G. Walker, and L. Hultqvist. C, N, and O abundances in G8–K3 giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 115, 145, 1982.

+ [2060] M. Klaus. On H2 for small internuclear separation. J. Phys. A, 16, 2709, 1983. [2061] O. Klein and Y. Nishina. Uber¨ die Streuung von Strahlung durch freie Elektronen nach der neuen relativistischen Quantendynamik von Dirac. Z. fürPhys., 52, 853, 1929. [2062] R. Klein and J. Castor. H and He II spectra of Of stars. Astrophys. J., 220, 902, 1978. [2063] R. Klein, J. Castor, A. Greenbaum, D. Taylor, and P. Dykema. A new scheme for multidimensional line transfer. I. Formulation and 1D results. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 41, 199, 1989. [2064] S. Kleinman, H. Harris, D. Eisenstein, J. Liebert, A. Nitta, J. Krze- siski, J. Munn, C. Dahn, S. Hawley, J. Pier, F. Schmidt, N. Silvestri, J. Smith, P. Szkody, M. Strauss, G. Knapp, M. Collinge, A. Mukadam, D. Koester, A. Uomoto, D. Schlegel, S. Anderson, J. Brinkmann, D. Lamb, D. Schneider, and D. York. A catalog of spectroscopically identified white dwarf stars in the first data release of the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astrophys. J., 607, 426, 2004. [2065] D. Klinglesmith, K. Hunger, R. Bless, and R. Millis. The atmosphere of the H–deficient star σ Orionis E. Astrophys. J., 159, 513, 1970. [2066] V. Klochkova. Spectroscopy of F supergiants with infrared excess. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 272, 710, 1995. [2067] F. Kneer. Comments on the redistribution function of Jefferies and White. Astrophys. J., 200, 367, 1975.

140

[2068] F. Kneer. Multidimensional radiative transfer in stratified atmospheres. III. Non–LTE line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 93, 387, 1981. [2069] F. Kneer and J. Heasley. Multidimensional radiative transfer in stratified atmospheres: Gray radiative equilibrium. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 14, 1979. [2070] F. Kneer and J. Trujillo Bueno. Multidimensional radiative transfer in stratified atmospheres. V. Energy transport by radiation. Astr. Astro- phys., 183, 91, 1987. [2071] C. Kobayashi, H. Umeda, K. Nomoto, N. Tominaga, and T. Ohkubo. Galactic chemical evolution: C through Zn. Astrophys. J., 653, 1145, 2006. [2072] H. Kobayashi. Line–by–line calculation using Fourier–transformed Voigt function. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 62, 477, 1999. [2073] K. Kodaira. Atmosphärenstrukturund chemische Zusammensetzung des Schnelläufers HD 161817. Z. fürAstrophys., 59, 139, 1964. [2074] K. Kodaira. Oxygen abundance in the atmosphere of the high velocity star HD 161817. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 19, 550, 1967. [2075] K. Kodaira, Greenstein J., and J. Oke. Abundances in two horizontal– branch A–stars. Astrophys. J., 155, 525, 1969. [2076] K. Kodaira and M. Scholz. Spectroscopic investigation of B3 V stars: ι Herculis, η Hydrae, HD 58343. Astr. Astrophys., 6, 93, 1970. [2077] K. Kodaira and K. Tanaka. Oxygen abundances of three Population II horizontal–branch stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 24, 355, 1972. [2078] D. Koelbloed. Excitation temperatures in G– and K–giant atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 230, 1972. [2079] D. Koester. Outer envelopes and cooling of white dwarfs. Astr. Astro- phys., 16, 459, 1972. [2080] D. Koester. On the effective temperature of Sirius B. Astr. Astrophys., 76, 262, 1979. [2081] D. Koester. Model atmospheres for DB white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 39, 401, 1980. [2082] D. Koester. Mass distribution of DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. Space Sci., 100, 471, 1984. [2083] D. Koester. Gravitational redshift and mass–radius relation in white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 322, 825, 1987.

141

[2084] D. Koester. White dwarfs: Recent developments. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 11, 33, 2002. [2085] D. Koester, K. Beuermann, H. Thomas, U. Graser, P. Giommi, and G. Tagliaferri. EXOSAT observations of three DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 239, 265, 1990. [2086] D. Koester and G. Chanmugam. Physics of white dwarf stars. Reports Prog. Phys., 53, 837, 1990. [2087] D. Koester, G. Chanmugam, and D. Reimers. The white dwarf companion to PSR 0820+02. Astrophys. J., 395, L107, 1992. [2088] D. Koester and D. Finley. Hot white dwarfs. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 314. [2089] D. Koester, D. Finley, N. Allard, J. Kruk, and R. Kimble. Quasi– molecular satellites of Lyβ in the spectrum of the DA white dwarf Wolf 1346. Astrophys. J., 463, 93, 1996. [2090] D. Koester and S. Knist. New DQ white dwarfs in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey DR4: Confirmation of two sequences. Astr. Astrophys., 454, 951, 2006. [2091] D. Koester, J. Liebert, and E. Hege. The effective temperatures and He abundances of DO white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 163, 1979. [2092] D. Koester, J. Liebert, and R. Saffer. GD 323: New observations and analysis of the prototype DAB white dwarf. Astrophys. J., 422, 783, 1994. [2093] D. Koester and S. Moehler, editors. 14th European Workshop on White Dwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2005. [2094] D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, H. Drechsel, H.–J. Hagen, U. Heber, D. Homeier, C. Karl, B. Leibundgut, S. Moehler, G. Nele- mans, E.-M. Pauli, D. Reimers, A. Renzini, and L. Yungelson. High– resolution UVES/VLT spectra of white dwarfs observed for the ESO SN Ia progenitor survey (SPY) I. Astr. Astrophys., 378, 556, 2001. [2095] D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, B. Voss, D. Homeier, and D. Reimers. HS 0146+1847: A DAZB white dwarf of very unusual composition. Astr. Astrophys., 439, 317, 2005. [2096] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. I. NGC 2287 and NGC 2422. Astr. Astrophys., 99, 8, 1981. [2097] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. III. IC 2391 and NGC 2451. Astr. Astrophys., 153, 260, 1985.

142

[2098] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Discovery of a new extremely hot DA white dwarf close to the open cluster NGC 6405. Astr. Astrophys., 217, L1, 1989. [2099] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identiﬁcation of white dwarfs in galactic clusters: VI. Three new white dwarfs in NGC 3532. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 479, 1993. [2100] D. Koester and D. Reimers. White dwarfs in open clusters. VIII. NGC 2516: A test for the mass–radius and initial–ﬁnal mass relations. Astr. Astrophys., 313, 810, 1996. [2101] D. Koester, K. Rollenhagen, R. Napiwotzki, B. Voss, N. Christlieb, D. Homeier, and D. Reimers. Metal traces in white dwarfs of the SPY (ESO Supernova Ia Progenitor Survey) sample. Astr. Astrophys., 432, 1025, 2005. [2102] D. Koester, H. Schulz, and G. Wegner. Determination of atmospheric parameters for DB white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 331, 1981. [2103] D. Koester, H. Schulz, and V. Weidemann. Atmospheric parameters and mass distribution of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 76, 262, 1979. [2104] D. Koester, U. Sperhake, N. Allard, D. Finley, and S. Jordan. Quasi– molecular satellites of Lyβ in ORFEUS observations of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 336, 276, 1998. [2105] D. Koester, G. Wegner, and D. Kilkenny. Model atmosphere analysis of the DZ white dwarf K789–37. Astrophys. J., 350, 329, 1990. [2106] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Chemical composition and the location of the Hyades main sequence in the color–magnitude and mass– luminosity diagrams. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 437, 1973. [2107] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Spectroscopic and photometric observations of white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 406, 1982. [2108] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Detection of Lyα in the spectrum of a white dwarf with a He atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 276, 1989. [2109] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. On the mass of 40 Eri B. Astr. J., 102, 1152, 1991. [2110] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, and E. Zeidler. Atmospheric parameters and C abundance of white dwarfs of spectral types C2 and DC. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 147, 1982. [2111] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, E. Zeidler, and G. Vauclair. Discovery of Ca II absorption at 1840 A˚ in IUE spectra of two He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 147, 1982.

143

[2112] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, E. Zeidler, and G. Vauclair. The explanation of the 1400 and 1600A˚ features in DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astro- phys., 142, 5, 1985. [2113] D. Koester and K. Werner, editors. White Dwarfs. Lecture Notes in Physics, No. 443. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1995. [2114] D. Koester and B. Wolff. Element abundances in cool white dwarfs. I. The DZA white dwarfs L 745-46A and Ross 640. Astr. Astrophys., 357, 629, 2000. [2115] L. Koesterke. Spectral analyses of WR–type central stars of planetary nebulae. Astrophys. Space Sci., 275, 41, 2001. [2116] L. Koesterke. Rate equations with ALI and more. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 215. [2117] L. Koesterke, S. Dreizler, and T. Rauch. On the mass–loss of PG 1159 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 1041, 1998. [2118] L. Koesterke and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analyses of 25 galactic Wolf– Rayet stars of the C sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 503, 1995. [2119] L. Koesterke and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis of central stars of planetary nebulae of early WC–type: NGC 6751 and Sanduleak 3. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 91, 1997. [2120] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and G. Gräfener. Expanding atmospheres in non–LTE: Radiation transfer using short characteristics. Astr. Astrophys., 384, 562, 2002. [2121] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and P. Kosmol. Upgrading the accelerated lambda–iteration technique by means of “least–change secant methods. Astr. Astrophys., 255, 490, 1992. [2122] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and U. Wessolowski. A grid of models for Wolf–Rayet stars of the C sequence (WC). Astr. Astrophys., 261, 535, 1992. [2123] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, and W. Schmutz. Spec- tral analyses of 19 Wolf–Rayet (WN) stars in the LMC. Astr. Astro- phys., 248, 166, 1991. [2124] L. Koesterke and K. Werner. Determination of mass–loss rates of PG 1159 stars from far–ultraviolet spectroscopy. Astrophys. J., 500, L55, 1998. [2125] T. Kogure. On the radiation field of a Wolf–Rayet star. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 5, 1, 1953.

144

[2126] J. Kohl and W. Parkinson. The Mg II h and k lines. I. Absolute center and limb measurements of the solar profiles. Astrophys. J., 205, 599, 1976. [2127] K. Kohl. Die atmosphäredes Sirius. Z. fürAstrophys., 60, 115, 1964. [2128] A. Kompaneets. The establishment of thermal equilibrium between quanta and electrons. Sov. Phys. JETP, 4, 730, 1957. [2129] M. Kondo. Metallic abundance of two weak–line stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 9, 201, 1957. [2130] N. Konjević.Plasma broadening and shifting of non–hydrogenic spectral lines: Present status and applications. Physics Reports, 316, 339, 1999. [2131] N. Konjevićand W. Wiese. Experimental Stark widths and shifts for spectral lines of neutral and ionized atoms. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 19, 1307, 1990. [2132] E. Kontizas and E. Theodossiou. Empirical effective temperatures of B and early A stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 745, 1980. [2133] D. Korcákováand J. Kubát.Radiative transfer in moving media. I. Dis- continuous finite element method for one-dimensional atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 419, 2003. [2134] A. Korn, J. Shi, and T. Gehren. Kinetic equilibrium of Fe in the atmospheres of cool stars. III. The ionization equilibrium of selected reference stars. Astr. Astrophys., 407, 691, 2003. [2135] S. Korotin, S. Andrievsky, and L. Kostynchuk. N abundance in early B–stars. I. NLTE calculations for γ Pegasi. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 756, 1999. [2136] S. Korotin, S. Andrievsky, and R. Luck. Oxygen abundances in early B–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 351, 168, 1999. [2137] S. Korotin and N. Komarov. Influence of non–LTE effects on the Na abundance in the atmospheres of K giants. Sov. Astr., 33, 449, 1989. [2138] N. Kosirev. Radiative equilibrium of the extended photosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 94, 430, 1934. [2139] R. Kostik, N. Shchukina, and R. Rutten. The solar Fe abundance: Not the last word. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 325, 1996. [2140] V. Kourganoff. Basic Methods in Transfer Problems. (New York: Dover Publications), 1963.

145

[2141] N. Kovacs and R. Foy. Model dependence of detailed analysis of cool giants. Astr. Astrophys., 57, 235, 1977. [2142] J. Kovalevsky. First results from HIPPARCOS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 36, 99, 1998. [2143] V. Kovtyukh, C. Sourbrian, S. Belik, and N. Gorlova. High precision eﬀective temperatures for 181 F–K dwarfs from line–depth ratios. Astr. Astrophys., 411, 559, 2003.

[2144] P. Kowalski. On the dissociation equilibrium of H2 in very cool He–rich white dwarf atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 641, 488, 2006. [2145] R. Kraft. The spectra of supergiants and Cepheids of Population I. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 9, page 370. [2146] R. Kraft. CNO abundances in old stars of the galactic halo and in stars of small satellite subsystems of the Galaxy. In Danziger et al. [910], page 21. [2147] R. Kraft. Composition differences between globular cluster and halo field giants. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 153, 1999. [2148] R. Kraft. Helfer, Wallerstein, & Greenstein’s abundances in Popula- tion II giants. Astrophys. J., 525, 896, 1999. [2149] R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Langer, and C. Prosser. Oxygen abundances in halo giants. II. Giants in the globular clusters M 13 and M 3 and the intermediately metal–poor halo field. Astr. J., 104, 645, 1992. [2150] R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Langer, and M. Shetrone. Oxygen abundances in halo giants. IV. The O–Na anticorrelation in a sample of 22 bright giants in M 13. Astr. J., 106, 1490, 1993. [2151] R. Kraft, N. Suntzeff, G. Langer, C. Trefzger, E. Friel, R. Stone, and D. Carbon. C and N abundances in extremely metal–deficient red giants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 94, 55, 1982. [2152] H. Kramers. Theory of X–ray absorption and of the continuous X-ray spectrum. Phil. Mag., 46, 836, 1923. [2153] H. Kramers and W. Heisenberg. Uber¨ die Streuung von Strahlung durch Atome. Z. fürPhys., 31, 661, 1925. [2154] C. Krawchuk, P. Dawson, and M. De Robertis. Fundamental parameters of low–mass stars from broadband photometry. I. Method and first results. Astr. J., 119, 1956, 2000. [2155] J. Krempec-Krygier, M. Schmidt, and Z. Turlo. The chemical composition of two K4–type giants, HD 14872 and HD 209960. Astr. Astrophys., 250, 451, 1991.

146

[2156] K. Krishna Swamy. Adiabatic gradient for ionizable matter and radiation Astrophys. J., 134, 1017, 1961. [2157] W. Krogdahl and J. Miller. A numerical determination of the absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 150, 273, 1967. [2158] M. Krook. On the solution of equations of transfer. I. Astrophys. J., 122, 488, 1955. [2159] M. Krook. Structure of stellar atmospheres. II. Astrophys. J., 129, 724, 1959. [2160] M. Krook. Structure of stellar atmospheres. III. Astrophys. J., 130, 286, 1959. [2161] M. Krook. A perturbation method for non–grey stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 137, 863, 1963. [2162] M. Krook and J.-C. Pecker. Sur le calcul de modèlesd’atmosphères en équilibre radiatif (cas non–gris). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 247, 1177, 1958. [2163] J. Krtiˇcka. NLTE models of line-driven stellar winds. II. O stars in the Small Magellanic Cloud. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 367, 1282, 2006. [2164] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. Multicomponent radiatively driven stellar winds. I. Nonisothermal three-component wind of hot B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 369, 333, 2001. [2165] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. Multicomponent radiatively driven stellar winds. II. Gayley-Owocki heating in multitemperature winds of OB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 377, 175, 2001. [2166] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. Multicomponent radiatively driven stellar winds. III. Radiative–acoustic waves in a two–component wind. Astr. Astrophys., 388, 531, 2002. [2167] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. NLTE models of line–driven stellar winds. I. Method of calculation and first results for O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 1003, 2004. [2168] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát.Mass loss from massive zero–metallicity stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 133. [2169] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. The winds of hot massive first stars. Astr. Astrophys., 446, 1039, 2006. [2170] J. Krtiˇcka and J. Kubát. Hot star wind models with new solar abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 464, L17, 2007.

147

[2171] J. Krtiˇcka, S. Owocki, J. Kubát,R. Galloway, and J. Brown. On multicomponent effects in stellar winds of stars at extremely low metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 713, 2003. [2172] J. Kruk and K. Werner. Far–ultraviolet spectroscopy of PG 1159 stars with the Hopkins Ultraviolet Telescope. Astrophys. J., 502, 858, 1998. [2173] N. Kryzhevoi, G. Efimov, and R. Wehrse. Analytical solution of the radiative transfer equation in the two–stream approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 370, 707, 2001. [2174] J. Krzesinski, A. Nitta, S. Kleinman, H. Harris, J. Liebert, G. Schmidt, D. Lamb, and J. Brinkmann. Fifteen DO, PG 1159, and related white dwarf stars in the SDSS, including two DO stars with ultra–high excitation lines. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 1093, 2004. [2175] P. Kuan and L. Kuhi. P Cygni stars and mass loss. Astrophys. J., 199, 148, 1975. [2176] P. Kuan and L. Kuhi. Spectral energy distributions of O–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 88, 128, 1976. [2177] J. Kubát.Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximate lambda operators. I. First results for static NLTE atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 287, 179, 1994. [2178] J. Kubát.The sphericity effects in the NLTE model atmospheres of hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 803, 1995. [2179] J. Kubát. Calculations of spherically symmetric NLTE model atmospheres. In Adelman et al. [20], page 165. [2180] J. Kubát.Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximate lambda operators. II. Simple method for calculation of both plane– parallel and spherically symmetric static model atmospheres. Astr. As- trophys., 305, 255, 1996. [2181] J. Kubát. On NLTE plane–parallel and spherically–symmetric model atmospheres of He–rich central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astro- phys., 323, 524, 1997. [2182] J. Kubát.Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximate lambda operators. III. The equations of statistical equilibrium with occupation probabilities. Astr. Astrophys., 326, 277, 1997. [2183] J. Kubát. Sphericity effects in NLTE model atmospheres of white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 229. [2184] J. Kubát.The effect of increasing He abundance on the NLTE model atmospheres of white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 1020, 1997.

148

[2185] J. Kubát.The sphericity effects in the NLTE model atmospheres of hot post–AGB stars. New Astronomy, 4, 157, 1999. [2186] J. Kubát. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximate lambda operators. IV. Computational details of thermal balance method. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 210, 2001. [2187] J. Kubát.A computer code for the calculation of NLTE model atmospheres using ALI. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 87. [2188] J. Kubát. Calculation of the temperature using thermal balance of electrons. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 91. [2189] J. Kubát,J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Thermal balance of electrons in calculations of model stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 341, 587, 1999. [2190] R. Kudritzki and R. Méndez.Model atmospheres of central stars of PN. In Weinberger and Acker [4041], page 47. [2191] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE effects, and influence of He abundance in A0 Ia supergiant atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 103, 1973. [2192] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE model atmospheres of subluminous O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 52, 11, 1976. [2193] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE analysis of the O3 star HD 93250. Astr. Astrophys., 85, 174, 1980. [2194] R.–P. Kudritzki. Quantitative spectroscopy of very hot stars. In Danziger et al. [910], page 277. [2195] R.–P. Kudritzki. The atmospheres of hot stars: Modern theory and observation. In Chmielewski and Lanz [762], page 3. [2196] R.–P. Kudritzki. Spectroscopic constraints on the evolution of massive stars. In Lambert [2270], page 97. [2197] R.–P. Kudritzki. The formation of weak metal lines in the atmospheres of O–stars. The role of microturbulence and transonic matter outflow. Astr. Astrophys., 266, 395, 1992. [2198] R.–P. Kudritzki. Spectral diagnostics of luminous blue supergiants. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 467. [2199] R.–P. Kudritzki. Line–driven winds, ionizing fluxes, and ultraviolet spectra of hot stars at extremely low metallicity. I. Very massive O stars. Astrophys. J., 577, 389, 2002. [2200] R.–P. Kudritzki. Line driven winds, ionizing fluxes and UV spectra of hot stars at extremely low metallicity. In Humphreys and Stanek [1820], page 239.

149

[2201] R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Cabanne, D. Husfeld, V. Niemela, H. Groth, J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Quantitative spectroscopy of O-stars in the Magellanic Clouds. I. The young open cluster NGC 346 in the SMC. Astr. Astrophys., 226, 235, 1989. [2202] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Gabler, R. Gabler, H. Groth, and A. Pauldrach. Model atmospheres and quantitative spectroscopy of luminous blue stars. In Davidson et al. [915], page 67. [2203] R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, D. Kunze, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Model atmospheres of massive hot stars. In Leitherer et al. [2366], page 59. [2204] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Hummer. Intrinsic properties of the hot blue stars. In De Loore et al. [939], page 3. [2205] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Hummer. Quantitative spectroscopy of hot stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 303, 1990. [2206] R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Hummer, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, F. Najarro, and J. Imhoff. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. X. The determination of stellar masses, radii and distances from terminal velocities and mass–loss rates. Astr. Astrophys., 257, 655, 1992. [2207] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. II. Wind models for O–stars in the Magellanic Clouds. Astr. Astrophys., 173, 293, 1987. [2208] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Stellar winds: Radiation– driven winds of hot luminous stars. In Conti and Underhill [835], page 173. [2209] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Winds of hot stars as a diagnostic tool of stellar evolution. In Nomoto [2868], page 114. [2210] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and D. Abbott. Radiation– driven winds of hot stars. VI. Analytical solutions for wind models including the finite cone angle effect. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 205, 1989. [2211] R.–P. Kudritzki and J. Puls. Winds from hot stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 613, 2000. [2212] R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, D. Lennon, K. Venn, J. Reetz, F. Najarro, J. McCarthy, and A. Herrero. The wind momentum–luminosity relationship of galactic A– and B–supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 370, 1999. [2213] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Reimers. On the absolute scale of mass-loss in red giants. II. Circumstellar absorption lines in the spectrum of α Sco B and mass-loss of α Sco A. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 227, 1978.

150

[2214] R.–P. Kudritzki and K. Simon. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O- stars. The H–deficient subdwarf O binary HD 49798. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 653, 1978. [2215] R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and W.–R. Hamann. Non–LTE analysis of massive O–stars. II. The O4 star ζ Puppis. Astr. Astrophys., 118, 245, 1983. [2216] R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and R. Méndez. Absorption lines in the visual spectrum of the ‘continuous’ central star of the planetary nebula NGC 3242. Astr. Astrophys., 99, L15, 1981. [2217] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. The temperature stratification. Astrophys. J., 180, 783, 1973. [2218] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. I. The continuous energy distribution. As- trophys. J., 142, 753, 1996. [2219] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. II. The infrared spectrum. Astrophys. J., 142, 753, 1996. [2220] L. Kuhi and J. Sahade. A survey of spectroscopic features of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Gebbie and Thomas [1243], page 101. [2221] N. Kuin and A. Hearn. The influence of divergent geometries on stellar winds. Astr. Astrophys., 114, 303, 1982. [2222] J. Kulander. The velocity–dependent non–LTE source function. I. Dis- continuous velocity semi–infinite atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 147, 1063, 1967. [2223] J. Kulander. Line formation in a differentially moving non–LTE atmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 273, 1968. [2224] J. Kulander. The velocity–dependent non–LTE source function. II. Fi- nite layers. Astrophys. J., 165, 543, 1971. [2225] J. Kulander and J. Jefferies. Inference of velocities from line asymmetries. Astrophys. J., 146, 194, 1966. [2226] R. Kulsrud. The Gaunt factor for free–free transitions in pure hydrogen. Astrophys. J., 119, 386, 1954. [2227] C. Kunasz, J. Jefferies, and O. White. Inversion of the solar limb– darkening equation in the presence of noise. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 15, 1973. [2228] P. Kunasz. Synthetic line profiles in early–type stellar winds. H and He+. Astrophys. J., 237, 819, 1980.

151

[2229] P. Kunasz. Line formation in the wind of α Cygni. Astrophys. J., 247, 949, 1981. [2230] P. Kunasz and L. Auer. Short characteristic integration of radiative transfer problems: Formal solution in two–dimensional slabs. J. Quan- tit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 67, 1988. [2231] P. Kunasz and D. Hummer. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetric systems. III. Fundamentals of line formation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 166, 19, 1974. [2232] P. Kunasz and D. Hummer. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetric systems. IV. Solution of the line transfer problem with radial velocity fields. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 166, 57, 1974. [2233] P. Kunasz, D. Hummer, and D. Mihalas. Theory of extended stellar atmospheres. II. A grid of static spherical models for O–stars and planetary nebula nuclei. Astrophys. J., 202, 92, 1975. [2234] P. Kunasz and N. Morrison. Mass loss in α Cygni: Synthetic Hα profiles. Astrophys. J., 263, 226, 1982. [2235] P. Kunasz, N. Morrison, and B. Spressart. Mass loss in HR 1040 (A0 Ia): Analysis of Mg II λ 2802 and Hα. Astrophys. J., 266, 739, 1983. [2236] P. Kunasz and G. Olson. Short characteristic solution of the non–LTE line transfer problem by operator perturbation. II. The two–dimensional planar slab. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 1, 1988. [2237] P. Kunasz and F. Praderie. Line formation in the wind of α Cygni. Astrophys. J., 247, 949, 1981. [2238] M. Kuntz. A new implementation of the Huml ıˇcekalgorithm for the calculation of the Voigt profile function. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 57, 819, 1997. [2239] M. Künzli,P. North, R. Kurucz, and B. Nicolet. A calibration of Geneva photometry for B to G stars in terms of Teff , log g, and [ M/H ]. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 122, 51, 1997. [2240] R. Kurth. Zur Schwarzschildschen Integralgleichung. Z. fürAstrophys., 31, 115, 1952.

[2241] R. Kurucz. ATLAS: A computer program for calculating model stellar atmospheres. Technical Report 309, Smithsonian Astrophysical Obser- vatory, 1970. [2242] R. Kurucz. Stellar spectral synthesis in the ultraviolet. Astrophys. J., 188, 21, 1974.

152

[2243] R. Kurucz. A preliminary theoretical line–blanketed model solar photosphere. Solar Phys., 34, 17, 1974. [2244] R. Kurucz. Model atmospheres for G, F, A, B, and O stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 40, 1, 1979. [2245] R. Kurucz. New opacity calculations. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 441. [2246] R. Kurucz. The solar spectrum. In Cox et al. [861], page 663. [2247] R. Kurucz. A new opacity–sampling model atmosphere program for arbitrary abundances. In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 87. [2248] R. Kurucz. The Kurucz–Smithsonian atomic and molecular database. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 205. [2249] R. Kurucz. Model stellar atmospheres and real stellar atmospheres. In Adelman et al. [20], page 2.

[2250] R. Kurucz. Status of the ATLAS12 opacity–sampling program and of new programs for Rosseland and distribution–function opacity. In Adelman et al. [20], page 106. [2251] R. Kurucz, E. Peytremann, and E. Avrett. Blanketed Model Atmo- spheres of Early Type Stars. Smithsonian Institution. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1974. [2252] H. Kusch. Experimentelle Untersuchung der Druckverbreiterung von Eisenlinien durch neutrale Wasserstoffatome und Wasserstoffmolekle. Z. fürAstrophys., 45, 1, 1958 [2253] A. Kutepov, D. Kunze, D. Hummer, and G. Rybicki. The solution of radiative transfer problems in molecular bands without the LTE assump- tion by accelerated lambda iteration methods. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 46, 347, 1991. [2254] A. Kuˇcinskas, P. Hauschildt, I. Brott, V. Vanseviˇcius,L. Lindegren, T. Tanabé,and F. Allard. Broad-band photometric colors and effective temperature calibrations for late-type giants. II. Z < 0.02. Astr. Astrophys., 452, 1021, 2006. [2255] A. Kuˇcinskas, P. Hauschildt, H.–G. Ludwig, I. Brott, V. Vanseviˇcius, L. Lindegren, T. Tanabé,and F. Allard. Broad-band photometric colors and effective temperature calibrations for late-type giants. I. Z = 0.02. Astr. Astrophys., 442, 281, 2005. [2256] S. Kwok, M. Dopita, and R. Sutherland, editors. Planetary Nebulae: Their Evolution and Role in the Universe. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003.

153

[2257] A. Labeyrie. Attainment of diffraction limited resolution in large tele- scopes by Fourier analyzing speckle patterns in star images. Astr. As- trophys., 6, 85, 1970. [2258] A. Labeyrie. Stellar interferometry methods. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 16, 77, 1978. [2259] D. Labs. Eine einfache Näherunglösungfürdas Strahlungsgleichgewicht einer “grauen” Atmosphäre. Z. fürAstrophys., 27, 153, 1950. [2260] D. Labs. Untersuchungen zur inkohärenten Streuung in Fraunhoferlin- ien. Teil II. Z. fürAstrophys., 34, 173, 1954. [2261] D. Labs and H. Neckel. Die absolute Strahlungsintensitätder Mitte der Sonnenscheibe im Spektralbereich 3288≤ λ ≤12480A.˚ Z. fürAstrophys., 55, 269, 1962. [2262] D. Lai, M. Bolte, J. Johnson, S. Lucatello, A. Heger, and S. Woosley. Detailed abundances for 28 metal–poor stars: Stellar relics in the Milky Way. Astrophys. J., 681, 1524, 2008. [2263] J. Laird. Abundances in field dwarf stars. I. Atmospheric parameters. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 57, 389, 1985. [2264] J. Laird. Abundances in field dwarf stars. II. C and N abundances. Astrophys. J., 289, 556, 1985. [2265] D. Lambert. The abundance of neon in the Sun. Observatory, 87, 228, 1967. [2266] D. Lambert. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. I. C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 143, 1968. [2267] D. Lambert. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. VIII. Revised abundances of C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 182, 249, 1978. [2268] D. Lambert. The chemical composition of cool stars. II. The H–deficient stars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 127. [2269] D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Galaxy – Abundances of the light elements (Na to Ca). J. of Astr. and Astrophys., 8, 103, 1987. [2270] D. Lambert, editor. Frontiers of Stellar Evolution. (San Francisco: As- tronomical Society of the Pacific), 1991. [2271] D. Lambert. Stellar photospheres and molecules – A view from the bridge. In Jørgensen [1964], page 1. [2272] D. Lambert, J. Brown, K. Kinkle, and H. Johnson. C, N, and O abundances in Betelgeuse. Astrophys. J., 284, 223, 1984.

154

[2273] D. Lambert and K. Hinkle. A high–resolution infrared spectrum of the Wolf–Rayet star HD 193793. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 96, 222, 1984. [2274] D. Lambert and R. Luck. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. IX. Na to Ca. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 79, 1978. [2275] D. Lambert, A. McWilliam, and V. Smith. The chemical composition of blue horizontal branch stars in M 4 and NGC 6397. Astrophys. J., 386, 685, 1992. [2276] D. Lambert and B. Pagel. The dissociation equilibrium of H− in stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 299, 1968. [2277] D. Lambert and L. Ries. C, N, and O abundances in G and K giants. Astrophys. J., 245, 228, 1981. [2278] D. Lambert, S. Roby, and R. Bell. C, N, and O abundances in Sirius and Vega. Astrophys. J., 254, 663, 1982. [2279] D. Lambert, C. Sneden, and L. Ries. The oxygen abundance in the metal–deficient star HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 188, 98, 1984. [2280] D. Lambert and B. Warner. Absorption lines of neutral Si in the solar spectrum. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 139, 35, 1968. [2281] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. II. Na, Al, P, S, and K. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 181, 1968. [2282] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. III. Silicon. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 213, 1968. [2283] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. V. The alkaline earths Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 140, 197, 1968. [2284] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant Orionis (B0 Ia) I. Iden- tifications, equivalent widths, line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 7, 113, 1972. [2285] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant Orionis (B0 Ia) II. Radial velocities and curve of growth analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 34, 1972. [2286] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant Ori (B0 Ia) III. The basic parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 237, 1974. [2287] H. Lamers. The expanding coronae of ζ Pup (O4 f) and τ Sco (B0 V). In Cayrel and Steinberg [699], page 405. [2288] H. Lamers. Mass loss from O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 245, 593, 1981.

155

[2289] H. Lamers. Mass loss from hot stars – Main sequence and supergiant stars. In Bianchi and Gilmozzi [425], page 39. [2290] H. Lamers. Stellar wind theories. In de Grève et al. [922], page 69. [2291] H. Lamers. Theory of line–driven stellar winds. In de Grève et al. [922], page 159. bibitemlam98a H. Lamers. Observations of stellar winds. Astrophys. Space Sci., 260, 63, 1998. [2292] H. Lamers. Stellar wind theories. Astrophys. Space Sci., 260, 81, 1998. [2293] H. Lamers. Mass loss from massive stars – What we don’t know. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 3. [2294] H. Lamers and J. Cassinelli. Introduction to Stellar Winds. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1999. [2295] H. Lamers, M. Cerruti-Sola, and M. Perinotto. The “SEI” method for accurate and efficient calculations of line profiles in spherically symmetric stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 314, 726, 1987. [2296] H. Lamers and C. de Loore, editors. Instabilities in Luminous Early Type Stars. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1987. [2297] H. Lamers, R. Faraggiana, and M. Burger. Observations of the mid– ultraviolet spectrum of 138 early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 38, 227, 1979. [2298] H. Lamers and E. Fitzpatrick. The relationship between the Eddington limit, the observed upper luminosity limit for massive stars, and the luminous blue variables. Astrophys. J., 324, 279, 1988. [2299] H. Lamers, R. Gathier, and T. Snow. Empirical ionization fractions in the winds and determination of mass–loss rates for early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 242, 33, 1980. [2300] H. Lamers and M. Groenewegen. The winds of O–stars. I. An analysis of the UV line profiles with the SEI method. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 79, 359, 1989. [2301] H. Lamers and M. Groenewegen. Winds of O–stars: Velocities and ionization. In Garmany [1225], page 189. [2302] H. Lamers, S. Haser, A. de Koter, and C. Leitherer. The ionization in the winds of O stars and the determination of mass–Loss rates from ultraviolet lines. Astrophys. J., 516, 872, 1999. [2303] H. Lamers, N. Langer, T. Nugis, and K. Annuk, editors. Stellar Evolu- tion at Low Metallicity: Mass Loss, Explosions, Cosmology. (San Fran- cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2006.

156

[2304] H. Lamers and C. Leitherer. What are the mass–loss rates of O stars? Astrophys. J., 412, 771, 1993. [2305] H. Lamers, A. Maeder, W. Schmutz, and J. Cassinelli. Wolf–Rayet stars as starting points or as endpoints of the evolution of massive stars? Astrophys. J., 368, 538, 1991. [2306] H. Lamers and D. Morton. Mass ejection from the O4f star ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 32, 715, 1976. [2307] H. Lamers, E. M¨uller,and F. Llorente de Andres. Line blocking in the near ultraviolet spectrum of early type stars. I. Observed line blocking factors for 132 stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 32, 1, 1978. [2308] H. Lamers and T. Nugis. An explanation for the curious mass–loss history of massive stars: From OB stars, through luminous blue variables, to Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 395, 1, 2002. [2309] H. Lamers, F. Paerels, and C. de Loore. Masses and mass loss from O and Of stars. Astr. Astrophys., 87, 68, 1980. [2310] H. Lamers and A. Sapar, editors. Thermal and Ionization Aspects of Flows From Hot Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Paciﬁc), 2000. [2311] H. Lamers and M. Snijders. Observations and theory of Mg II lines in early-type stars. III. The observations and a comparison with the predictions. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 259, 1975. [2312] H. Lamers and T. Snow. Ionization conditions in the expanding envelopes of O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 219, 504, 1978. [2313] H. Lamers, R. Stalio, and Y. Kondo. A study of mass loss from the mid–ultraviolet spectrum of α Cygni (A2 Ia), β Orionis (B8 Ia), and η Leonis (A0 Ib). Astrophys. J., 223, 207, 1978. [2314] H. Lamers and L. Waters. The infrared and radio spectrum of early–type stars with mass loss. I. The curve of growth method. Astr. Astrophys., 136, 37, 1984. [2315] H. Lamers, L. Waters, and P. Wesselius. The IRAS infrared spectrum of ζ Puppis (O4 If). Astr. Astrophys., 134, L17, 1984. [2316] A. Lan¸con,P. Hauschildt, D. Ladjal, and M. Mouhcine. Near–IR spectra of red supergiants and giants. I. Models with solar and with mixing– induced surface abundance ratios. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 205, 2007. [2317] A. Lan¸conand P. Wood. A library of 0.5µ to 2.5µ spectra of luminous cool stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 146, 217, 2000.

157

[2318] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. The Classical Theory of Fields. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 4th edition, 1975. [2319] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. Statistical Physics. Part 1. (Oxford: Perg- amon Press), 3rd edition, 1980. [2320] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. Fluid Mechanics. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 2nd edition, 1987. [2321] A. Land e. Termstruktur und Zeemaneffekt der Multipletts. Z. für Phys., 15, 189, 1923. [2322] A. Lande0. Termstruktur und Zeemaneffekt der Multipletts. Z. für Phys., 19, 112, 1923. [2323] M. Lane and J. Lester. The energy distributions of classical metallic-line stars. Astrophys. J., 238, 210, 1980. [2324] M. Lane and J. Lester. Effective temperatures and surface gravities of metallic–line A stars. Astrophys. J., 281, 723, 1984. [2325] K. Lang. Astrophysical Data. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1992. [2326] K. Lang. Astrophysical Formulae. Volume I. Radiation, Gas Processes, and High Energy Astrophysics. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 3rd edition, 1999. [2327] K. Lang and O. Gingerich. A Source Book in Astronomy and Astro- physics, 1900–1975. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press), 1979. [2328] G. Langer, R. Kraft, D. Carbon, E. Friel, and J. Oke. On the carbon abundance of subgiant stars in the globular cluster M 92. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 98, 473, 1986. [2329] N. Langer. Models of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Garmany [1225], page 328. [2330] N. Langer. Massive star evolution at low metallicity – What we don’t know. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 15. [2331] N. Langer, W.–R. Hamann, M. Lennon, F. Najarro, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Towards an understanding of very massive stars. A new evolutionary scenario relating O stars, LBVs, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 819, 1994. [2332] N. Langer, M. Kiriakidis, M. Eleid, and K. Fricke. The surface temperature of C/O–rich Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 177, 1988. [2333] T. Lanz, M.-C. Artru, M. Le Dourneuf, and I. Hubeny. Photoionization resonances of Si II in stellar spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 218, 1996.

158

[2334] T. Lanz, M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. A self–consistent optical, ultraviolet, and extreme–ultraviolet model for the spectrum of the hot white dwarf G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 473, 1089, 1996. [2335] T. Lanz, K. Cunha, J. Holtzman, and I. Hubeny. Argon abundances in the solar neighborhood: Non-LTE analysis of Orion association B–Type stars. Astrophys. J., 678, 1342, 2008. [2336] T. Lanz, A. de Koter, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. Toward resolving the “mass discrepancy” in O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 465, 359, 1996. [2337] T. Lanz, M. S. Dimitrijevic, and M.-C. Artru. Stark broadening of visible Si II lines in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 249, 1988. [2338] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of hot stars. II. Hot, metal–rich white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 439, 905, 1995. [2339] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. A grid of non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of O–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 146, 417, 2003. [2340] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. Atomic data in non–LTE model stellar atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 117. [2341] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. A grid of NLTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of early B–Type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 169, 83, 2007. [2342] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and A. de Koter. Atomic data for non–LTE model stellar atmospheres. Physica Scripta, T65, 144, 1996. [2343] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheres of hot stars. III. Hot subdwarfs: The sdO star BD +75◦325. Astrophys. J., 485, 843, 1997. [2344] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. NLTE line-blanketed model stellar atmospheres. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 67. [2345] R. Larson. The emitted spectrum of a protostar. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 145, 297, 1969. [2346] M. Larsson. Computation of the absorption coeﬃcient for diatomic molecules. In Jørgensen [1964], page 271. [2347] J. Lattanzio and C. Frost. The asymptotic giant branch. In Bedding et al. [361], page 373. [2348] T. Le Bertre, A. Lebre, and C. Waelkens, editors. Asymptotic Giant Branch Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Paciﬁc), 1999.

159

[2349] J.-F. Le Borgne, G. Bruzual, R. Pelló,A. Lan¸con,B. Rocca-Volmerange, B. Sanahuja, D. Schaerer, C. Soubiran, and R. V´ılchez-Gómez.STELIB: A library of stellar spectra at R ∼ 2000. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 433, 2003. [2350] Y. Lebreton. Stellar structure and evolution: Deductions from HIP- PARCOS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 35, 2001. [2351] Y. Lebreton, M.-N. Perrin, R. Cayrel, A. Baglin, and J. Fernandes. The HIPPARCOS HR diagram of nearby stars in the metallicity range −1.0 ≤ [ Fe/H ] ≤ 0.3. A new constraint on the theory of stellar interiors and model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 587, 1999. [2352] D. Leckrone. The He I line profiles in normal B–type spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 11, 387, 1971. [2353] H.-W. Lee. Raman–scattering wings of Hα in symbiotic stars. Astro- phys. J., 541, L25, 2000. [2354] H.-W. Lee. Exact low–energy expansion of the Rayleigh scattering cross–section by atomic H. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 1472, 2005. [2355] H.-W. Lee and H. Kim. Rayleigh scattering cross-section redward of Lyα by atomic hydrogen. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 347, 802, 2004. [2356] U. Lee. Mass–loss solutions of massive stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 244, 96, 1990. [2357] E. Leep. Three southern hemisphere Of stars, HD 163758, HD 150958, and HD 152386. I. The lines in the blue region. Astrophys. J., 225, 165, 1978. [2358] E. Leep and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in eleven field stars with large metal deficiencies. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 196, 543, 1981. [2359] K. Lefever, J. Puls, and C. Aerts. A grid of FASTWIND NLTE model atmospheres of massive stars. In Sterken [3669], page 545. [2360] S. Leggett, F. Allard, G. Berriman, C. Dahn, and P. Hauschildt. In- frared spectra of low–mass stars: Toward a temperature scale for red dwarfs. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 104, 117, 1996. [2361] N. Lehner, P. Dufton, D. Lambert, R. Ryans, and F. Keenan. High– resolution optical spectroscopy of the sharp–line B–type star HD 83206. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 314, 199, 2000. [2362] R. Leighton. Principles of Modern Physics. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1959. [2363] J. Leisenring, F. Kemper, and G. Sloan. Effects of metallicity on the chemical composition of carbon stars. Astrophys. J., 681, 1557, 2008.

160

[2364] C. Leitherer. Spectral synthesis analysis of hot–star populations. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 591. [2365] C. Leitherer and H. Lamers. A comparison between observed and predicted mass–loss rates and wind momentum of O stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 153, 1993. [2366] C. Leitherer, N. Walborn, T. Heckman, and C. Norman, editors. Mas- sive Stars in Starbursts. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1991. [2367] T. Lejeune and J. Fernandes, editors. Observed HR Diagrams and Stel- lar Evolution. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Paciﬁc), 2002. [2368] P. Lemaire and P. Gouttebroze. Magnesium II line formation: The contribution of high atomic levels to the resonance lines. Astr. Astrophys., 125, 241, 1982. [2369] M. Lemke. Extended VCS Stark broadening tables of hydrogen Lyman to Brackett series. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 122, 285, 1997. [2370] P. L ena. Continuum infrared radiation of the solar photosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 202, 1970. [2371] D. Lennon. Non–LTE calculations for C II in B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 205, 829, 1983. [2372] D. Lennon. The chemical composition of B supergiant atmospheres. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 127, 1993. [2373] D. Lennon, S. Becker, K. Butler, F. Eber, H. Groth, D. Kunze, and R.– P. Kudritzki. Quantitative spectroscopy of B supergiants in the Galaxy, the LMC and the SMC. I. The B0.5 Ia supergiants κ Orionis, SK -68◦ 41 and SK 159 . Astr. Astrophys., 252, 498, 1991. [2374] D. Lennon, P. Brown, P. Dufton, and A. Lynas-Gray. Non–LTE calculations of Si–line strengths in B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 222, 719, 1987. [2375] D. Lennon and P. Dufton. Observations of the He I 10830A˚ line in main sequence O9–B6 stars and comparison with non–LTE predictions. Astr. Astrophys., 225, 439, 1989. [2376] D. Lennon, R.–P. Kudritzki, S. Becker, F. Eber, and K. Butler. Ele- ment abundances in B stars in the Galaxy, the LMC and the SMC. In Garmany [1225], page 415. [2377] A. Lenorzer, M. Mokiem, A. de Koter, and J. Puls. Modeling the near– infrared lines of O–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 422, 275, 2004.

161

[2378] P. Lenzuni, D. Chernoff, and E. Salpeter. Rosseland and Planck mean opacities of a zero–metallicity gas. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 76, 759, 1991. [2379] F. Leone and A. Lanzafame. Visible neutral He lines in main sequence B–type stars: Observations and NLTE calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 306, 1998. [2380] M. Leroy and J.-P. Lafon. On hot star winds. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 358, 1982. [2381] M. Leroy and J.-P. Lafon. On hot star winds. I. Radiation–driven winds. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 345, 1982. [2382] J. Lester. A spectroscopic study of the strong He–line star HD 37017. Astrophys. J., 178, 743, 1972. [2383] J. Lester. The ON9 V star HD 201345. Astrophys. J., 185, 253, 1973. [2384] J. Lester. An analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of the He–rich star HR 3089. Astrophys. J., 210, 153, 1976. [2385] J. Lester. The status of continuous opacities. In Adelman et al. [20], page 19. [2386] J. Lester, R. Gray, and R. Kurucz. Theoretical uvbyβ indices. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 61, 509, 1986. [2387] J. Lester, M. Lane, and R. Kurucz. A study of convective model stellar atmospheres using a modified mixing–length theory. Astrophys. J., 260, 272, 1982. [2388] U. Leuenhagen and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analyses of late–type WC central stars of planetary nebulae: More empirical constraints for their evolutionary status. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 265, 1998. [2389] U. Leuenhagen, W.–R. Hamann, and C. Jeffery. Spectral analyses of late–type WC central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 167, 1996. [2390] U. Leuenhagen, L. Koesterke, and W.–R. Hamann. Analyses of PNNi with [WC] spectral type. Acta Astr., 43, 329, 1993. [2391] J. Lewis, M. McDowell, and B. Moiseiwitsch. Properties of the hydrogen molecular ion. V. Transitions connecting the lowest even and odd Π states with higher Σ states. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 68, 565, 1955. [2392] H. Li, J. Wu, B. Zhou, J. Zhu, and Z. Yan. Calculations of energies of the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. A, 75, 012504, 2007. [2393] R. Liboff. Kinetic Theory: Classical, Quantum, and Relativistic De- scriptions. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 2nd edition, 1998.

162

[2394] J. Liebert. Hydrogen in a H–poor white dwarf: Ross 640. Astr. Astro- phys., 60, 101, 1977. [2395] J. Liebert. The origin and evolution of He–rich white dwarfs. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 367. [2396] J. Liebert, P. Bergeron, D. Eisenstein, H. Harris, S. Kleinman, A. Nitta, and J. Krzesinski. A He white dwarf of extremely low mass. Astrophys. J., 606, 147, 2004. [2397] J. Liebert and R. Wehrse. The H–rich, cool DA white dwarf Ross 627. Astr. Astrophys., 122, 297, 1983. [2398] J. Liebert, R. Wehrse, and R. Green. White dwarfs with metallic line spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 175, 173, 1987. [2399] A. Lightman, D. Lamb, and G. Rybicki. Comptonization by cold electrons. Astrophys. J., 248, 738, 1981. [2400] A. Lightman and G. Rybicki. Inverse Compton reflection: Time– dependent theory. Astrophys. J., 232, 882, 1979. [2401] A. Lightman and G. Rybicki. Inverse Compton reflection: The steady– state theory. Astrophys. J., 236, 928, 1980. [2402] E. Lindholm. Zur theorie der verbreiterung von spektrallinien. Arkiv for Math., Astr., och Fysik, 28B, No. 3, 1941. [2403] E. Lindholm. Pressure broadening of spectral lines. Arkiv for Math., Astr., och Fysik, 32A, No. 17, 1945. [2404] R. Lindquist. Relativistic transport theory. Annals of Physics, 37, 341, 1966. [2405] J. Linsky. Formation of the Calcium H, K, and subordinate lines in the solar chromosphere. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory Special Report No. 274. 1968. [2406] J. Linsky. On the relative residual intensities of the Calcium H and K lines. Solar Phys., 11, 355, 1970. [2407] J. Linsky. Observed and computed stellar line profiles: The roles played by partial redistribution, geometrical extent, and expansion. In Beck- man and Crivellari [358], page 1. [2408] J. Linsky and E. Avrett. The solar H and K lines. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 82, 169, 1970. [2409] T. Lisker, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, Z. Han, D. Homeier, and D. Reimers. Hot subdwarfs from the ESO supernova Ia progenitor survey. I. Atmospheric parameters and cool companions of sdB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 430, 223, 2005.

163

[2410] T. Lisker, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, and D. Homeier. Spectroscopic analysis of sdB stars from the ESO supernova Ia progenitor survey. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 351, 2004. [2411] B. Lites. The influence of blends upon the formation of spectral lines. Astr. Astrophys., 30, 297, 1974. [2412] B. Lites and C. Cowley. Fe I line formation in solar–type giants and dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 31, 361, 1974. [2413] B. Lites and D. Mihalas. The H− equilibrium using coupled rate equa- − + + tions for H , H, H , and H2 . Solar Phys., 93, 23, 1984. [2414] W. Livingston and L. Wallace. An Atlas of the Solar Spectrum in the Infrared from 1850 to 9000 cm−1 (1.1 to 5.4µ). (Tucson: National Solar Observatory), 2003. [2415] F. Llorente de Andres, H. Lamers, and E. Müller.Line blocking in the near ultraviolet spectrum of early type stars. II. The dependence on spectral type and luminosity for normal stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 38, 367, 1979. [2416] A. Lobel, A. Dupree, R. Stefanik, G. Torres, G. Israelian, N. Morri- son, C. de Jager, H. Nieuwenhuijzen, I. Ilyin, and F. Musaev. High– resolution spectroscopy of the yellow hypergiant ρ Cassiopeiae from 1993 through the outburst of 2000-2001. Astrophys. J., 583, 923, 2003. [2417] M. Löfdahland G. Scharmer. Wavefront sensing and image restoration from focused and defocused solar images. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 107, 243, 1994. [2418] R. Loidl, S. Höfner, U. Jørgensen, and B. Aringer. Dynamic model atmospheres of AGB stars. II. Synthetic near infrared spectra of carbon stars. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 531, 1999. [2419] G. Lombardi, D. Kelleher, and J. Cooper. Redistribution of radiation in the absence of collisions. Astrophys. J., 288, 820, 1985. [2420] J. Lopez and J. Walsh. On the C overabundance in the OBC–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 204, 129, 1983. [2421] W. Lotz. Electron–impact ionization cross–sections and ionization rate coefficients for atoms and ions from H to Ca. Z. fürPhys., 216, 241, 1968. [2422] R. Loudon. The Quantum Theory of Light. (Oxford: University of Oxford Press), 1973. [2423] R. Luck, H. Bond, and D. Lambert. Chemical compositions of four high–latitude A–F supergiants. Astrophys. J., 357, 673, 1990.

164

[2424] R. Luck and D. Lambert. C, N, and O in intermediate–mass supergiants. – Is O underabundant? Astrophys. J., 298, 782, 1986. [2425] R. Luck and C. Sneden. C, N, and O in two Li–rich supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 98, 310, 1986. [2426] L. Lucy. A temperature correction procedure. In Avrett et al. [191], page 93. [2427] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in extended and expanding atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 163, 95, 1971. [2428] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in locally nonmonotonic winds. Astrophys. J., 255, 278, 1982. [2429] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in locally nonmonotonic winds. II. An amplitude diagnostic. Astrophys. J., 274, 372, 1983. [2430] L. Lucy. The asymmetry of resonance line scattering in a velocity gradient. Astr. Astrophys., 140, 210, 1984. [2431] L. Lucy. An iterative technique for solving equations of statistical equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 95, 2001. [2432] L. Lucy. Similarity solutions for radiation in time–dependent relativistic flows. Astr. Astrophys., 429, 31, 2005. [2433] L. Lucy. Mass fluxes for O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 649, 2007. [2434] L. Lucy and D. Abbott. Multiline transfer and the dynamics of Wolf– Rayet winds. Astrophys. J., 405, 738, 1993. [2435] L. Lucy and P. Solomon. Mass loss by hot stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 879, 1970. [2436] S. Lumsden, P. Puxley, and R. Doherty. Infrared spectroscopy of Wolf– Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 821, 1994. [2437] S. Lumsden, P. Puxley, and M. Hoare. Infrared He–H line ratios and a measure of stellar effective temperature. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 320, 83, 2001. [2438] L. Lyubimkov, D. Lambert, T. Rachkovskaya, A. Tarasov, D. Poklad, V. Larionov, and L. Larionova. Surface abundances of light elements for a large sample of early B–type stars. I. Spectral observations of 123 stars; measurements of H and He lines; infrared photometry. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 316, 19, 2000. [2439] L. Lyubimkov, T. Rachkovskaya, S. Rostopchin, and D. Lambert. Sur- face abundances of light elements for a large sample of early B–type stars. II. Basic parameters of 107 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 333, 9, 2002.

165

[2440] L. Lyubimkov, S. Rostopchin, and D. Lambert. Surface abundances of light elements for a large sample of early B–type stars. III. An analysis of He lines in spectra of 102 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 351, 745, 2004. [2441] L. Lyubimkov, S. Rostopchin, T. Rachkovskaya, D. Poklad, and D. Lambert. Surface abundances of light elements for a large sample of early B–type stars. IV. The Mg abundance in 52 stars: A test of metallicity. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 193, 2005. [2442] J. MacFarlane. Non–LTE radiative transfer with lambda–acceleration: convergence properties using exact full and diagonal lambda–operators. Astr. Astrophys., 264, 153, 1992. [2443] J. MacFarlane, J. Cassinelli, B. Welsh, P. Vedder, J. Vallegra, and W. Waldron. Predicted extreme–ultraviolet line emission for nearby main sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 380, 564, 1991. [2444] K. MacGregor, L. Hartmann, and J. Raymond. Radiative amplification of sound waves in the winds of O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 231, 514, 1979. [2445] J. Madej. Effects of Compton scattering in X–ray spectra. Astrophys. J., 339, 386, 1989. [2446] J. Madej. Computations of Comptonized model atmospheres and X–ray spectra: DA white dwarfs HZ 43 and PG 0824+289. Astr. Astrophys., 340, 617, 1998. [2447] J. Madej, J. Halenka, and B. Grabowski. Theoretical X–ray spectra of hot H–rich white dwarfs. Impact of new partition functions of Fe. Fe V through Fe VII. Astr. Astrophys., 343, 531, 1999. [2448] M. Mädlow. Uber¨ die Bestimmung der Temperatur– und Druckschich- tung in der äusserenPhotosphäreaus Messungen im Kontinuum bei Abweichungen vom thermodynamischen Gleichgewicht. Z. fürAstro- phys., 55, 29, 1962. [2449] R. Maeckle, H. Holweger, R. Griffin, and R. Griffin. A model– atmosphere analysis of the spectrum of Arcturus. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 239, 1975. [2450] A. Maeder. An observational evidence of the non–LTE effects for O– type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 13, 444, 1971. [2451] P. Magain. Spectroscopic analysis of extreme metal–poor ‘dwarfs’. I. Observational material, Fe lines, and model atmospheres. Astr. As- trophys., 132, 208, 1984.

166

[2452] P. Magain. Spectroscopic analysis of extreme metal–poor ‘dwarfs’. II. Improved model atmospheres and detailed abundances. Astr. As- trophys., 146, 95, 1985. [2453] P. Magain. Abundances of light elements in halo dwarfs – A re–analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 179, 176, 1987. [2454] P. Magain. The chemical composition of the extreme halo stars. I. Blue spectra of 20 dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 209, 211, 1989. [2455] P. Magain and G. Zhao. Empirical study of departures from the excitation equilibrium of Fe I in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 265, 1996. [2456] C. Magnan. Emission lines in moving atmospheres. Astrophys. Let., 2, 213, 1968. [2457] C. Magnan. Radiative transfer in a moving medium. J. Quantit. Spec- trosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 123, 1974. [2458] C. Magnan. The angle–averaged redistribution functions in non– coherent scattering. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 233, 1974. [2459] C. Magnan. Redistribution functions for astrophysical problems. Astr. Astrophys., 142, 117, 198. [2460] C. Magnan and P. de Laverny. A simple problem of radiative transfer by multilevel atoms. Astrophysics, 37, 167, 1995. [2461] C. Magnan and P. de Laverny. Line emission in stellar envelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 920, 1997. [2462] E. Makarova. A photometric investigation of the energy distribution in the continuous solar spectrum in absolute units. Sov. Astr., 1, 531, 1957. [2463] E. Makarova. On the energy distribution in the solar continuous spectrum. Observatory, 83, 183, 1963. [2464] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Mean absolute energy distribution in the solar spectrum from 1800A˚ to 4µ, and the solar constant. Sov. Astr., 12, 599, 1969. [2465] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Averaged data for the limb darkening of the quiet Sun – The continuum. Sov. Astr., 20, 698, 1976. [2466] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Sun as a star spectrum energy distribution and UBV photometry Astr. Tsirk. No. 1406, 1985. [2467] E. Makarova, L. Knyazeva, and A. Kharitonov. On the energy distribution in the solar spectrum. Sov. Astr., 33, 298, 1989.

167

[2468] E. Makarova, E. Roshchina, and A. Sarychev. Average data on solar limb darkening in the 300 to 2400 nm quasi-continuum. Sov. Astr., 35, 441, 1991. [2469] M. Malagnini, R. Faraggiana, and C. Morossi. Observed and computed spectral distribution of early–type stars. II. Determination of Teff for B5–A0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 128, 375, 1983. [2470] M. Malagnini, R. Faraggiana, C. Morossi, and L. Crivellari. Observed and computed UV spectral distributions of A and F stars. Astr. Astro- phys., 114, 170, 1982. [2471] M. Malagnini and C. Morossi. Accuracy of effective temperatures of solar chemical–composition stars derived from the flux–fitting method. Astr. Astrophys., 326, 736, 1997. [2472] M. Malagnini, C. Morossi, L. Rossi, and R. Kurucz. The empirical B.C. versus Teff scale for non–supergiant O9–G5 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 162, 140, 1986. [2473] D. Malaise, M. Gros, and D. Macau. Absolute ultraviolet spectroph- tometry from the TD–1 satellite. III. The continuum of A type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 33, 79, 1974. [2474] A. Manchado, O. Suárez,P. Garc´ıa–Lario,M. Manteiga, and S. Pot- tasch. Optical survey of post–AGB candidates. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 21. [2475] A. Manduca, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. Limb darkening coefficients for late–type giant model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 809, 1977. [2476] A. Manduca, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. The analysis of infrared fluxes of some late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 883, 1981. [2477] W. Marcolino, D. Hillier, F. Araujo, and C. Pereira. Detailed far– ultraviolet to optical analysis of four [WR] stars. Astrophys. J., 654, 1068, 2007. [2478] P. Marigo, C. Chiosi, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Zero–metallicity stars. II. Evolution of very massive objects with mass loss. Astr. Astrophys., 399, 616, 2003. [2479] C. Mark. The neutron density near a plane surface. Phys. Rev., 72, 558, 1947. [2480] N. Markova, J. Puls, T. Repolust, and H. Markov. Bright OB stars in the Galaxy. I. Mass loss and wind–momentum rates of O–type stars: A pure Hα analysis accounting for line blanketing. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 693, 2004.

168

[2481] J. Marlborough. Radiation pressure and accelerating stellar winds. As- trophys. J., 169, 441, 1971. [2482] J. Marlborough and J. Roy. Supersonic stellar winds in early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 221, 1970. [2483] M. Marsh, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, D. Koester, D. O’Donoghue, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. An EUV–selected sample of DA white dwarfs from the ROSAT all–sky survey. I. Optically derived stellar parameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 369, 1997. [2484] M. Marsh, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, D. Koester, D. O’Donoghue, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. An EUV–selected sample of DA white dwarfs from the ROSAT all–sky survey. II. EUV and soft X–ray properties. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 287, 705, 1997. [2485] F. Marti and P. Noerdlinger. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in differentially expanding atmospheres. V. Line formation in a decelerating spherical ﬂow. Astrophys. J., 215, 247, 1977. [2486] P. Martin. A determination of atmospheric parameters of Arcturus. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 591, 1977. [2487] W. Martin. Energy levels of neutral He. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 2, 257, 1973. [2488] W. Martin, V. Kaufman, and A. Musgrove. A compilation of energy levels and wavelengths for the spectrum of singly–ionized oxygen (O II). J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 22, 1179, 1985. [2489] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Magnesium, Mg I through Mg XII. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 9, 1, 1980. [2490] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Sodium, Na I through Na XI. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 10, 153, 1981. [2491] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Silicon, Si I through Si XIV. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 12, 323, 1983. [2492] W. Martin, R. Zalubas, and A. Musgrove. Energy levels of Sulfur, S I through S XVI. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 19, 821, 1990. [2493] L. Martinet, editor. Theorie des Atmospheres Stellaires. Swiss Society of Astrophysics and Astronomy. (Geneva: Geneva Observatory), 1971. [2494] F. Martins, R. Genzel, D. Hillier, F. Eisenhauer, T. Paumard, S. Gillessen, T. Ott, and S. Trippe. Stellar and wind properties of massive stars in the central parsec of the Galaxy. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 233, 2007.

169

[2495] F. Martins and D. Schaerer. Line blanketing effects in atmospheres of O stars. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 267. [2496] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, and D. Hillier. On the effective temperature scale of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 999, 2002. [2497] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, and D. Hillier. A new calibration of stellar parameters of galactic O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 436, 1049, 2005. [2498] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, D. Hillier, F. Meynadier, M. Heydari-Malayeri, and N. Walborn. O stars with weak winds: The galactic case. Astr. Astrophys., 441, 735, 2005. [2499] L. Martins, R. González-Delgado, C. Leitherer, M. Cerviño, and P. Hauschildt. A high–resolution stellar library for evolutionary population sysnthesis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 49, 2005. [2500] K. Masai and M. Ishida. Non–LTE curves of growth of X–ray absorption lines. Astrophys. J., 607, 76, 2004. [2501] I. Masaki. Radiative transfer in hot plasma. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33, 77, 1981. [2502] I. Masaki and W. Unno. The generalized Eddington approximation in radiative transfer. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 30, 547, 1978. [2503] L. Mashonkina. Accurate collisional cross sections: Important input data in non–LTE calculations. In Adelman et al. [20], page 140. [2504] L. Mashonkina, A. Korn, and N. Przybilla. A non–LTE study of neutral and singly ionized Ca in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 461, 261, 2007. [2505] L. Mashonkina, N. Sakhibullin, and V. Shimanskii. Non–LTE analysis of Na I spectral lines in the atmospheres of G dwarfs. Sov. Astr., 37, 192, 1993. [2506] L. Mashonkina, V. Shimanskii, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects in Na I spectral lines in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Reports, 44, 790, 2000. [2507] D. Massa. The UV Si spectra of early B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 224, 131, 1989. [2508] D. Massa, S. Shore, and D. Wynne. Photospheric velocity gradients in B1 supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 264, 169, 1992. [2509] D. Massa, D. Wynne, B. Altner, and H. Lamers. C and N abundances in the BN supergiant HD 93840, and their implications for normal galactic supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 242, 188, 1991.

170

[2510] P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorption lines. I. The probable single WN 5 star HD 193077. Astrophys. J., 236, 526, 1980. [2511] P. Massey. Absolute spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 93, 549, 1981. [2512] P. Massey. The masses of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 246, 153, 1981. [2513] P. Massey, F. Bresolin, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. The physical properties and effective temperature scale of O-Type stars as a function of metallicity. I. A sample of 20 stars in the Magellanic Cloud. Astrophys. J., 608, 1001, 2004. [2514] P. Massey and P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorption lines. II. The WN 8 standard star HD 177230. Astrophys. J., 242, 638, 1980. [2515] P. Massey and P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorption lines. V. HD 9974, a single WN 3? Astrophys. J., 244, 173, 1981. [2516] P. Massey and D. Hunter. R136: A cluster of O3 stars In Howarth [1735], page 355. [2517] P. Massey, J. Puls, A. Pauldrach, F. Bresolin, R.–P. Kudritzki, and T. Simon. The physical properties and effective temperature scale of O type stars as a function of metallicity. II. Analysis of 20 more Magel- lanic Cloud stars and results from the complete sample. Astrophys. J., 627, 477, 2005. [2518] P. Massey, K. Strobel, J. Barnes, and E. Anderson. Spectrophotometric standards. Astrophys. J., 328, 315, 1988. [2519] J. Mathis and H. Lamers. The origin of the extremely metal–poor post– AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 259, L39, 1992. [2520] R. Mathisen. Photo cross–sections for stellar atmosphere calculations – Compilation of references and data. Institute of Theoretical Astro- physics Publication Series No. 1, University of Oslo, 1984. [2521] D. Mathur, S. Khan, and J. Hasted. Collision processes with molecular hydrogen ions. J. Phys. B, 12, 2043, 1979. [2522] S. Matsushima. Non–grey model atmospheres of solar type stars. I. The role of hydrogen molecules as a source of continuous opacity. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 23, 1967. [2523] S. Matsushima and H.-G. Groth. Das Spektrum von α Lyr im Bereich λλ 4800 bis 8750. Z. fürAstrophys., 49, 126, 1960.

171

[2524] S. Matsushima and Y. Terashita. Non–grey model atmospheres of solar type stars. II. The source of opacity in the ultraviolet continuum and its effect on the radiation field in the other spectral regions. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 189, 1967. [2525] F. Matteucci and L. Rossi. LTE/non–LTE boundary from wide–band color index and bolometric correction comparison. Astrophys. Space Sci., 60, 119, 1979. [2526] T. Matthews and A. Sandage. Optical identification of 3C 48, 3C 196, and 3C 286 with stellar objects. Astrophys. J., 138, 30, 1963. [2527] W. Mattig and E. Schröter.A comparison between observed and theoretical intensity distribution in the wings of the Na D–lines. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 911, 1960. [2528] W. Mattig and E. Schröter.Intensity measurements in the wings of the Na D–lines. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 913, 1960 [2529] A. Matvijenko and L. Ponomarev. Number of vibrational levels of the molecular hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 5, 27, 1972. [2530] M. Mayer and W. Duschl. Rosseland and Planck mean opacities for primordial matter. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 614, 2005. [2531] B. Mazur. On the position of the subdwarfs’ main sequence. Acta Astr., 37, 341, 1989. [2532] H. McAlister. The calibration of interferometrically determined properties of binary stars. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 97. [2533] H. McAlister. High angular resolution measurements of stellar properties. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 59, 1985. [2534] D. McCammon, G. Münch, and G. Neugebauer. Infrared spectra of low–temperature stars. Astrophys. J., 147, 575, 1967. [2535] M. McCarthy, A. Philip, and G. Coyne, editors. Spectral Classification of the Future. (Vatican City: International Astronomical Union), 1979. [2536] W. McCrea. A note on Dr. P. A. Taylor’s paper “The equlibrium of the calcium chromosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 88, 729, 1928. [2537] W. McCrea. Model stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 836, 1931. [2538] W. McCrea. The ejection of matter by novae. Z. fürAstrophys., 14, 208, 1937. [2539] W. McCrea and K. Mitra. Schuster’s problem for a moving atmosphere. Z. fürAstrophys., 11, 359, 1936.

172

[2540] J. McDonald. Hydrogen absorption lines in the spectra of B–type stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 9, 269, 1953. [2541] M. McDowell, J. Williamson, and V. Myerscough. Continuous absorption by He− . Astrophys. J., 144, 827, 1966. [2542] N. McErlean, D. Lennon, and P. Dufton. Galactic B–supergiants: A non–LTE model atmosphere analysis to estimate atmospheric parameters and chemical compositions. Astr. Astrophys., 349, 553, 1999. [2543] A. McWilliam. Abundance ratios and galactic chemical evolution. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 503, 1997. [2544] A. McWilliam. Barium abundances in extremely metal–poor stars. Astr. J., 115, 1640, 1998. [2545] A. McWilliam, G. Preston, C. Sneden, and L. Searle. A spectroscopic analysis of the 33 most metal–poor stars. I. Astr. J., 109, 2736, 1995. [2546] A. McWilliam, G. Preston, C. Sneden, and L. Searle. A spectroscopic analysis of the 33 most metal–poor stars. II. Astr. J., 109, 2757, 1995. [2547] A. McWilliam and M. Rauch, editors. Origin and Evolution of the Elements. Carnegie Observatories Centennial Symposia, (Pasadena: Carnegie Observatories), 2004. [2548] A. McWilliam and L. Searle. Abundance ratios in extreme metal–poor stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 133, 1999. [2549] M. Meade and A. Code. Ultraviolet photometry from OAO. XXXVIII. A second atlas of ultraviolet stellar spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 42, 283, 1979. [2550] J. Mehltretter. Ein primärerspektralphotometrischer Standard hoher Genauigkeit. Z. fürAstrophys., 51, 32, 1960. [2551] E. Meinköhnand S. Richling. Radiative transfer with finite elements. II. Lyα line transfer in moving media. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 827, 2002. [2552] W. Melbourne. Line–blanketing effects of A–G dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 132, 101, 1960. [2553] J. Meléndezand B. Barbuy. Keck NIRSPEC infrared OH lines. Oxygen abundances in metal-poor stars down to [Fe/H] = − 2.9. Astrophys. J., 575, 474, 2002. [2554] J. Meléndez,B. Barbuy, and F. Spite. Oxygen abundances in metal– poor stars (−2.2 < [ Fe/H ] < −1.2) from infrared OH lines. Astrophys. J., 556, 858, 2001.

173

[2555] D. Melrose. A classical derivation of inverse Compton scattering. As- trophys. Space Sci., 10, 186, 1971. [2556] D. Melrose. Induced Compton scattering by relativistic particles. As- trophys. Space Sci., 13, 56, 1971. [2557] R. Méndez. Accuracy of abundances from O to mid B main sequence stars. In Wehrse [4023], page 45. [2558] R. Méndez,A. Herrero, A. Manchado, and R.–P. Kudritzki. On the widths of emission lines in spectra of WC 9 stars of different kinds. Astr. Astrophys., 252, 265, 1991. [2559] R. Méndez,R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Ciardullo, and G. Jacoby. The bright end of the planetary nebula luminosity function. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 534, 1993. [2560] R. Méndez,R.–P. Kudritzki, H. Groth, D. Husfeld, and A. Herrero. PHL 932: Another non–post–AGB central star of planetary nebula. Astr. Astrophys., 197, 25, 1988. [2561] R. Méndez,R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Gruschinske, and K. Simon. A spectral description and non–LTE analysis of six central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 101, 323, 1981. [2562] R. Méndez,R.–P. Kudritzki, and A. Herrero. On central star luminosities and optical thicknesses in planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 260, 329, 1992. [2563] R. Méndez,R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Herrero, D. Husfeld, and H. Groth. High resolution spectroscopy of central stars of planetary nebulae. I. Basic atmospheric parameters and their interpretation. Astr. Astrophys., 190, 113, 1988. [2564] R. Méndez,A. Manchado, and A. Herrero. A stronger He II 4686 in the spectrum of the planetary nebula NGC 6572. Astr. Astrophys., 207, L5, 1988. [2565] R. Méndez,C. Miguel, U. Heber, and R.–P. Kudritzki. He–rich subdwarf O stars and central stars of planetary nebulae. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 323. [2566] C. Mendoza. Atomic Data from the Opacity Project. In Smith and Wiese [3581], page 85. [2567] M. Mennessier and A. Omont, editors. From Miras to Planetary Nebu- lae: Which Path for Stellar Evolution? (Gif-sur-Yvette: Editions Fron- tieres), 1990. [2568] D. Menzel. Simple derivation of the dissociation formula. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S., 19, 40, 1933.

174

[2569] D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. I. Absorption and emission of radiation. Astrophys. J., 85, 330, 1937. [2570] D. Menzel, editor. Selected Papers on Physical Processes in Ionized Plasmas. (New York: Dover Publications), 1962. [2571] D. Menzel, editor. Selected Papers on the Transfer of Radiation. (New York: Dover Publications), 1966. [2572] D. Menzel and L. Aller. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. XVII. Fluorescence in high–excitation planetaries. Astrophys. J., 94, 436, 1941. [2573] D. Menzel, L. Aller, and J. Baker. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. IV. The mechanistic and equilibrium treatment of nebular statistics. Astrophys. J., 88, 313, 1938. [2574] D. Menzel and J. Baker. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. II. The- ory of the Balmer decrement. Astrophys. J., 86, 70, 1937. [2575] D. Menzel and C. Pekeris. Absorption coefficients and H–line intensities. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 96, 77, 1935. [2576] J. Mermilliod. Comparative studies of young open clusters. II. An atlas of composite color–magnitude diagrams. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 44, 467, 1981. [2577] E. Merzbacher. Quantum Mechanics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 3rd edition, 1998. [2578] D. Messerschmidt, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the interpretation of strong He I lines in early type spectra. Z. fürAstrophys., 66, 246, 1967. [2579] R. Mewe. Ionization rate coefficients. In Brown and Lang [555], page 141. [2580] R. Mewe. Recombination rate coefficients. In Brown and Lang [555], page 155. [2581] R. Mewe, J. Lemen, and G. van den Oord. Calculated X–radiation from optically thin plasmas. VI. Improved calculations for continuum emission and approximation formulae for nonrelativistic average Gaunt factors. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 65, 511, 1986. [2582] R. Mewe, A. Rassen, J. Cassinelli, K. van der Hucht, N. Miller, and M. Güdel. High–resolution X–ray spectroscopy of τ Scorpii (B0.2 V) with XMM-Newton. Astr. Astrophys., 398, 203, 2003. [2583] M. Meyer, S. Edwards, K. Hinkle, and S. Strom. Near–infrared classification spectroscopy: H–band spectra of fundamental MK standards. Astrophys. J., 508, 397, 1998.

175

[2584] W. Meyer, A. Borysow, and L. Frommhold. Collision–induced first overtone band of gaseous hydrogen from first principles. Phys. Rev. A, 47, 4065, 1993. [2585] G. Meynet, A. Maeder, G. Schaller, D. Schaerer, and C. Charbonnel. Grids of massive stars with high mass-loss rates. V. From 12 to 120 M at (Z = 0.001, 0.004, 0.008, 0.020). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 103, 97, 1996. [2586] A. Mezzacappa, editor. Stellar Evolution, Stellar Explosions and Galac- tic Chemical Evolution. 2nd Oak Ridge Symposium on Atomic and Nuclear Astrophysics. (Philadelphia: Institute of Physics Publishing), 1998. [2587] R. Michard. On the energy distribution in the ultraviolet continuous spectrum of the Sun. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 11, 227, 1950. [2588] G. Michaud. Diffusion processes in peculiar A stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 641, 1970. [2589] A. Michelson and F. Pease. Measurement of the diameter of α Orionis with the interferometer. Astrophys. J., 53, 249, 1921. [2590] E. Michelson. The near ultraviolet stellar spectra of α Lyrae and β Ori- onis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 197, 57, 1981. [2591] M. Migeotte and L. Neven. High–dispersion solar spectrograms between 15µ and 24µ. Astrophys. J., 115, 326, 1952. [2592] A. Mihajlov, D. Jevremović,P. Hauschildt, M. Dimitrijević,Lj. Ign- jatović, and F. Allard. Influence of chemi–ionization and chemi– recombination processes on the population of hydrogen Rydberg states in atmospheres of late type dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 404, 787, 2003. [2593] A. Mihajlov, D. Jevremović,P. Hauschildt, M. Dimitrijević,Lj. Ign- jatović, and F. Allard. Influence of chemi–ionization and chemi– recombination processes on H–line shapes in M dwarfs. Astr. Astro- phys., 471, 671, 2007. [2594] D. Mihalas. Model atmospheres and line profiles for early–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 9, 321, 1965. [2595] D. Mihalas. Balmer–line–blanketed model atmospheres for A–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 13, 1, 1966. [2596] D. Mihalas. LTE model atmospheres with line blanketing: Review and future prospects. In Böhm[461], page 581. [2597] D. Mihalas. The effects of line shifts on the temperature distribution in stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 157, 1363, 1969.

176

[2598] D. Mihalas. Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: W. H. Freeman & Company), 1st edition, 1970. [2599] D. Mihalas. Theoretical analysis of stellar spectra. In Martinet [2493], page 1. [2600] D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. I. Mag- nesium II in O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 177, 115, 1972. [2601] D. Mihalas. Non–LTE effects on continuum and H–line parameters in B and O stars. Astrophys. J., 176, 139, 1972. [2602] D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres for B and O stars. Techni- cal Report NCAR–TN/STR-76, National Center for Atmospheric Re- search, Boulder, Colorado, 1972. [2603] D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. II. The Ca II K–line in B stars. Astrophys. J., 179, 209, 1973. [2604] D. Mihalas. The N III emission lines in the Of stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 85, 593, 1973. [2605] D. Mihalas. Progress towards an interpretation of stellar spectra. Astr. J., 79, 1111, 1974. [2606] D. Mihalas. Effects of departures from LTE and atmospheric extension on colors and theoretical continuum parameters. In Philip and Hayes [3108], page 241. [2607] D. Mihalas. Radiative transfer in expanding atmospheres. In Cayrel and Steinberg [699], page 347. [2608] D. Mihalas. Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: W. H. Freeman & Company), 2nd edition, 1978. [2609] D. Mihalas. Curves of growth and line profiles in expanding and rotating atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 189, 671, 1979. [2610] D. Mihalas. Radiative transfer in spherical flows with nonmonotonic velocity fields: The observer’s frame reconsidered. Astrophys. J., 238, 1042, 1980. [2611] D. Mihalas. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. VI. Relativistic flows. Astrophys. J., 237, 574, 1980. [2612] D. Mihalas. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. VII. Angle–dependent partial redistribution. Astrophys. J., 238, 1034, 1980.

177

[2613] D. Mihalas. The computation of radiation transport using Feautrier variables. I. Static media. J. Comp. Phys., 57, 1, 1985. [2614] D. Mihalas. The quest for physical realism in stellar atmospheric modeling. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 127. [2615] D. Mihalas. Schuster’s radiative transfer model of a stellar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 525, No. 1C, Part 3, 25, 1999. [2616] D. Mihalas and L. Auer. Non–LTE model atmospheres. V. Multi–line H–He models for O and early B stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 1161, 1970. [2617] D. Mihalas, L. Auer, and B. Mihalas. Two dimensional radiative transfer. I. Planar geometry. Astrophys. J., 220, 1001, 1978. [2618] D. Mihalas, A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. He I λ 4471 profiles in B stars: Calculations with an improved line broadening theory. Astrophys. J., 190, 315, 1974. [2619] D. Mihalas, A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. He I λ 4922 profiles in B stars: Calculations with an improved line broadening theory. Astrophys. J., 197, 139, 1975. [2620] D. Mihalas, S. Frost, and G. Lockwood. Observations of the C III λ 8500 (3s 1S − 3p 1P ) line in O and Of stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 87, 153, 1975. [2621] D. Mihalas, J. Heasley, and L. Auer. A non–LTE model stellar atmosphere computer program. Technical Report NCAR–TN/STR–104, National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado, 1975. [2622] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. III. N III in the O stars. Astrophys. J., 179, 827, 1973. [2623] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Some observational implications of extended static O–star model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 189, L39, 1974. [2624] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Theory of extended stellar atmospheres. I. Computational method and first results for static spherical models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 28, 343, 1974. [2625] D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, and P. Conti. On the N III λλ 4640, 4097 lines in Of stars. Astrophys. J., 178, L99, 1972. [2626] D. Mihalas and R. Klein. On the solution of the time-dependent inertial- frame equation of radiative transfer in moving media to O(v/c). J. Comp. Phys., 46, 97, 1982. [2627] D. Mihalas and P. Kunasz. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. V. Multilevel atoms. Astrophys. J., 219, 635, 1978.

178

[2628] D. Mihalas and P. Kunasz. The computation of radiation transport using Feautrier variables. II. Spectrum line formation in moving media. J. Comp. Phys., 64, 1, 1986. [2629] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving– frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. I. Computa- tional method for equivalent–two–level–atom source functions. Astro- phys. J., 202, 465, 1975. [2630] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving– frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. II. Picket– fence models. Astrophys. J., 203, 647, 1976. [2631] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving– frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. III. Effect of aberration and advection terms. Astrophys. J., 206, 515, 1976. [2632] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. IV. Frequency–dependent source functions for scattering by atoms and electrons. Astrophys. J., 210, 419, 1976. [2633] D. Mihalas and G. Lockwood. Observations of the He II λ 10124 line in O and Of stars. Astrophys. J., 175, 757, 1972. [2634] D. Mihalas and W. Luebke. A non–LTE picket–fence model in radiative equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 229, 1971. [2635] D. Mihalas and B. Mihalas. Foundations of Radiation Hydrodynamics. (New York: Dover Publications), 1999. [2636] D. Mihalas and D. Morton. A model for a B1 V star with line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 142, 253, 1965. [2637] D. Mihalas, B. Pagel, and P. Souffrin. Theorie des Atmospheres Stel- laires. (Geneva: Observatoire de Genève), 1971. [2638] D. Mihalas, R. Shine, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution. VIII. Solution in the comoving frame for moving atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 205, 492, 1976. [2639] S. Miksa, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, J. Kruk, T. Rauch, and K. Werner. Iron abundance in hot hydrogen–deficient central stars and white dwarfs from FUSE, HST, and IUE spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 389, 953, 2002. [2640] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: I. Line absorption in stellar spectra. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 243, 1950. [2641] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: II. The absolute photovisual fluxes of the stars. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 251, 1950.

179

[2642] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: III. The absolute flux λλ 4000 to 9800. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 262, 1950. [2643] R. Milkey, T. Ayres, and R. Shine. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution. III. Mg II resonance lines in solar–type stars. Astrophys. J., 197, 143, 1975. [2644] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Calculation of the solar chromospheric Lyα allowing for partial redistribution effects. Solar Phys., 32, 361, 1973. [2645] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution: A preliminary study of Lyα in the solar chromosphere. Astrophys. J., 185, 709, 1973. [2646] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution. II. The solar Mg II lines. Astrophys. J., 192, 769, 1974. [2647] R. Milkey and C. Pilachowski. Hα line profiles in DA white dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 97, 634, 1985. [2648] R. Milkey, R. Shine, and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution. IV. A generalized formulation for lines with common upper states. Astrophys. J., 199, 718, 1975. [2649] R. Milkey, R. Shine, and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial redistribution. VII. Angle–dependent redistribution. Astrophys. J., 202, 250, 1975. [2650] N. Miller, J. Cassinelli, W. Waldron, J. MacFarlane, and D. Cohen. New challenges for wind shock models: The Chandra spectrum of the hot star δ Orionis. Astrophys. J., 577, 951, 2002. [2651] E. Miller-Ricci and H. Uitenbroek. Improving the numerical modeling of the O I resonance triplet in the solar spectrum. Astrophys. J., 556, 500, 2002. [2652] E. Milne. Radiative equilibrium in the outer layers of a star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 81, 361, 1921. [2653] E. Milne. Radiative equilibrium: The effect of a strong absorption line. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 81, 510, 1921. [2654] E. Milne. The temperature in the outer atmosphere of a star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 82, 368, 1922. [2655] E. Milne. Radiative Equilibrium: The relation between the spectral energy curve of a star and the law of darkening of the disc towards the limb, with special reference to the effects of scattering and the solar spectrum. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 223A, 201, 1923.

180

[2656] E. Milne. Statistical equilibrium in relation to the photoelectric effect, and its application to the determination of absorption coefficients. Phil. Mag., 47, 209, 1924. [2657] E. Milne. The stellar absorption coefficient. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 85, 750, 1925. [2658] E. Milne. Note on Rosseland’s integral for the stellar absorption coefficient. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 85, 989, 1925. [2659] E. Milne. The theoretical contours of absorption lines in stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 3, 1928. [2660] E. Milne. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. I. Generalized Saha formulae, maximum intensities, and the determination of the coefficient of opacity. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 17, 1928. [2661] E. Milne. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. II. Absolute magnitude effects. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 157, 1928. [2662] E. Milne. Thermodynamics of the stars. In Menzel [2571], page 77. [2663] E. Milne. The radiative equilibrium of a planetary nebula. Z. fürAs- trophys., 1, 98, 1930. [2664] E. Milne. The dissociation formula according to the Fermi–Dirac statistics. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 769, 1930. [2665] E. Milne and S. Chandrasekhar. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. III. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 150, 1932. [2666] L. Milone and D. Merlo. Opacity errors in model atmospheres. Astro- phys. Space Sci., 220, 235, 1994. [2667] M. Minnaert. The distribution of energy near the Sun’s limb. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 197, 1928. [2668] M. Minnaert. The theoretical intensities of faint Fraunhofer lines. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 339, 1948. [2669] M. Minnaert. The theoretical intensities of faint Fraunhofer lines. II. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 399, 1948. [2670] M. Minnaert. The determination of cosmic abundances. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 117, 315, 1957. [2671] M. Minnaert, J. Houtgast, and G. Mulders. Photometric Atlas of the Solar Spectrum from λ 3612 to λ 8771 With an Appendix from λ 3332 to λ 3637. (Utrecht: Sterrewacht “Sonnenborgh”), 1940. [2672] L. Mirzoyan, editor. Problems of Physics and Evolution of the Universe. (Erevan: Publishing House of the Armenian academy of Sciences), 1978.

181

[2673] T. Mishenina, S. Korotin, V. Klochkova, and V. Panchuk. Oxygen abundance in halo stars from the O I triplet. Astr. Astrophys., 353, 978, 2000. [2674] A. Mitchell. Computational Methods in Partial Differential Equations. (London: John Wiley & Sons), 1969. [2675] W. Mitchell. The absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 130, 872, 1959. [2676] W. Mitchell. Limb darkening in the solar ultraviolet. Solar Phys., 69, 39, 1981. [2677] M. Mittleman and F. Wolf. Coherent scattering of photons by atomic H. Phys. Rev., 128, 2686, 1962. [2678] S. Miyamoto. Non–coherent scattering and the contour of absorption lines. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 5, 142, 1953. [2679] S. Miyamoto. Residual intensity and contour of the solar K–line. Z. für Astrophys., 31, 282, 1953. [2680] S. Miyamoto. Contours of strong Fraunhofer lines. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 140, 1954. [2681] S. Miyamoto. On the calculation of non–coherent contours. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 103, 1954. [2682] S. Miyamoto. On the central intensity and Doppler core width of the infrared Ca II line. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 207, 1954. [2683] S. Miyamoto. Residual intensity and contour of the solar K–line. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 196, 1954. [2684] O. Moe and E. Milone. Limb darkening 1945–3245 A˚ for the quiet Sun from SKYLAB data. Astrophys. J., 226, 301, 1978. [2685] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and K. de Boer. Hot subluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. II. Physical parameters and distances of 37 sdB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 239, 265, 1990. [2686] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and S. Dreizler. PG 2120+062: an apparently normal O–star at high galactic altitude. Astr. Astrophys., 282, L2, 1994. [2687] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and P. Durell. Hot HB stars in globular clusters: physical parameters and consequences for theory. IV. sdB candidates in M 15. Astr. Astrophys., 317, L83, 1997. [2688] S. Moehler, U. Heber, M. Lemke, and R. Napiwotzki. Abundances of UV bright stars in globular clusters. I. ROA 5701 in ω Centauri and Barnard 29 in M 13. Astr. Astrophys., 339, 537, 1998.

182

[2689] S. Moehler, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, D. Koester, and A. Renzini. First VLT spectra of white dwarfs in a globular cluster. Astr. Astrophys., 354, 75, 2000. [2690] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and G. Rupprecht. Hot HB stars in globular clusters: physical parameters and consequences for theory. III. NGC 6752 and its long blue vertical branch. Astr. Astrophys., 319, 109, 1997. [2691] S. Moehler, D. Koester, M. Zoccali, F. Ferraro, U. Heber, R. Napi- wotzki, and A. Renzini. Spectral types and masses of white dwarfs in globular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 420, 515, 2004. [2692] S. Moehler, W. Landsman, and R. Napiwotzki. Hot UV bright stars in globular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 510, 1998. [2693] S. Moehler, T. Richtler, K. de Boer, R. Dettmer, and U. Heber. Hot subluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. I. Spectra and Str¨omgren photometry. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 86, 53, 1990. [2694] S. Moehler, A. Sweigart, W. Landsman, and S. Dreizler. He–rich EHB stars in globular clusters. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 231, 2004. [2695] O. Mohler. Photometric Atlas of the Near Infrared Solar Spectrum, λ 8465 to λ 25,242. (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press), 1950. [2696] P. Mohr and B. Taylor. CODATA values of the fundamental constants 2002. Rev. Mod. Phys., 77, 1, 2005. [2697] M. Mokiem. The physical properties of early–type stars. Universiteit van Amsterdam, 2006. [2698] M. Mokiem, A. de Koter, C. Evans, J. Puls, S. Smartt, P. Crowther, A. Herrero, N. Langer, D. Lennon, F. Najarro, M. Villamariz, and J. Vink. The VLT–FLAMES survey of massive stars: Wind properties and evolution of hot massive stars in the Large Magellanic Cloud. Astr. Astrophys., 465, 1003, 2007. [2699] M. Mokiem, N. Mart´ın-Hern´andez, A. Lenorzer, A. de Koter, and A. Tielens. Metallicity and the spectral energy distribution and spectral types of dwarf O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 319, 2004. [2700] P. Molaro, C. Morossi, M. Ramella, and M. Franco. Superionization in the A0 V star HD 119921. Astr. Astrophys., 127, L3, 1983. [2701] C. Møller. The Theory of Relativity. (Oxford: Oxford University Press), 2nd edition, 1972. [2702] M. Mon, R. Hirata, and K. Sadakane. Abundance analysis of the He weak star 20 Tauri. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33, 413, 1981.

183

[2703] D. Montes and D. Martin. Library of high–resolution UES echelle spectra of F, G, K, and M field dwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 128, 485, 1998. [2704] T. Moon and M. Dworetsky. Grids for the determination of effective temperature and surface gravity of B, A, and F stars using uvbyβ photometry. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 215, 305, 1985. [2705] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of C I, C II, C III, C IV, C V, C VI. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 3] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1970. [2706] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of N IV, N V, N VI, N VII. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 4] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1971. [2707] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of N I, N II, N III. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 5] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1975. [2708] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of O I. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 7] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1976. [2709] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of O VI, O VII, O VIII. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 8] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1979. [2710] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of O V. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 9] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1980. [2711] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels and Multiplet Tables of O IV. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 10] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1983. [2712] C. Moore, M. Minnaert, and J. Houtgast. The Solar Spectrum 2935A˚ to 8770A˚. NBS Special Monograph No. 385. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1966. [2713] D. Moores. Electron–ion Collisions: Theory and experiment. In Brown and Lang [555], page 75. [2714] D. Moores. Ion–ion scattering: Theory. In Brown and Lang [555], page 65. [2715] H. Moos, J. Linsky, R. Henry, and W. McClintock. High spectral resolution measurements of the H I λ 1216 and Mg II λ 2800 emission from Arcturus. Astrophys. J., 188, 93, 1974.

184

[2716] P. Morel, C. van’t Veer, J. Provost, G. Berthomieu, F. Castelli, R. Cayrel, M. Goupil, and Y. Lebreton. Incorporating the atmosphere in stellar structure models: The solar case. Astr. Astrophys., 286, 91, 1994. [2717] W. Morgan, H. Abt, and J. Tapscott. Revised MK Spectral Atlas for Stars Earlier Than the Sun. (Yerkes Observatory, University of Chicago, and Kitt Peak National Observatory), 1978. [2718] W. Morgan, D. Harris, and H. Johnson. Some characteristics of color systems. Astrophys. J., 118, 92, 1953. [2719] W. Morgan and P. Keenan. Spectral Classification. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 11, 29, 1973. [2720] W. Morgan, P. Keenan, and E. Kellman. An Atlas of Stellar Spectra. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1943. [2721] C. Morossi, M. Franchini, M. Malagnini, R. Kurucz, and R. Buser. Cool stars: Spectral energy distributions and model atmosphere fluxes. Astr. Astrophys., 277, 173, 1993. [2722] C. Morossi, M. Franchini, M. Malagnini, R. Kurucz, and R. Buser. Synthetic DDO colors. Astr. Astrophys., 295, 471, 1995. [2723] P. Morris, K. Brownsberger, P. Conti, P. Massey, and W. Vacca. Spec- trophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. I. Continuum energy distributions. Astrophys. J., 412, 324, 1993. [2724] P. Morris, P. Eenens, M. Hanson, P. Conti, and D. Blum. Infrared spectra of massive stars in transition: WNL, Of, Of/WN, Be, B[e], and luminous blue variable stars. Astrophys. J., 470, 597, 1996. [2725] P. Morris, K. van der Hucht, A. Willis, and P. Williams. ISO’s view on massive star evolution: Neon abundances in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astro- phys. Space Sci., 255, 157, 1998. [2726] N. Morrison. Photometry of O–type stars, interpreted with reference to model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 200, 113, 1975. [2727] N. Morrison. The line of He I at 3187A˚ and He II at 3202A˚ in O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 202, 433, 1975. [2728] P. Morse. Thermal Physics. (Reading: Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company), 1969. [2729] D. Morton. The effect of line–blanketing on ultraviolet stellar radiation. Astrophys. J., 139, 1383, 1964. [2730] D. Morton. Theoretical line profiles in the ultraviolet spectra of early B–type stars. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 797, 1964.

185

[2731] D. Morton. Mass loss from three OB supergiants in Orion. Astrophys. J., 150, 535, 1967. [2732] D. Morton. The far–ultraviolet spectra of six stars in Orion. Astrophys. J., 147, 1017, 1967. [2733] D. Morton. The abundance of He in A– and B–type stars. Astrophys. J., 151, 285, 1968. [2734] D. Morton. Rocket observations of mass loss from hot stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 3, 117, 1969. [2735] D. Morton. The effective temperatures of the O stars. Astrophys. J., 158, 629, 1969. [2736] D. Morton. The effective temperatures of six Wolf–Rayet stars. Astro- phys. J., 160, 215, 1970. [2737] D. Morton. P Cygni profiles in ζ Ophiuchi and ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 203, 386, 1976. [2738] D. Morton and T. Adams. Effective temperatures and bolometric corrections of early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 151, 611, 1968. [2739] D. Morton, A. Bruzual, R. Kurucz, and H. Spinrad. The ultraviolet spectra of α Aquilae and α Canis Majoris. Astrophys. J., 212, 438, 1977. [2740] D. Morton, E. Jenkins, and N. Brooks. Far–ultraviolet spectra of ζ Pup- pis and γ2 Velorum. Astrophys. J., 155, 875, 1969. [2741] D. Morton, H. Spinrad, G. Bruzal, and R. Kurucz. The ultraviolet spectra of α Aquilae and α Canis Minoris. Astrophys. J., 212, 438, 1977. [2742] D. Morton and A. Underhill. The ultraviolet spectrum of ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 33, 83, 1977. [2743] D. Morton and G. Van Citters. Rocket observations of Orion stars with an all-reflective ultraviolet spectrograph. Astrophys. J., 161, 695, 1970. [2744] D. Morton and K. Widing. The solar Lyα emission line. Astrophys. J., 133, 596, 1961. [2745] R. Moss. Calculated transition frequencies for microwave and far- infrared transitions of the hydrogen molecular ion. Chem. Phys. Let., 171, 513, 1990. [2746] C. Motch, K. Werner, and M. Pakull. A new PG 1159 star discovered in the ROSAT XRT all sky survey: NLTE analysis of X–ray and optical spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 268, 561, 1993.

186

[2747] J. Mould and A. Hyland. Infrared observations and the structure of the lower main sequence. Astrophys. J., 208, 399, 1976. [2748] J. Mould and J. Liebert. Infrared photometry and the atmospheric composition of cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 226, 29, 1978. [2749] J. Mould and D. McElroy. Old disk subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 220, 935, 1978. [2750] N. Mowlavi, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, D. Schaerer, and C. Charbonnel. On some properties of very metal–rich stars. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 573, 1998. [2751] N. Mowlavi, D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, P. Bernasconi, C. Charbonnel, and A. Maeder. Grids of stellar models. VII. From 0.8 to 60 M at Z = 0.10. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 128, 471, 1998. [2752] B. Mozer and M. Baranger. Electric field distributions in an ionized gas. II. Phys. Rev., 118, 626, 1960. [2753] D. Mozurkewich, J. Armstrong, R. Hindsley, A. Quirrenbach, C. Hutter, K. Johnston, A. Hajian, Elias N., D. Buscher, and R. Simon. Angular diameters of stars from the Mark III optical interferometer. Astr. J., 126, 2502, 2003. [2754] D. Muchmore. Non–unique solutions to the stellar atmosphere problem. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 172, 1986. [2755] D. Mugglestone and B. O’Mara. Saturation effects in stellar atmospheric absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 41, 1965. [2756] D. Mugglestone and B. O’Mara. The influence of Stark broadening on abundance determinations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 37, 1966. [2757] E. Müller,B. Baschek, and H. Holweger. Center–to–limb analysis of the solar O lines. Solar Phys., 3, 125, 1968. [2758] E. Müllerand J. Mutschlecner. Effects of deviations from local thermodynamic equilibrium on solar abundances. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 9, 1, 1964. [2759] U. Munari and T. Zwitter. Equivalent width of Na I and K I lines and reddening. Astr. Astrophys., 318, 269, 1997. [2760] G. Münch. A theoretical discussion of the continuous spectrum of the Sun. Astrophys. J., 102, 385, 1945. [2761] G. Münch. The effect of the absorption lines on the temperature distribution of the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 104, 87, 1946. [2762] G. Münch. Model solar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 106, 217, 1947.

187

[2763] G. Münch. The effect of nongrayness on the temperature distribution of the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 107, 265, 1948. [2764] G. Münch. The effect of electron scattering on the line spectrum of high–temperature stars. Astrophys. J., 108, 116, 1948. [2765] G. Münch. On the formation of absorption lines by noncoherent scattering. Astrophys. J., 109, 275, 1949. [2766] G. Münch. Study of the H and He II lines in a high–temperature subdwarf. Astrophys. J., 217, 642, 1958. [2767] G. Münch. The theory of model stellar atmospheres. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 1, page 1. [2768] G. Münch and A. Slettebak. A new O–type subdwarf. Astrophys. J., 129, 852, 1959. [2769] A. Munier and R. Weaver. Radiation transfer in the fluid frame: A covariant formulation. I. Radiation hydrodynamics. Comp. Phys. Reports, 3, 125, 1986. [2770] A. Munier and R. Weaver. Radiation transfer in the fluid frame: A covariant formulation. II. The radiation transfer equation. Comp. Phys. Reports, 3, 165, 1986.

+ [2771] T. Murai. Electronic energies of the hydrogen molecular ion H2 . Science of Light, 23, 83, 1974. [2772] K. Murdoch, J. Drew, and L. Anderson. Infrared line emission in 10 Lac- ertae. Astr. Astrophys., 284, L27, 1994. [2773] C. Murray. Vectorial Astronomy. (Bristol: Adam Hilger Ltd.), 1983. [2774] J. Musielok, F. B¨ottcher, H. Griem, and H.-J. Kunze. Measurements of Stark–broadened Hα and Hγ lines of He II in dense plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 36, 5683, 1987. [2775] E. Mustel. The formation of absorption lines in the spectra of stars. In Ambartsumyan [86], chapter 9–16, pages 107–255. [2776] E. Mustel. The theory of the radiative equilibrium of stellar photospheres and the continuous spectrum of stars. In Ambartsumyan [86], chapter 1–8, pages 1–106. [2777] T. Nagel, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and K. Werner AcDc - A new code for the NLTE spectral analysis of accretion disks: Application to the helium CV AM CVn. Astr. Astrophys., 428,109, 2004. bibitemnag03 K. Nagendra. Numerical solutions of polarized line transfer equations. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 583.

188

[2778] K. Nagendra and J. Stenflo, editors. Solar Polarization. (Boston: Kluwer), 1999. [2779] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients for Si I, Si II, S III, C II, and C–like ions: C I, N II, O III, F IV, Ne V, Na VI, Mg VII, Al VIII, Si IX, and S XI. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 101, 423, 1995. [2780] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strenghts for Fe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53, 1545, 1996. [2781] S. Nahar. Total electron–ion recombination of Fe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53, 2417, 1996. [2782] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination of Fe II. Phys. Rev. A, 55, 1980, 1997. [2783] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for oxygen ions: O I – O VIII. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 3766, 1998. [2784] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant elements. II. O ions. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 120, 131, 1999. [2785] S. Nahar. Large scale Breit–Pauli calculations for the transition probabilities of Fe V. Physica Scripta, 61, 675, 2000. [2786] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant elements. III. Si–sequence ions: Si I, S III, Ar V, Ca VII, and Fe XIII. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 126, 537, 2000. [2787] S. Nahar. Relativistic photoionization cross sections for C II. Phys. Rev. A, 65, 052702, 2002. [2788] S. Nahar. Atomic Processes in Planetary Nebulae. In Kwok et al. [2256], page 325. [2789] S. Nahar. Fine structure radiative transitions in C II and C III using the Breit–Pauli R–matrix method. Atom. & Nuc. Data Tables, 80, 205, 2004. [2790] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients and photoionization cross sections for astrophysically abundant elements. XI. N V–VI and F VII–VIII for UV and X-ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 164, 280, 2006. [2791] S. Nahar. Photoionization and electron–ion recombination of He I. New Astronomy, 15, 417, 2010. [2792] S. Nahar and M. Bautista. Electron–ion recombination of Fe V. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 120, 327, 1999.

189

[2793] S. Nahar, M. Bautista, and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination of neutral Fe. Astrophys. J., 479, 497, 1997. [2794] S. Nahar, M. Bautista, and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination of Fe IV. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 4593, 1998. [2795] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Photoionization and electron–ion recombination: The carbon sequence. Phys. Rev. A, 44, 2935, 1991. [2796] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination in the close– coupling approximation. Phys. Rev. Let., 68, 1488, 1992. [2797] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. New results for photoionization and recombination of astrophysicallly abundant atoms and ions: The carbon sequence. Astrophys. J., 397, 729, 1992. [2798] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Unified treatment of electron–ion recombination in the close–coupling approximation. Phys. Rev. A, 49, 1816, 1994. [2799] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Unified electron–ion recombination rate coefficients of Si and S ions. Astrophys. J., 447, 966, 1995. [2800] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant elements. I. C and N. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 111, 339, 1997. [2801] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant elements. VII. Relativistic calculations for O VI and O VII for UV and X–ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 149, 239, 2003. [2802] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Self–consistent R–matrix approach to photoionization and unified electron–ion recombination. Rad. Phys. and Chem., 70, 328, 2004. [2803] S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.–L. Zhang. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant elements. IV. Relativistic calculations for C IV and C V for UV and X–ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 131, 375, 2000. [2804] S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.–L. Zhang. K–shell dielectronic resonances in photoabsorption: Differential oscillator strengths for Li–like C IV, O VI, and Fe XXIV. Phys. Rev. A, 63, 060701, 2001. [2805] F. Najarro, D. Figer, D. Hillier, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Metallicity in the galactic center: The Arches cluster. Astrophys. J., 611, L105, 2004.

190

[2806] F. Najarro, A. Herrero, and E. Verdugo. Massive stars in the UV. Astrophys. Space Sci., 303, 153, 2006. [2807] F. Najarro, D. Hillier, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz, S. Drapatz, and T. Geballe. The nature of the brightest galactic center He I emission line star. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 573, 1994. [2808] F. Najarro, D. Hillier, J. Puls, T. Lanz, and F. Martins. On the sensitivity of He I singlet lines to the Fe IV model atom in O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 456, 659, 2006. [2809] F. Najarro, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz, R.–P. Kudritzki, and D. Hillier. Spectroscopy of the He I cluster in the galactic center. Astr. Astrophys., 325, 700, 1997. [2810] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Cassinelli, O. Stahl, and D. Hillier. Stellar winds and the EUV continuum excess of early B–giants. Astr. Astrophys., 306, 892, 1996. [2811] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Hillier, H. Lamers, R. Voors, P. Morris, and L. Waters. Ionized outﬂows of hot stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 255, 137, 1997. [2812] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz, and D. Hillier. Quantitative spectroscopy of the He I cluster. In Gredel [1323], page 203. [2813] M. Nakagawa, Y. Kohyama, and N. Itoh. Relativistic Gaunt factor of the dense high–temperature stellar plasma. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 63, 661, 1987. [2814] W. Napier. A method for the construction of model stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 287, 1970. [2815] R. Napiwotzki. White dwarfs in old planetary nebulae. Acta Astr., 43, 343, 1993. [2816] R. Napiwotzki. LTE or NLTE for the analysis of hot white dwarf and subdwarf B stars? Astr. Astrophys., 322, 256, 1997. [2817] R. Napiwotzki. From central stars of planetary nebulae to white dwarfs. Rev. Mod. Astr., 11, 3, 1998. [2818] R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. IV. Model atmosphere analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 101, 1999. [2819] R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. V. Dis- tance scales. Astr. Astrophys., 367, 973, 2001. [2820] R. Napiwotzki. On near Chandrasekhar mass central stars of planetary nebula. Astr. Astrophys., 451, L27, 2006.

191

[2821] R. Napiwotzki, M. Barstow, T. Fleming, H. Holweger, S. Jordan, and K. Werner. Analysis of the DA white dwarf HZ 43A and its companion star. Astr. Astrophys., 278, 478, 1993. [2822] R. Napiwotzki, P. Green, and R. Saffer. How accurately do we know the parameters of hot DA white dwarfs? In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 492. [2823] R. Napiwotzki, U. Heber, and J. Köppen. Analysis of BD +33◦2642: A newly detected planetary nebula in the galactic halo and its central star. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 239, 1994. [2824] R. Napiwotzki, M. Herrmann, U. Heber, and M. Altmann. BD +33◦ 2642: Abundance Patterns in the central star of a halo PN. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 277. [2825] R. Napiwotzki, M. Hurwitz, S. Jordan, D. Bowyer, D. Koester, V. Wei- demann, M. Lampton, and J. Edelstein. ORFEUS observations of the DO white dwarf HD 149499B. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 5, 1995. [2826] R. Napiwotzki and T. Rauch. The Balmer–line problem of hot stars and the impact of ion–dynamical effects on the Stark broadening of H I and He II lines. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 603, 1994. [2827] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schönberner. Planetary nebulae nuclei with white dwarf spectra. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 39. [2828] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schönberner. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. II. Detection of a ‘hybrid’ central star. Astr. Astrophys., 249, L16, 1991. [2829] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schönberner. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. III. Spectral types, magnitudes, and distances. Astr. As- trophys., 301, 545, 1995. [2830] R. Napiwotzki, D. Schönberner, and V. Wenske. On the determination of effective temperature and surface gravity of B, A, and F stars using Strömgren uvbyβ photometry. Astr. Astrophys., 268, 653, 1993. [2831] D. Nargriner and Yu. Poutanen. Compton scattering by Maxwellian electrons: Frequency and directional redistribution of radiation. Astr. Let., 19, 262, 1993. [2832] K. Nariai. Atmospheres of white dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 14, 199, 1962. [2833] K. Nariai. Analysis of the H–deficient star HD 30353. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 15, 449, 1963. [2834] K. Nariai. Analysis of the H–deficient star HD 30353. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 19, 63, 1967.

192

[2835] K. Nariai and M. Ito. Numerical solution of the equation of radiative equilibrium. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 37, 553, 1985. [2836] K. Nariai and T. Shigeyama. Numerical solution of the equation of radiative equilibrium. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 36, 593, 1984. [2837] K. Nariai and K. Yoshioka. Numerical calculation of mean intensity and radiative flux in plane–parallel stellar atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 35, 113, 1983. [2838] A. Natta and S. Beckwith. Brightness distribution of resonant line photons in spherical envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 158, 310, 1986. [2839] A. Nayfonov, W. Däppen, D. Hummer, and D. Mihalas. The MHD equation of etate with post-Holtsmark microfield distributions. Astro- phys. J., 526, 451, 1999. [2840] H. Neckel. Die Randverdunklung der Sonne bei 4674A˚ und die Tem- peratureverteilung in den äusserestenPhotosphärenschichten. Z. für Astrophys., 44, 153, 1958. [2841] H. Neckel. Die Temperaturverteilung der Sonnenphotosphäre aus Restintensitätenvon Fraunhoferlinien. Z. fürAstrophys., 44, 100, 1958. [2842] H. Neckel. On the Sun’s absolute disk–center and mean disk intensities, its limb darkening, and its ‘limb temperature’ (λλ 330 to 1099 nm). Solar Phys., 212, 239, 2003. [2843] H. Neckel and D. Labs. Solar limb darkening 1986–1990 (λλ 330 to 1099 nm). Solar Phys., 153, 91, 1994. [2844] M. Neiger and H. Griem. Experimental investigation of Stark broadening and plasma polarization shift of ionized He resonance lines. Phys. Rev. A, 14, 291, 1976. [2845] J. von Neumann. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretischer Aufbau der Quan- tenmechanik. GöttingerNachrichten, 1, 245, 1927. [2846] C. Neuforge. Low temperature Rosseland mean opacities. Astr. Astro- phys., 274, 818, 1993. [2847] L. Neven and C. de Jager. The model of the solar atmosphere and the continuous absorption coefficient in the infrared. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 11, 291, 1951. [2848] L. Neven and C. de Jager. Observational models and He abundances of the atmospheres of four B–type stars. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 12, 103, 1954. [2849] K. Ng. Hypernetted chain solutions for the classical one-component plasma up to Γ = 7000. J. Chem. Phys., 61, 2680, 1974.

193

[2850] A. Niedzielski. Stratification in WR envelopes as seen in He II lines. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 529, 1994. [2851] G. Nienhuis, and F. Schuller. Collisional redistribution of fluorescence radiation. Physica, 92C, 397, 1977. [2852] A. Niedzielski and T. Nugis. Chemical composition of Wolf–Rayet stars. I. Line intensities in 7 galactic WR stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 91, 273, 1991. [2853] M. Nieva and N. Przybilla. C II abundances in early–type stars: Solu- tion to a notorious non–LTE problem. Astrophys. J., 639, L39, 2006. [2854] G. Nikolsky. The energy distribution in the solar EUV spectrum and abundance of elements in the solar atmosphere. Solar Phys., 6, 399, 1969. [2855] Y. Nishina. Die Polarisation der Comptonstreuung nach der Diracschen Theorie des Elektrons. Z. fürPhys., 52, 869, 1929. [2856] P. Nissen. The He–to–H ratio in B stars, as determined from photoelectric observations of a narrow–band index of the He I λ 4026 line. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 57, 1974. [2857] P. Nissen, Y. Chen, M. Asplund, and M. Pettini. S and Zn abundances in galactic stars and damped Lyα systems. Astr. Astrophys., 415, 993, 2004. [2858] P. Nissen and B. Edvardsson. Oxygen abundances in F and G dwarfs derived from the forbidden [O I] line at 6300A.˚ Astr. Astrophys., 261, 255, 1992. [2859] P. Nissen, B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. Oxygen and α-element abundances in galactic disk stars as a function of stellar age. In Danziger et al. [910], page 131. [2860] P. Nissen, B. Gustafsson, B. Edvardsson, and G. Gilmore. Chemi- cal composition and atmospheric parameters of metal–poor halo stars. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 440, 1994. [2861] P. Nissen, F. Primas, M. Asplund, and D. Lambert. O/Fe in metal–poor main–sequence and subgiant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 235, 2002. [2862] L. Nobili and R. Turolla. Henyey method revisited: An application to problems involving critical points. Astrophys. J., 333, 248, 1988. [2863] P. Noerdlinger. A modified Feautrier method for expanding atmospheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 20, 62, 1978. [2864] P. Noerdlinger. Probabilistic approach to radiative transfer in supersonic flows. Astrophys. Space Sci., 61, 185, 1979.

194

[2865] P. Noerdlinger. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in differentially expanding atmospheres. VI. The plane parallel atmosphere with expanding and contracting regions. Astrophys. J., 245, 682, 1981. [2866] P. Noerdlinger and P. Rybicki. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in differentially expanding atmospheres. IV. The two–level atom in plane parallel geometry solved by the Feautrier method. Astrophys. J., 193, 651, 1974. [2867] P. Noerdlinger and J. Scargle. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in differentially expanding atmospheres. II. Analytic solution for the case of coherence in the frame of the fluid. Astrophys. J., 176, 463, 1972. [2868] K. Nomoto, editor. Atmospheric Diagnostics of Stellar Evolution. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1988. [2869] A.˚ Nordlund. On convection in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 32, 407, 1974. [2870] A.˚ Nordlund. A two–component representation of stellar atmospheres with convection. Astr. Astrophys., 50, 23, 1976. [2871] A.˚ Nordlund. Numerical simulations of the solar granulation. I. Basic equations and methods. Astr. Astrophys., 107, 1, 1982. [2872] A.˚ Nordlund. Iterative solution of radiative transfer problems with spherical symmetry using a single–ray approximation. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 211. [2873] A.˚ Nordlund and D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. III. Hydrodynamic model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 155, 1990. [2874] A.˚ Nordlund, H. Spruit, H.-G. Ludwig, and R. Trampedach. Is stellar granulation turbulence? Astr. Astrophys., 328, 229, 1997. [2875] A.˚ Nordlund and R. Stein. 3–D simulations of solar and stellar convection and magnetoconvection. Comp. Phys. Commun., 59, 119, 1990. [2876] C. Norman, A. Renzini, and M. Tosi, editors. Stellar Populations. (Cam- bridge: Cambridge University Press), 1987. [2877] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. III. The singlet–triplet anomaly of Population I stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 337, 1970. [2878] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. IV. Fourteen “normal” stars of Population I . Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 193, 1971. [2879] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. V. The weak–He stars of Popula- tion I. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 213, 1971.

195

[2880] J. Norris. Population studies – The nature of the thick disk. Astrophys. J., 314, L39, 1987. [2881] J. Norris and B. Baschek. Neutral–He line strengths. I. Line profiles for a grid of approximate line–blanketed model atmospheres. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 305, 1970. [2882] J. Norris, T. Beers, and S. Ryan. Extremely metal–poor stars. VII. The most metal–poor dwarf, CS 22876–032. Astrophys. J., 540, 456, 2000. [2883] J. Norris, M. Bessell, and A. Pickles. Population studies. I. The Bidelman–MacConnell ‘weak–metal’ stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 58, 463, 185. [2884] J. Norris, N. Christlieb, A. Korn, K. Eriksson, M. Bessell, T. Beers, L. Wisotzki, and D. Reimers. HE 0557–4840: Ultra–metal–poor and carbon–rich. Astrophys. J., 670, 774, 2007. [2885] J. Norris and E. Green. Population studies. VI. The transition from halo to thin disk. Astrophys. J., 337, 272, 1989. [2886] J. Norris and T. Hawarden. The metal abundance of the old open cluster NGC 2243. Astrophys. J., 223, 483, 1978. [2887] J. Norris, R. Peterson, and T. Beers. Abundances of four ultra–metal– deficient stars. Astrophys. J., 415, 797, 1993. [2888] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. I. Spec- troscopic data. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 107, 391, 1996. [2889] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. IV. The carbon–rich objects. Astrophys. J., 488, 350, 1997. [2890] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. The carbon–rich, neutron capture, element poor object CS 22957–027. As- trophys. J., 489, 169, 1997. [2891] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. VIII. High–resolution, high signal–to–noise ratio alanysis of five stars with [Fe/H]< −3.5. Astrophys. J., 561, 1034, 2001. [2892] J. Norris and P. Strittmatter. Neutral He line strengths. VIII. Line profiles in the weak–He–line star 3 Sco. Astrophys. J., 196, 515, 1975. [2893] A. Nota and H. Lamers, editors. Luminous Blue Variables: Massive Stars in Transition. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pa- cific), 1997. [2894] A. Nota, A. Pasquali, L. Drissen, C. Leitherer, C. Robert, A. Mof- fat, and W. Schmutz. O stars in transition. I. Optical spectroscopy of Ofpe/WN 9 and related stars. Astrophys. J., 102, 383, 1996.

196

[2895] R. Noyes, O. Gingerich, and L. Goldberg. On the infrared continuum of the Sun and stars. Astrophys. J., 145, 344, 1966. [2896] T. Nugis and H. Lamers. Mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet stars as a function of stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 227, 2000. [2897] T. Nugis and H. Lamers. The mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet stars explained by optically thick radiation–driven wind models. Astr. As- trophys., 389, 162, 2002. [2898] T. Nugis and A. Niedzielski. Chemical composition of Wolf–Rayet stars. II. H–to–He ratio. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 237, 1995. [2899] H. Nussbaumer, H. Schmid, and M. Vogel. Raman scattering as a diagnostic possibility in astrophysics. Astr. Astrophys., 211, L27, 1989. [2900] H. Nussbaumer and W. Schmutz. The hydrogenic 2s − 1s two–photon emission. Astr. Astrophys., 138, 495, 1984. [2901] H. Nussbaumer and W. Schmutz. The N abundance in Wolf–Rayet WC stars. Astr. Astrophys., 154, 100, 1986. [2902] H. Nussbaumer, W. Schmutz, L. Smith, and A. Willis. IUE ultraviolet spectrophotometry of 15 galactic Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 47, 257, 1982. [2903] H. Nussbaumer and P. Storey. C III transition probabilities. Astr. Astrophys., 64, 139, 1978. [2904] G. O’Brien and D. Lambert. He I 10838 A˚ emission from α Bootis and α1 Herculis. Astrophys. J., 229, 33, 1989. [2905] J. O’Brien. Transforms of the hypergeometric function that allow for more rapid convergence in calculations of free–free Gaunt factors. As- trophys. J., 170, 613, 1971. [2906] J. O’Brien and C. Hooper. Low–frequency electric microﬁeld distributions in a plasma containing multiply charged ions. Phys. Rev. A, 5, 867, 1972. [2907] D. O’Connell, editor. Stellar Populations. (Amsterdam: North Hol- land), 1958. [2908] B. Odom, D. Hanneke, B. DUrso, and G. Gabrielse. New measurement of the electron magnetic moment using a one–electron quantum cyclotron. Phys. Rev. Let., 97, 030801, 2006. [2909] W. Oegerle and D. Van Blerkom. Neutral He emission in Wolf–Rayet envelopes. Astrophys. J., 206, 150, 1976.

197

[2910] G. Oertel and L. Shomo. Tables for the calculation of radial multipole matrix elements by the Coulomb approximation. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 16, 175, 1968. [2911] M. Oey. The number and metallicities of the most metal–poor stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 339, 849, 2003. [2912] M. S. Oey. The lowest metallicities: What do they tell us? In Lamers et al. [2303], page 253. [2913] T. Ohmura. Evaluation of free–free absorption coeﬃcient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 140, 282, 1964. [2914] T. Ohmura and H. Ohmura. Free–free absorption coeﬃcient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 131, 8, 1960. [2915] T. Ohmura and H. Ohmura. Continuous absorption due to free–free transition in hydrogen. Phys. Rev., 121, 513, 1961. [2916] K. Ohnaka, T. Tsuji, and W. Aoki. Elemental abundances of C, N, and O in carbon stars. Astr. Astrophys., 353, 528, 2000. [2917] J. Oke. The determination of spectroscopic absolute magnitudes for late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 126, 509, 1957. [2918] J. Oke. The Hertzsprung–Russell diagram for F5–K2 stars with the most accurate absolute magnitudes. Astrophys. J., 130, 487, 1959. [2919] J. Oke. Standard stars for photoelectric spectrophotometry. Astrophys. J., 131, 358, 1960. [2920] J. Oke. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of stars suitable for standards. Astrophys. J., 140, 688, 1964. [2921] J. Oke. Absolute spectral energy distributions in stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 3, 23, 1965. [2922] J. Oke. Absolute spectral energy distributions for white dwarfs. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 27, 21, 1974. [2923] J. Oke. Faint spectrophotometric standard stars. Astr. J., 99, 1621, 1990. [2924] J. Oke and P. Conti. Absolute photoelectric spectrophotometry of stars in the Hyades. Astrophys. J., 143, 134, 1966. [2925] J. Oke and J. Greenstein. Photoelectric scanning of spectral lines. As- trophys. J., 133, 349, 1961. [2926] J. Oke and J. Gunn. Secondary standard stars for absolute spectrophotometry. Astrophys. J., 266, 713, 1983.

198

[2927] J. Oke and R. Schild. The absolute spectral energy distribution of α Lyrae. Astrophys. J., 161, 1015, 1970. [2928] J. Oke, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Temperatures and surface gravities of DB white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 281, 276, 1984. [2929] Y. Oksyuk. Photodissociation of the molecular hydrogen ion. Optics and Spectrosc. – USSR, 23, 115, 1967. [2930] E. Olson. The calibration of uvby photometry. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 86, 80, 1974. [2931] G. Olson. An escape probability treatment of doublet resonance lines in expanding stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 255, 267, 1982. [2932] G. Olson, L. Auer, and J. Buchler. A rapidly convergent iterative solution of the non–LTE radiation transfer problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 35, 431, 1986. [2933] G. Olson and J. Castor. Detailed empirical models for the winds of early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 244, 179, 1981. [2934] G. Olson and D. Ebbets. Mass–loss rates in early–type stars determined by fitting Hα profiles. Astrophys. J., 248, 1021, 198. [2935] G. Olson and P. Kunasz. Short characteristic solution of the non– LTE transfer problem by operator perturbation. I. The one–dimensional planar slab. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 38, 325, 1987. [2936] B. O’Mara and R. Simpson. The He abundance in thirty–three main sequence B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 167, 1972. [2937] A. Omont. Molecules in AGB (and post–AGB) circumstellar envelopes. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 357. [2938] A. Omont, E. Smith, and J. Cooper. Redistribution of resonance radiation. I. The effect of collisions. Astrophys. J., 175, 185, 1972. [2939] A. Onifer and K. Gayley. The statistical Sobolev–Rosseland mean and the effects of frequency redistribution on Wolf–Rayet wind driving. As- trophys. J., 590, 473, 2003. [2940] E. Opik.¨ Stellar structure, source of energy, and evolution. Pub. de l’Observatoire Astr. de l’Universite de Tartu, No. 3, 30, 1, 1938. [2941] J. Oppenheimer. Note on the theory of interaction of filed and matter. Phys. Rev., 35, 461, 1930. [2942] J. Orosz and P. Hauschildt. The use of NextGen model atmospheres for cool giants in a light curve synthesis code. Astr. Astrophys., 364, 265, 2000.

199

[2943] K. Osawa. Model stellar atmospheres with high content of He. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 253, 1959. [2944] W. Osborn. On the strength of Hα in the O–stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 166, 491, 1974. [2945] P. Osmer and D. Peterson. The composition and evolutionary status of He–rich stars. Astrophys. J., 187, 117, 1974. [2946] L. Oster. The free–free emission and absorption coefficients in the radio frequency range at very low temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 318, 1970. [2947] L. Oster. The relation between emission and absorption coefficients for arbitrary radiation processes. Astr. Astrophys., 33, 151, 1974. [2948] D. Osterbrock. The escape of resonance–line radiation from an optically thick medium. Astrophys. J., 135, 195, 1962. [2949] D. Osterbrock. Line and continuum problems in gaseous nebulae. In Hunt [1836], page 623. [2950] D. Osterbrock. Astrophysics of Gaseous Nebulae and Active Galactic Nuclei. (Mill Valley: University Science Books), 1989. [2951] T. Oswalt, E. Sion, G. Hammond, G. Vauclair, J. Liebert, G. Wegner, D. Koester, and Marcum P. UV observations of the cool DBQA5 white dwarf LDS 678 – Limits on the atmospheric composition, pressure shift, and gravitational redshift derived from C I 2479. Astr. J., 101, 583, 1991. [2952] S. O’Toole and U. Heber. Abundance studies of sdB stars using UV echelle HST/STIS spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 452, 579, 2006. [2953] M. Otsuka. The relation between the optical escape factor and the thermalization length. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 21, 489, 1979. [2954] R. Oudmaijer, M. Groenewegen, and H. Schrijver. The absolute magnitude of K0 V stars from BT HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys., 341, L55, 1999. [2955] N. Owaki. On the equation of transfer of radiation through a non–grey stellar atmosphere. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 1, 163, 1950. [2956] S. Owocki. Winds from hot stars. Reviews in Modern Astronomy, 3, 98, 1990. [2957] S. Owocki. Instabilities in hot-star winds: Basic physics and recent developments. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 393.

200

[2958] S. Owocki. Stellar wind mechanisms and instabilities. In Heydari- Malayeri et al. [1631], page 163. [2959] S. Owocki. Radiation hydrodynamics of line–driven winds. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 173. [2960] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Nonlinear dynamics of instabilities in line–driven stellar winds. In Lamers and de Loore [2296], page 269. [2961] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Time–dependent models of radiatively driven stellar winds. I. Nonlinear evolution of instabilities for a pure absorption model. Astrophys. J., 335, 914, 1988. [2962] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Physics of instabilities in radiatively driven stellar winds. In Davidson et al. [915], page 291. [2963] S. Owocki, S. Cranmer, and K. Gayley. Inhibition of wind compressed disk formation by nonradial line-forces in rotating hot-star winds. As- trophys. J., 472, L115, 1996. [2964] S. Owocki, and K. Gayley. in Nota and Lamers [2893], page 121. [2965] S. Owocki, K. Gayley. and N. Shaviv A porosity-length formalism for photon-tiring–limited mass loss from stars above Eddington limit. As- trophys. J., 616, 525, 2004. [2966] S. Owocki, C. Poe, and J. Castor. Applicability of steady models for hot–star winds. In Garmany [1225], page 283. [2967] S. Owocki and J. Puls. Nonlocal escape–integral approximations for the line force in structured line–driven stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 462, 894, 1996. [2968] S. Owocki and J. Puls. Line–driven stellar winds: The dynamical role of diﬀuse radiation gradients and limitations to the Sobolev approach. Astr. Astrophys., 510, 355, 1999. [2969] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds. I. Dependence on perturbation wavelength. Astrophys. J., 284, 337, 1984. [2970] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds. II. Eﬀect of scattering. Astrophys. J., 299, 265, 1985. [2971] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds. III. Wave propagation in the case of pure line absorption. Astrophys. J., 309, 127, 1986.

201

[2972] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities of line–driven stellar winds. V. Effect of an optically thick continuum. Astrophys. J., 368, 261, 1991. [2973] J. Oxenius. Emission and absorption profiles in a scattering atmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 5, 771, 1965. [2974] J. Oxenius. Kinetic aspects of redistribution in spectral lines. In Beck- man and Crivellari [358], page 207. [2975] J. Oxenius. Kinetic Theory of Particles and Photons. (Berlin: Springer– Verlag), 1986. [2976] J. Oxenius and E. Simonneau. Kinetic theory of spectral line formation. Annals of Phys., 234, 60, 1994. [2977] D. Oza, R. Greene, and D. Kelleher. Collisional broadening of the Hα transition of H and He+ in plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 37, 531, 1988. [2978] B. Pagel. Center–limb variations in the equivalent widths of some infrared Fraunhofer lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 115, 493, 1955. [2979] B. Pagel. Note on the collisional dissociation of the H− ion in the solar atmosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 609, 1956. [2980] B. Pagel. The distribution of temperature in the neighborhood of the solar limb. Astrophys. J., 133, 924, 1961. [2981] B. Pagel. The influence of metal abundance on the spectra and spectral classification in late–type dwarfs Roy. Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 15, 1962. [2982] B. Pagel. Differential curve of growth analysis of τ Ceti and HD 122563. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 3, 139, 1963. [2983] B. Pagel. Differential curve–of–growth analyses of some cool stars. Roy. Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 87, 227, 1965. [2984] B. Pagel. Revised abundance analysis of the halo red giant HD 122563. Roy. Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 104, 127, 1965. [2985] B. Pagel. Differential curve of growth analyses of some cool dwarfs and subgiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 112, 1967. [2986] B. Pagel. Stellar and solar abundances. Space Sci. Rev., 15, 1, 1973. [2987] F. Paletou and L. Auer. A new approximate operator method for partial frequency redistribution problems. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 771, 1995. [2988] R. Pallavicini, editor. Hot Thin Plasmas in Astrophysics. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1988.

202

[2989] G. Pandey, R. Kameswara, D. Lambert, C. Jeffery, and M. Asplund. Abundance analyses of cool extreme He stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 324, 937, 2001. [2990] G. Pandey, D. Lambert, C. Jeffery, and N. Rao. An analysis of ultraviolet spectra of extreme He stars and new clues to their origins. Astrophys. J., 638, 454, 2006. [2991] G. Pandey, D. Lambert, N. Rao, and C. Jeffery. Abundances of neutron–capture elements in the hot extreme He stars V 1920 Cygni and HD 124448. Astrophys. J., 602, L113, 2004. [2992] A. Pannekoek. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 1, 107, 1922. [2993] A. Pannekoek. The theoretical contours of absorption lines. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 139, 1930. [2994] W. Panofsky and M. Philips. Classical Electricity and Magnetism. (Reading: Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 2nd edition, 1962. [2995] J. Papaj, W. Wegner, and J. Krelowski. Intrinsic energy distributions in spectra of early type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 246, 408, 1990. [2996] E. Parker. Dynamics of the Interplanetary Gas and Magnetic Fields. Astrophys. J., 128, 664, 1958. [2997] E. Parker. The hydrodynamic theory of solar corpuscular radiation and stellar wind. Astrophys. J., 132, 821, 1960. [2998] E. Parker. Cosmical Magnetic Fields: Their Origin and Their Activity. (New York: Oxford University Press), 1979. [2999] R. Parker, J. Greenstein, and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars. IV. A redetermination of the abundances in G dwarfs in the Hyades. Astrophys. J., 133, 101, 1961. [3000] S. Parsons. Model atmospheres for yellow supergiants. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 18, 127, 1969. [3001] S. Parsons. Effective temperatures, intrinsic colors, and surface gravities of the yellow supergiants and Cepheids. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 121, 1971. [3002] S. Parsons. Limb darkening for yellow supergiants. Astrophys. J., 164, 355, 1971. [3003] M. Parthasarathy, G. Gauba, T. Fujii, and Y. Nakada. Hot post–AGB stars. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 29.

203

[3004] M. Parthasarathy, C. Sneden, and E. Böhm–Vitense.IUE observations of weak G–band stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 96, 44, 1984. [3005] I. Pascucci, S. Wolf, J. Steinacker, C. Dullemond, T. Henning, G. Nic- colini, and P. Woitke. The 2D continuum radiative transfer problem. Benchmark results for disk configurations. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 793, 2004. [3006] A. Pasquali, N. Langer, W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, A. Nota, I. Hubeny, and A. Moffat. O stars in transition. II. Fundamental properties and evolutionary status of Ofpe/WN 9 stars from HST ultraviolet observations. Astrophys. J., 478, 340, 1997. [3007] A. Pasquali, W. Schmutz, A. Nota, and L. Origlia. A spectral analysis of HDE 269445 from optical and infrared observations. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 265, 1997. [3008] A. Pauldrach. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. III. De- tailed statistical equilibrium calculations for H to Zn. Astr. Astrophys., 183, 295, 1987. [3009] A. Pauldrach. Radiation driven atmospheres of O–type stars: Synthetic UV–spectra of consistent atmospheric models as a spectroscopic tool. In Szczerba et al. [3721], page 804. [3010] A. Pauldrach, A. Feldmeier, J. Puls, and R.–P.. Kudritzki. Radiation driven winds of hot stars: Theory of O star atmospheres as a spectral tool. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 105, 1993. [3011] A. Pauldrach and A. Herrero. Multi–level non–LTE calculations for very optically thick winds and photospheres under extreme NLTE conditions. Astr. Astrophys., 199, 262, 1988. [3012] A. Pauldrach, T. Hoffmann, and M. Lennon. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. XIII. A description of NLTE line blocking and blanketing towards realistic models for expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 375, 161, 2001. [3013] A. Pauldrach, T. Hoffmann, and R. Méndez.Radiation-driven winds of hot luminous stars. XV. Constraints on the mass–luminosity relation of central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 1111, 2004. [3014] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, and A. Wagner. Radia- tion driven winds of central stars of planetary nebulae. In Bianchi and Gilmozzi [425], page 63. [3015] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and K. Butler. Radiation– driven winds of hot luminous stars. VII. The evolution of massive stars and the morphology of stellar wind spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 205, 1990.

204

[3016] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, K. Butler, and J. Hunsinger. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. XII. A first step towards detailed UV–line diagnostics of O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 283, 525, 1994. [3017] A. Pauldrach, M. Lennon, T. Hoffmann, F. Sellmaier, R.–P. Kudritzki, and J. Puls. Realistic models for expanding atmospheres. In Howarth [1735], page 258. [3018] A. Pauldrach and J. Puls. Radiation driven winds of hot luminous stars. Applications of stationary wind models. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 124, 1990. [3019] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, R. Gabler, and A. Gabler. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. IX. Constraints on the wind temperature of O–stars. In Garmany [1225], page 171. [3020] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. Improvements of the theory and first results. Astr. Astrophys., 164, 86, 1986. [3021] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Radiation–driven winds of hot stars. Theory of O–star atmospheres as a spectroscopic tool. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 105, 1994. [3022] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Méndez, and S. Heap. Radiation–driven winds of hot stars. V. Wind models for central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 207, 123, 1988. [3023] W. Pauli. Uber¨ das thermische Gleichgewicht zwischen Strahlung und freien Elektronen. Z. fürPhys., 18, 272, 1923. [3024] W. Pauli. Uber¨ den Zusammenhang des Abschlusses der Electrongrupen im Atom mit der Komplexstruktur des Spektren. Z. fürPhys., 31, 765, 1925. [3025] W. Pauli. Zur Quantenmechanik des magnetischen Elektrons. Z. für Phys., 43, 601, 1927. [3026] W. Pauli. The connection between spin and statistics. Phys. Rev., 58, 716, 1940. [3027] L. Pauling and E. Wilson. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1935. [3028] K. Pavlakis and N. Kylafis. A generalization of the Sobolev method for radiation transport with local and nonlocal line overlap. Astrophys. J., 467, 292, 1996. [3029] R. Paxman, J. Seldin, M. Loefdahl, G. Scharmer, and C. Keller. Evalu- ation of phase–diversity techniques for solar–image restoration. Astro- phys. J., 466, 1087, 1996.

205

[3030] C. Payne. Stellar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: Harvard College Obser- vatory), 1925. [3031] C. Payne. An analysis of the spectra of the Wolf–Rayet stars. Z. für Astrophys., 7, 1, 1933. [3032] M. Peña,W.–R. Hamann, M. T. Ruiz, A. Peimbert, and M. Peimbert. A high resolution spectroscopic study of the extraordinary planetary nebula LMC-N66. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 583, 2004. [3033] M. Peña,G. Stasińska, C. Esteban, L. Koesterke, S. Medina, and R. Kingsburgh. Galactic planetary nebulae with Wolf-Rayet nuclei. I. Objects with [WC] early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 337, 866, 1998. [3034] M. Peña,S. Torres-Peimbert, and M. Ruiz. Ultraviolet and optical spectra of central stars of halo planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 757, 1992. [3035] G. Peach. Continuous absorption coefficients for non-hydrogenic atoms. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 124, 371, 1962. [3036] G. Peach. A general formula for the calculation of absorption cross– sections for free–free transitions in the field of positive ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 130, 361, 1965. [3037] G. Peach. Total continuous absorption coefficients for complex atoms. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 70, 29, 1965. [3038] G. Peach. Total continuous absorption coefficients for complex atoms. Astr. J., 71, 174, 1966. [3039] G. Peach. Free–free absorption coefficients for non–hydrogenic atoms. Mem. R. Astr. Soc., 71, 1, 1967. [3040] G. Peach. A revised general formula for the calculation of atomic photoionization cross sections. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 71, 13, 1967. [3041] G. Peach. Continuous absorption coefficients for non-hydrogenic atoms. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 73, 1, 1970. [3042] F. Pease. The angular diameter of α Bootis by the interferometer. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 33, 171, 1921. [3043] F. Pease. The diameter of α Scorpii by the interferometer method. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 33, 204, 1921. [3044] F. Pease. Interferometric observations of star diameters. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 34, 183, 1922. [3045] D. Peat and A. Pemberton. Abundances of Na, Mg, and Ca in K–type giant stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 140, 21, 1968.

206

[3046] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution àla théoriedu type spectral. I. Introduction génerale.La construction des modèlesd’atmosphère. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 294, 1950. [3047] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution àla théoriedu type spectral. IV. La formation des raies dans les spectres stellaires. Ann. dAstrophys., 14, 115, 1951. [3048] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution àla théoriedu type spectral. V. Le “blanketing effect” et la structure de la photosphèresolaire. Ann. dAstrophys., 14, 152, 1951. [3049] J.-C. Pecker. L’écartàl’équilibrethermodynamique local dans la pho- tosphèresolaire. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 245, 499, 1957. [3050] J.-C. Pecker. Déviationde ETL´ dans les raies de Fraunhofer. Commun. Obs. Roy. Belgique, 157, 36, 1959. [3051] J.-C. Pecker. Ecarts´ àl’équilibreet abondances dans les photosphères solaire et stellaires. I. Le spectre du titane neutre. Ecarts´ àl’ETL. Ann. dAstrophys., 22, 499, 1959. [3052] J.-C. Pecker. The interpretation of the UV spectrum of stars. Space Research, 3, 1076, 1962. [3053] J.-C. Pecker. Model atmospheres. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 3, 135, 1965. [3054] J.-C. Pecker and E. Schatzman. Summary on ultraviolet stellar output. Rev. Mod. Phys., 30, 110, 1958. [3055] J.-C. Pecker and E. Schatzman. Astrophysique Générale. (Paris: Mas- son et Cie.), 1959. [3056] J.-C. Pecker and L. Vogel. Ecarts´ àl’équilibreet abondances dans les photosphèressolaire et stellaires. II. Les cas des atomes neutres de titane, vanadium, chrome dans l’atmosphèresolaire. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 594, 1960. [3057] A. Pellerin, A. Fullerton, C. Robert, J. Howk, J. Hutchings, N. Wal- born, L. Bianchi, P. Crowther, and G. Sonneborn. An atlas of galactic OB spectra observed with the Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 143, 159, 2002. [3058] R. Pengelly and M. Seaton. Recombination spectra. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 127, 165, 1964. [3059] U. Peppel. Mass loss rates for northern OB–stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 57, 107, 1984.

207

[3060] A. Peraiah. Spectral line formation in extended atmospheres. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 321, 1973. [3061] A. Peraiah. Line formation in spherical media with partial frequency redistribution. I. Solution of the line transfer. Astrophys. Space Sci., 58, 189, 1978. [3062] A. Peraiah. Line formation in spherical media with partial frequency redistribution. II. Expanding media with the redistribution function RI. Astrophys. Space Sci., 63, 267, 1978. [3063] A. Peraiah. An iterative simultaneous solution of the equations of statistical equilibrium and radiative transfer in the comoving frame. J. Astrophys. Astr., 1, 101, 1980. [3064] A. Peraiah. Comoving frame calculations of spectral lines formed in rapidly expanding media with the partial frequency redistribution function for zero natural line width. J. Astrophys. Astr., 1, 3, 1980. [3065] A. Peraiah. Effects of high radial velocities on line transfer in extended atmospheres. Acta Astr., 30, 525, 1980. [3066] A. Peraiah. Effects of high velocities on photoionization lines. J. As- trophys. Astr., 1, 113, 1980. [3067] A. Peraiah. Lines formed in rotating and expanding atmospheres. J. Astrophys. Astr., 1, 17, 1980. [3068] A. Peraiah. Radiative transfer in the comoving frame. Astrophys. Space Sci., 77, 243, 1981. [3069] A. Peraiah. Discrete space theory of radiative transfer. In Kalkofen [1984], page 281. [3070] A. Peraiah. Aberration and advection effects in a plane–parallel medium in motion. Astrophys. J., 317, 271, 1987. [3071] A. Peraiah. Aberration and advection effects in expanding spherically symmetric shells. Astrophys. J., 371, 673, 1991. [3072] A. Peraiah. Effects of aberration and advection on line formation. As- trophys. J., 380, 212, 1991. [3073] A. Peraiah. An Introduction to Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam- bridge University Press), 2001. [3074] A. Peraiah and I. Grant. Numerical solution of the radiative transfer equation in spherical shells. J. Inst. Maths. Applics., 12, 75, 1973. [3075] A. Peraiah and K. Nagendra. Effects of the partial frequency redistribution function RII on the level population ratios in a resonance line. Astrophys. Space Sci., 90, 237, 1983.

208

[3076] A. Peraiah, G. Raghunath, and K. Nagendra. Optical depth effects on the formation of spectral lines in rotating and expanding spherical atmospheres. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 277, 1981. [3077] A. Peraiah and K. Rangarajan. Effects of redistribution with dipole scattering on line source functions. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 245, 1981. [3078] A. Peraiah, K. Rangarajan, and D. Rao. Photon escape probabilities in expanding atmospheres. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 81, 1981. [3079] A. Peraiah and D. Rao. Effects of partial frequency redistribution on the level population densities in a resonance line. Astrophys. Space Sci., 80, 437, 1981. [3080] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer equation in spherically symmetric non–scattering media. Astrophys. Space Sci., 107, 177, 1984. [3081] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer equation in spherical symmetry. Astrophys. J., 290, 411, 1985. [3082] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Solution of radiative transfer equation in spherical–symmetry in partially scattering media. Astrophys. Space Sci., 108, 67, 1985. [3083] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer with Compton scattering in spherically symmetric shells. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 42, 675, 1990. [3084] M.-N. Perrin. Blanketing theory and the G − I index. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 79, 1973. [3085] M.-N. Perrin. Colors and ionization equilibria in K–dwarfs. II. Implica- tions for the lower main sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 44, 9, 1975. [3086] M.-N. Perrin, R. Cayrel, and G. Cayrel de Strobel. Colors and ionization equilibria in K–dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 97, 1975. [3087] M.-N. Perrin, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and M. Dennefeld. High S/N detailed spectral analysis for four G and K dwarfs within 10 pc of the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 191, 237, 1988. [3088] M.-N. Perrin and M. Spite. Contribution to the search for solar spectral analogs. An analysis of 16 Cyg A and B. Astr. Astrophys., 94, 207, 1981. [3089] G. Pert. The effects of coherence and redistribution of radiative transfer in large velocity gradients. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 46, 165, 1991. [3090] G. Peters and L. Aller. The chemical composition of ι Herculis. Astro- phys. J., 159, 525, 1980.

209

[3091] D. Peterson. The Balmer lines in early type stars. S.A.O. Special Report No. 293. Cambridge: Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory. [3092] D. Peterson. Model stellar atmospheres: Numerical techniques. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 18, 295, 1977. [3093] D. Peterson and M. Scholz. Investigation of six O–type spectra. Astro- phys. J., 163, 51, 1971. [3094] D. Peterson and S. Strom. Departures from LTE in the H–lines of late B stars. Astrophys. J., 157, 1341, 1969. [3095] R. Peterson. Relative abundances in metal–poor stars. III. Na through Cu. Astrophys. J., 244, 989, 1981. [3096] R. Peterson and B. Carney. Abundance analyses of metal–poor stars. II. Yellow spectra of five dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 231, 762, 1979. [3097] R. Peterson and C. Sneden. Relative abundances in metal–poor stars. I. The carbon–to–Fe ratio. Astrophys. J., 225, 913, 1978. [3098] E. Peytremann. Theoretical effect of various broadening parameters on ultraviolet line profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 76, 1972. [3099] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. I. Sta- tistical method and calculation of a grid of models. Astr. Astrophys., 33, 203, 1974. [3100] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. III. Ta- bles of models and broad–band colors. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 18, 81, 1974. [3101] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. II. In- terpretation of broad–band photometric observations. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 417, 1975. [3102] E. Peytremann. Ultraviolet spectra with line opacities. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 393, 1975. [3103] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. IV. L’asombris- sement centre bord du soleil entre 3190A˚ et 23,120A.˚ Ann. dAstrophys., 18, 34, 1955. [3104] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. V. Le corps noir étalon. Ann. dAstrophys., 24, 258, 1961. [3105] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. Ann. dAstro- phys., 31, 277, 1968. [3106] H. Pfennig and E. Trefftz. Zur quasistatischen Druckverbreiterung der diffusen Heliumlinien. Z. fürPhys., 190, 253, 1966.

210

[3107] J. Pfleiderer. Remarks on the relation between emission and absorption coefficients. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 323, 1975. [3108] A. Philip and D. Hayes, editors. Multicolor Photometry and the Theo- retical HR Diagram. Dudley Observatory Report No. 9. (Albany: State University of New York), 1975. [3109] A. Phillips. LTE line blanketing of an early B star atmosphere by ultraviolet lines using accurate damping constants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 777, 1977. [3110] A. Phillips and S. Wright. A fully blanketed early B star LTE model atmosphere using an opacity sampling technique. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 197, 1980. [3111] J. Piccirillo, A. Bernat, and H. Johnson. Red giant model atmospheres. II. The relation between color and effective temperature for K and M giant stars. Astrophys. J., 246, 246, 1981. [3112] A. Pierce. Relative solar energy distribution in the spectral region 10,000–25,000A.˚ Astrophys. J., 119, 312, 1954. [3113] A. Pierce, R. McMath, L. Goldberg, and O. Mohler. Observations of solar limb darkening between 0.5 and 10.2 µ. Astrophys. J., 112, 289, 1950. [3114] A. Pierce and C. Slaughter. Solar limb darkening. I. At wavelength of 3033–7297A.˚ Solar Phys., 51, 52, 1977. [3115] A. Pierce and C. Slaughter. Center to limb observations of Na lines in the solar spectrum. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 48, 73, 1982. [3116] A. Pierce, C. Slaughter, and D. Weinberger. Solar limb darkening in the interval 7408–24018 A.˚ II. Solar Phys., 52, 179, 1975. [3117] A. Pierce and J. Waddell. Analysis of limb darkening observations. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 68, 89, 1961. [3118] J. Pierluissi, P. Vanderwood, and R. Gomez. Fast calculation algorithm for the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 18, 555, 1977. [3119] C. Pilachowski. Abundances in cool evolved stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 17. [3120] C. Pilachowski, C. Sneden, and R. Kraft. Na abundances in field metal– poor stars. Astr. J., 111, 1698, 1996. [3121] L. Pilyugin, N. Sakhibullin, and G. Khromov. On the relationship between the “Zanstra” temperatures of the nuclei of planetary nebulae and the effective temperatures of these stars. Astrofizika, 14, 665, 1978.

211

[3122] R. Pino and V. Mujica. Non–Born–Oppenheimer corrections in an ex- actly solvable model of the hydrogen ion molecule. J. Phys. B, 31, 4537, 1998. [3123] M. Pinsonneault, D. Terndrup, R. Hanson, and J. Stauffer. Distances to open clusters from main–sequence fitting. I. New models and comparison with the properties of the Hyades eclipsing binary VB 22. Astrophys. J., 598, 588, 2003. [3124] M. Pinsonneault, D. Terndrup, R. Hanson, and J. Stauffer. Distances to open clusters as derived from main–sequence fitting. II. Construction of empirically calibrated isochrones. Astrophys. J., 600, 946, 2004. [3125] N. Piskunov, W. Weiss, and D. Gray, editors. Modeling of Stellar At- mospheres. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003. [3126] S. Pistinner, P. Hauschildt, D. Eichler, and E. Baron. On the primordial He abundance and spectroscopic uncertainties. Phys. Rep., 311, 151, 1999. [3127] S. Pistinner, P. Hauschildt, D. Eichler, and E. Baron. Spectroscopy of low–metallicity giant H II regions: A grid of low–metallicity stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 684, 1999. [3128] G. Placzek. The angular distribution of neutrons emerging from a plane surface. Phys. Rev., 72, 556, 1947. [3129] G. Placzek and W. Seidel. Milne’s problem in transport theory. Phys. Rev., 72, 550, 1947. [3130] M. Planck. Uber¨ das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspektrum. Ann. Physik, 4, 553, 1901. [3131] M. Planck. The Theory of Heat Radiation. English translation of Vor- lesungen über die Theorie der Wärmestrahlung, 1913. (New York: Dover Publications), 1991. [3132] H. Plaskett. Interpretation of Fraunhofer–line profiles. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 115, 256, 1955. [3133] J. Plaskett. The O–type stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 2, 285, 1924. [3134] B. Plez, J. Brett, A.˚ Nordlund. Spherical opacty sampling model atmo- sphees for M–giants. I. Techniques, data, and discussion Astr. Astro- phys., 256, 551, 1992. [3135] B. Podolsky. Dispersion by H–like atoms in undulatory mechanics. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci., 14, 253, 1928.

212

[3136] C. Poe, S. Owocki, and J. Castor. The steady state solutions of radiatively driven stellar winds for a non–Sobolev, pure absorption model. Astrophys. J., 358, 199, 1990. [3137] M. Pogodin. Theoretical profiles of Balmer lines in the spectra of stars with moving envelopes with allowance for spectral dependence of the hydrogen absorption coefficient. Astrofizika, 31, 506, 1990. [3138] A. Poland. Neutral He lines and the He anomaly in hot stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 609, 1970. [3139] A. Poland and A. Skumanich. Non–LTE effects for He I in early B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 18, 1971. [3140] L. Pompéia,B. Barbuy, and M. Grenon. Detailed analysis of nearby bul- gelike dwarf stars. I. Stellar parameters, kinematics, and O abundances. Astrophys. J., 566, 845, 2002. [3141] G. Pomraning. Compton and inverse Compton scattering. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 1047, 1972. [3142] G. Pomraning. The Equations of Radiation Hydrodynamics. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 1973. [3143] F. Pont, M. Mayor, C. Turon, and D. Vandenberg. HIPPARCOS subdwarf and globular cluster ages: The distance and age of M 92. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 87, 1998. [3144] D. Popper. Red shift in the spectrum of 40 Eridani B. Astrophys. J., 120, 316, 1954. [3145] D. Popper. On the Narrabri scale of absolute stellar fluxes. Astrophys. J., 151, 51, 1968. [3146] D. Popper. Masses of hot main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 220, 11, 1978. [3147] D. Popper. Stellar masses. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 18, 115, 1980. [3148] D. Popper. Masses, radii and luminosities from analysis of eclipsing binaries. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 81. [3149] D. Popper. Main–sequence G and K stellar masses. Astrophys. J., 404, 67, 1993. [3150] D. Popper. HIPPARCOS parallaxes of eclipsing binaries and the radiative flux scale. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 110, 919, 1998. [3151] D. Popper, H. Jørgensen, D. Morton, and D. Leckrone. The He abundance in Population I stars. Astrophys. J., 161, 57, 1970.

213

[3152] S. Pottasch. On the determination of the solar chemical composition from a study of the ultraviolet spectrum. Ann. dAstrophys., 28, 148, 1965. [3153] S. Pottasch. On the radiative cooling rate in stellar atmospheres. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 7, 1965. [3154] S. Pottasch. On the Fe lines observed in the solar ultraviolet spectrum. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 237, 1966. [3155] S. Pottasch. The inclusion of dielectronic recombination processes in the interpretation of the solar ultraviolet spectrum. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 19, 113, 1967. [3156] A. Powell. The chemical composition of 12 late F dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 148, 477, 1970. [3157] F. Praderie. Sur les raies de l’hydrogène.I. Profils quasistatiques dans les atmosphèresstellaires. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 31, 1967. [3158] F. Praderie. Non–LTE analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of A type stars. I. Copernicus observations of the Lyα profile in Vega (A0 V). Astr. Astrophys., 98, 92, 1981. [3159] F. Praderie, A. Talavera, and H. Lamers. Resonance line profiles in A type supergiants from IUE and Copernicus spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 271, 1980. [3160] A. Pradhan, G.–X. Chen, S. Nahar, and H.–L. Zhang. Relativistic fine structure and resonance effects in electron–ion recombination and excitation (e + C IV). Phys. Rev. Let., 87, 183201, 2001. [3161] A. Pradhan and S. Nahar. Accuracy of stellar opacities and the solar abundance problem. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 52. [3162] A. Pradhan and S. Nahar. Atomic Astrophysics and Spectroscopy. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 2011. [3163] A. Pradhan and H.–L. Zhang. Radiation damping of autoionzing resonances. J. Phys. B, 30, L571, 1997. [3164] A. Pradhan and H.-L. Zhang. Electron collisions with atomic ions. In Itikawa [1880], page 1. [3165] L. Prandtl. Bericht über Untersuchungen zur ausgebildeten Turbulenz. Z. Angew. Math. Mech., 5, 136, 1925. [3166] L. Prandtl and O. Tietjens. Fundamentals of Hydro and Aeromechanics. (New York: Dover Publications), 1957.

214

[3167] N. Prantzos. Evolution of CNO abundances in the Universe. In Char- bonnel et al. [744], page 361. [3168] M. Prasad, D. Kershaw, and J. Beason. A simple method for computing relativistic Compton scattering kernel for radiative transfer. Appl. Phys. Let., 48, 1193, 1986. [3169] G. Preston. The chemically peculiar stars of the upper main sequence. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 257, 1974. [3170] G. Preston. What are extremely metal poor stars good for anyway? Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 112, 141, 2000. [3171] G. Preston and C. Sneden. What are these blue metal–poor stars? Astr. J., 120, 1014, 2000. [3172] G. Preston, C. Sneden, I. Thompson, S. Shectman, and G. Burley. At- mospheres, chemical compositions, and evolutionary histories of very metal–poor red horizontal–branch stars in the galactic field and in NGC 7078 (M 15). Astr. J., 132, 85, 2006. [3173] E. Priest. Solar Magnetohydrodynamics. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1982. [3174] R. Prinja. Photospheric absorption lines in the ultraviolet spectra of O–stars and B–stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 246, 392, 1990. [3175] R. Prinja, M. Barlow, and I. Howarth. Terminal velocities for a large sample of O stars, B supergiants, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 361, 607, 1990. [3176] R. Prinja, D. Massa, and W. Fullerton. Wind variability of B supergiants. IV. A survey of IUE time–series data of 11 B0 to B3 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 387, 587, 2002. [3177] R. Prinja, D. Massa, and L. Searle. The ionization structure of early B–supergiant winds. Astr. Astrophys., 430, L41, 2005. [3178] J. Provencal and H. Shipman. HST observations of H and C in hot DB white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 518. [3179] J. Provencal, H. Shipman, J. MacDonald, and S. Goodchild, editors. 12th European Workshop on White Dwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronom- ical Society of the Pacific), 2001. [3180] J. Provencal, H. Shipman, P. Thejll, and S. Vennes. C and H in hot DB white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 542, 1041, 2000. [3181] N. Przybilla. Non–LTE modeling of the He I 10830A˚ line in early–type main sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 443, 293, 2005.

215

[3182] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for N I and N II. Abundances and stellar parameters. Model atom and first results on BA–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 955, 2001. [3183] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for hydrogen revisited. Astrophys. J., 609, 1181, 2004. [3184] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Interpreting the Hydrogen IR Lines – Impact of Improved Electron Collision Data. In Käuflet al. [2018], page 225. [3185] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE line formation for Mg I and Mg II: Abundances and stellar parameters. Model atoms and first results on A–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 369, 1009, 2001. [3186] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–lte revisited. In McWilliam and Rauch [2547], page 48. [3187] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Quantitative spectroscopy of BA type supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 445, 1099, 2006. [3188] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Venn. Non– LTE line formation for neutral O. Model atom and first results on A– type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 1085, 2000. [3189] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, U. Heber, and C. Jeffery. Extreme He stars: Non–LTE matters. He and hydrogen spectra of the unique objects V652 Her and HD 144941. Astr. Astrophys., 443, L25, 2005. [3190] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE line formation for neutral and singly–ionized C. Model atom and first results on BA– type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 936, 2001. [3191] A. Przybylski. Analysis of the spectrum of the A0 III halo star HD 106304. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 111, 1971. [3192] J. Puls. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. IV. The influence of multi–line effects. Astr. Astrophys., 184, 227, 1987. [3193] J. Puls. Approximate lambda–operators working at optimum convergence rate. II. Line transfer in expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 248, 581, 1991. [3194] J. Puls, A. Feldmeier, U. Springmann, S. Owocki, and A. Fullerton. Synthesis of line profiles from models of structured winds. Astrophys. Space Sci., 221, 409, 1994. [3195] J. Puls and A. Herrero. Approximate lambda–operators working at optimum convergence rate. I. Theory and application to hydrostatic atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 204, 219, 1988.

216

[3196] J. Puls and D. Hummer. The Sobolev approximation for the line force and line source function in a spherically–symmetrical stellar wind with continuum opacity. Astr. Astrophys., 191, 87, 1988. [3197] J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Herrero, A. Pauldrach, S. Haser, D. Lennon, R. Gabler, S. Voels, J. Vilchez, S. Wachter, and A. Feldmeier. O star mass–loss and wind momentum rates in the Galaxy and the Magellanic Clouds: Observations and theoretical predictions. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 171, 1996. [3198] J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Santolaya-Rey, A. Herrero, S. Owocki, and J. McCarthy. Spectral diagnostics of blue stars with winds. In Howarth [1735], page 245. [3199] J. Puls, S. Owocki, and A. Fullerton. On the synthesis of resonance lines in dynamical models of structured hot–star winds. Astr. Astrophys., 279, 457, 1993. [3200] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. (New) methods of radiative transfer in expanding atmospheres. In Garmany [1225], page 204. [3201] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. Theory of radiatively driven winds of hot stars: II. Some aspects of radiative transfer. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 140, 1990. [3202] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. Radiative transfer in expanding atmospheres: Radiative acceleration of Wolf–Rayet envelopes? In Crivellari et al. [872], page 175. [3203] J. Puls, A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, S. Owocki, and F. Najarro. Ra- diation driven winds of hot stars – Some remarks on stationary models and spectrum synthesis in time–dependent simulations. (Ludwig Bier- mann Award Lecture 1992). Rev. Mod. Astr., 6, 271, 1993. [3204] J. Puls, T. Repolust, T. Hoﬀmann, A. Jokuthy, and R. Venero. Ad- vances in radiatively driven wind models. In van der Hucht et al. [3888], page 61. [3205] J. Puls, U. Springmann, and M. Lennon. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. XIV. Line statistics and radiative driving. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 141, 23, 2000. [3206] J. Puls, M. Urbaneja, R. Venero, T. Repolust, U. Springmann, A. Jokuthy, and M. Mokiem. Atmospheric NLTE models for the spectroscopic analysis of blue stars with winds. II. Line–blanketed models. Astr. Astrophys., 435, 669, 2005. [3207] A. Quirrenbach, D. Mozurkewich, D. Buscher, C. Hummel, and J. Arm- strong. Angular diameter and limb–darkening of Arcturus. Astr. As- trophys., 312, 160, 1996.

217

[3208] A. Ralston and P. Rabinowitz. A First Course in Numerical Analysis. (New York: Dover Publications), 2nd edition, 2001. [3209] I. Ram´ırez,C. Allende Prieto, and D. Lambert. Oxygen abundances in nearby stars. Clues to the formation and evolution of the galactic disk. Astr. Astrophys., 465, 271, 2007. [3210] I. Ram´ırez,C. Allende Prieto, S. Redfield, and D. Lambert. Fundamen- tal parameters and abundances of metal-poor stars: The SDSS standard BD +17◦4708. Astr. Astrophys., 459, 613, 2006. [3211] M. Ramspeck, U. Heber, and H. Edelmann. Early type stars at high galactic latitudes. II. Four evolved B-type stars of unusual chemical composition. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 235, 2001. [3212] M. Ramspeck, U. Heber, and S. Moehler. Early type stars at high galactic latitudes. I. Ten young massive B-type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 378, 907, 2001. [3213] K. Rangarajan, D. Mohan-Rao, and A. Peraiah. The effects of non– coherent electron scattering on spectral line formation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 250, 633, 1991. [3214] K. Rangarajan, M. Rao, and A. Peraiah. Effects of stimulated emission on radiative transfer with partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 235, 305, 1990. [3215] D. Rao. A numerical solution of the line transfer equation in a spherically symmetric atmospheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 62, 599, 1999. [3216] D. Rao, B. Varghese, and M. Rao. A comparative study of finite– difference methods for radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spec- trosc. Radiat. Transf., 53, 639, 1995. [3217] N. Rao and S. Mallik. Equivalent width of O I λ 7774 and absolute magnitude relation for F and G supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 211, 1978. [3218] J. Rast, F. Cartier, F. Kneubühl,D. Huguenin, and E. Müller.Measure- ment of the absolute solar brightness temperature in the far–infrared with a balloon–borne interferometer. Astr. Astrophys., 83, 199, 1980. [3219] T. Rauch. NLTE analysis of subluminous O–stars: The hot subdwarf in the binary system HD 128220. Astr. Astrophys., 276, 171, 1993. [3220] T. Rauch. Implication of light metals (Li–Ca) on NLTE model atmospheres of compact hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 237, 1997. [3221] T. Rauch. A grid of synthetic ionizing spectra for very hot compact stars from NLTE model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 403, 709, 2003.

218

[3222] T. Rauch and J. Deetjen. Handling of atomic data. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 103. [3223] T. Rauch, S. Dreizler, and K. Werner. New spectral analyses of pre- white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 221. [3224] T. Rauch, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Spectral analysis of O(He)–type post–AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 651, 1998. [3225] T. Rauch, U. Heber, K. Hunger, K. Werner, and T. Neckel. NLTE analysis of subluminous O–stars: KS 292. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 457, 1991. [3226] T. Rauch, U. Heber, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the sdO K 648, the exciting star of the planetary nebula Ps 1 in the globular cluster M 15 (NGC 7078). Astr. Astrophys., 381, 1007, 2002. [3227] T. Rauch, J. Köppen, R. Napiwotzki, and K. Werner. Classification and spectral analysis of faint central stars of highly excited planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 347, 169, 1999. [3228] T. Rauch, J. Köppen, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the planetary nebula K1–27 and its very hot H–deficient central star. Astr. Astrophys., 286, 543, 1994. [3229] T. Rauch, J. Köppen, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the multiple– shell planetary nebula Lo Tr 4 and its very hot H–deficient central star. Astr. Astrophys., 310, 613, 1996. [3230] T. Rauch and K. Werner. Implications of model atoms and numerical approximations on structure and line profiles of non–LTE stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 159, 1988. [3231] T. Rauch and K. Werner. NLTE model atmospheres for hot stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 165. [3232] T. Rauch and K. Werner. NLTE model atmospheres for super-soft X-ray sources. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 85. [3233] J. Raymond. Radiation from hot, thin plasmas. In Pallavicini [2988], page 3. [3234] R. Rebolo, G. Israelian, and R. Garc´ıa–López. New views on the early evolution of oxygen in the Galaxy. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 165, 1999. [3235] B. Reddy, D. Lambert, and C. Allende Prieto. Elemental abundance survey of the galactic thick disk. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 367, 1329, 2006.

219

[3236] B. Reddy, D. Lambert, G. Gonzalez, and D. Yong. Spectroscopic analysis of two carbon–rich post–asymptotic giant branch stars. Astrophys. J., 564, 482, 2002. [3237] B. Reddy, J. Tomkin, D. Lambert, and C. Allende–Prieto. The chemical compositions of galactic disc F and G dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 340, 304, 2003. [3238] D. Rees and A. Reichel. The redistribution functions of non–coherent scattering. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1795, 1968. [3239] J. Reetz. Oxygen abundances in solar-type stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 171, 1999. [3240] A. Reichel. Doppler broadening integrals and other relatives of the error function. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1601, 1968. [3241] A. Reichel and I. Vardavas. A simple quadrature method for the eval- 0 0 uation of the redistribution functions RIII,IV(x , n ; x, n). J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 929, 1975. [3242] I. Reid. Younger and brighter – New distances to globular clusters based on HIPPARCOS parallax measurements of local subdwarfs. Astr. J., 114, 161, 1997. [3243] I. Reid. HIPPARCOS subdwarf parallaxes – Metal–rich clusters and the thick disk. Astr. J., 115, 204, 1998. [3244] I. Reid. The HR diagram and the galactic distance scale after HIPPAR- COS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 191, 1999. [3245] I. Reid, F. van Wyk, F. Marang, G. Roberts, D. Kil kenny, and S. Ma- honey. A search for previously unrecognized metal–poor subdwarfs in the HIPPARCOS astrometric catalog. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 325, 931, 2001.

[3246] D. Reimers. A study of Ca II K2 and Hα line widths in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 79, 1973. [3247] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. II. NGC 2516. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 341, 1982. [3248] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. IV. NGC 2168. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 77, 1988. [3249] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. V. NGC 3532. Astr. Astrophys., 218, 118, 1989. [3250] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfs in galactic clusters. VII. NGC 6633. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 451, 1994.

220

[3251] A. Reiz. The structure of stars with negligible content of heavy metals. Astrophys. J., 120, 342, 1954. [3252] L. Relyea and R. Kurucz. A theoretical analysis of uvby photometry. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 37, 45, 1978. [3253] H. Remie and H. Lamers. Effective temperatures and radii of luminous O and B stars: A test for the accuracy of the model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 105, 85, 1982. [3254] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Non–LTE abundance corrections of Fe and C in A–type and related stars. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 966, 1996. [3255] I. Rentzsch-Holm. On the importance of non–LTE abundance corrections: Iron and carbon. In Adelman et al. [20], page 99. [3256] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Statistical equilibrium and photospheric abundance of N in the Sun and in Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 275, 1996. [3257] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Abundance anomalies in main sequence A stars. III. N and S. Astr. Astrophys., 317, 630, 1997. [3258] T. Repolust, J. Puls, M. Hanson, R.–P. Kudritzki, and M. Mokiem. Quantitative H and K band spectroscopy of galactic OB stars at medium resolution. Astr. Astrophys., 440, 261, 2005. [3259] T. Repolust, J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Stellar and wind parameters of galactic O–stars. The influence of line–blocking/blanketing. Astr. Astrophys., 415, 349, 2004. [3260] R. Rich. The stellar population of the galactic bulge. In Barbuy and Renzini [239], page 29. [3261] A. Richichi, A. Di Giacomo, F. Lisi, and G. Calamai. Accurate angular diameter and effective temperature of seven late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 535, 1992. [3262] A. Richichi and F. Lisi. A new accurate determination of the angular diameter of Antares. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 355, 1990. [3263] A. Richichi, S. Ragland, B. Stecklum, and C. Leinert. Infrared high angular resolution measurements of stellar sources. IV. Angular diameters and effective temperatures of fifteen late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 527, 1998. [3264] S. Richling, E. Meinköhn,N. Kryzhevoi, and G. Kanschat. Radiative transfer with finite elements. I. Basic method and tests. Astr. Astro- phys., 380, 776, 2001. [3265] R. Richtmyer and K. Morton. Difference Methods for Initial–Value Problems. (New York: Interscience Publishers), 2nd edition, 1967.

221

[3266] H. Riffert. A general Eulerian formulation of the comoving–frame equation of radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 319, 729, 1986. [3267] W. Rindler. Introduction to Special Relativity. (Oxford: Oxford Uni- versity Press), 1982. [3268] J. Ring and C. Stephens. The application of Michelson interferometers to high resolution astronomical spectrometry. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 158, 5, 1972. [3269] A. Rodgers. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of O–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 122, 413, 1961. [3270] L. Rodr´ıguez-Moreno, M. Chávez, E. Bertone, and A. Buzzoni. UVBLUE: A new high–resolution theoretical library of ultraviolet stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 626, 411, 2005. [3271] R. Rohrmann, A. Serenelli, L. Althous, and O. Benvenuto. Improved synthetic spectra of He–core white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 335, 499, 2002. [3272] N. Rons. Radiative line transfer in overlapping doublets. Astr. Astro- phys., 309, 840, 1996. [3273] A. Rosa. Der Aufbau der Sternatmosphären.I. Teil. Ionisation stellarer Materie. Z. fürAstrophys., 25, 1, 1948. [3274] A. Rosa. Wasserstoff im Sonnenspektrum. Z. fürAstrophys., 24, 38, 1948. [3275] A. Rosa and A. Unsöld. Der Aufbau der Sternatmosphären.III. Teil. Die spezifische Wärme cp als Funktion von Druck und Temperatur. Z. fürAstrophys., 25, 20, 1948. [3276] S. Rose. The effect of degeneracy on the scattering contribution to the radiative opacity. Astrophys. J., 453, 45, 1995. [3277] J. Rosendhal. A survey of Hα emission in early–type high–luminosity stars. Astrophys. J., 186, 909, 1973. [3278] J. Rosendhal. The strength of the He I λ 6678 line in OB supergiants. Astrophys. J., 183, 39, 1973. [3279] P. Rosenzweig and L. Anderson. A determination of the basic atmospheric parameters of φ Cassiopeiae. Astrophys. J., 411, 207, 1993. [3280] S. Rosseland. Note on the absorption of radiation within a star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 525, 1924. [3281] S. Rosseland. The theory of the stellar absorption coefficient. Astrophys. J., 61, 42, 1925.

222

[3282] S. Rosseland. On the origin of bright lines in stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 63, 218, 1926. [3283] S. Rosseland. Astrophysik auf atomtheoretischer Grundlage. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1931. [3284] S. Rosseland. Theoretical Astrophysics. (Oxford: Oxford University Press), 1936. [3285] L. Rossi. Theoretical B −V color indices and bolometric corrections for hot horizontal branch stars. Astr. Astrophys., 74, 195, 1979. [3286] F. Rostas, editor. Spectral Line Shapes. Volume 3. (Berlin: Walter de Gruyter), 1985. [3287] E. Rouef. Broadening of some solar Na I lines by atomic H. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 41, 1975. [3288] E. Roueff and H. van Regemorter. Spectral line broadening due to atomic collisions. Astr. Astrophys., 1, 69, 1969. [3289] E. Roueff and H. van Regemorter. The broadening by neutral hydrogen in the solar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 317, 1971. [3290] J. Rountree. Ecarts´ àl’équilibreet abondances dans les photosphères solaire et stellaires. IV. Le cas du titane ionisé. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 633, 1960. [3291] J. Rountree and G. Sonneborn. Spectral Classification with the Inter- national Ultraviolet Explorer: An Atlas of B–type Spectra. NASA Ref. Pub. 1312. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1993. [3292] D. Roussel-Dupre. H I Lyα in the Sun: The effects of partial redistribution in the line wings. Astrophys. J., 272, 723, 1983. [3293] F. Ruland, R. Griffin, R. Griffin, D. Biehl, and H. Holweger. Line blocking and equivalent widths in the spectrum of Pollux. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 42, 391, 1980. [3294] F. Ruland, H. Holweger, R. Griffin, D. Biehl, and R. Griffin. Spectro- scopic analysis of Pollux relative to the Sun with special reference to Arcturus. Astr. Astrophys., 92, 70, 1980. [3295] H. Russell. Relations between the spectra and other characteristics of stars. Popular Astronomy, 22, 275, 1914. [3296] H. Russell. On the composition of the Sun’s atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 70, 11, 1929. [3297] H. Russell and F. Saunders. New regularities in the spectra of the alkaline earths. Astrophys. J., 61, 38, 1925.

223

[3298] R. Rutten. Radiative Transfer in Stellar Atmospheres. (Utrecht: Ster- rekundig Instituut), 2nd edition, 1995. [3299] R. Rutten and R. Milkey. Partial redistribution in the solar photospheric Ba II spectrum. Astrophys. J., 231, 277, 1979. [3300] R. Rutten and E. van der Zalm. Revision of solar equivalent widths. Fe I oscillator strengths and the solar Fe abundance. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 55, 143, 1984. [3301] S. Ryan. Light–element abundances in Population II dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 104, 805, 1992. [3302] S. Ryan and J. Norris. Subdwarf studies. II. Abundances and kinematics from medium resolution spectra. Astr. J., 101, 1835, 1991. [3303] S. Ryan and J. Norris. Subdwarf studies. III. The halo metallicity distribution. Astr. J., 101, 1865, 1991. [3304] S. Ryan, J. Norris, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. II. El- emental abundances and the early chemical enrichment of the Galaxy. Astrophys. J., 471, 254, 1996. [3305] S. Ryan, J. Norris, and M. Bessell. Subdwarf studies. IV. Abundance ratios in extremely metal–deficient stars. Astr. J., 102, 303, 1991. [3306] R. Ryans, P. Dufton, C. Mooney, W. Rolleston, F. Keenan, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. An analysis of the optical spectra of the post–asymptotic giant branch stars LSIV -12 111 and HD 341617. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 1119, 2003. [3307] G. Rybicki. Theoretical methods of treating line formation problems in steady–state extended atmospheres. In Groth and Wellmann [1393], page 87. [3308] G. Rybicki. A modified Feautrier method. In Hunt [1836], page 589. [3309] G. Rybicki. A novel approach to the solution of multilevel transfer problems. In Athay et al. [147], page 145. [3310] G. Rybicki. The interpretation of line profiles. In Bonnet and Delache [496], page 191. [3311] G. Rybicki. Escape probability methods. In Kalkofen [1984], page 21. [3312] G. Rybicki. Escape probability methods. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 199. [3313] G. Rybicki. Radiation driven instabilities. In Lamers and de Loore [2296], page 175.

224

[3314] G. Rybicki. Recent advances in computational methods. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 1. [3315] G. Rybicki. Radiative transfer. J. Astrophys. and Astr., 17, 95, 1996. [3316] G. Rybicki. Properties of statistical equilibrium equations: Positivity and uniqueness. Astrophys. J., 479, 357, 1997. [3317] G. Rybicki. A new kinetic equation for Compton scattering. Astrophys. J., 584, 528, 2003. [3318] G. Rybicki. Improved Fokker–Planck equation for resonance line scattering. Astrophys. J., 647, 709, 2006. [3319] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. V. Thermaliza- tion distances and their distribution function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 144, 313, 1969. [3320] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. A note on the ‘peaking effect’ in spherical– geometry transfer problems. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 423, 1975. [3321] G Rybicki and D. Hummer. A generalization of the Sobolev method for flows with nonlocal radiative coupling. Astrophys. J., 219, 654, 1978. [3322] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. The specific luminosity of a three– dimensional medium in terms of the escape probability. Astrophys. J., 274, 380, 1983. [3323] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration method for multilevel radiative transfer. I. Non–overlapping lines with background continuum. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 171, 1991. [3324] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration method for multilevel radiative transfer. II. Overlapping transitions with full continuum. Astr. Astrophys., 262, 209, 1992. [3325] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration method for multilevel radiative transfer. III. Noncoherent electron scattering. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 553, 1994. [3326] G. Rybicki and A. Lightman. Radiative Process in Astrophysics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1979. [3327] G. Rybicki, S. Owocki, and J. Castor. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds. IV. Linear perturbations in three dimensions. Astrophys. J., 349, 274, 1990. [3328] Y. Saad and M. Schultz. Conjugate gradient–like algorithms for solving nonsymmetric linear systems. Math. Comp., 44, 417, 1985.

225

[3329] Y. Saad and M. Schultz. GMRES: A generalized minimal residual algorithm for solving nonsymmetric linear. SIAM J. Sci. Statis. Comp., 7, 178, 1986. [3330] D. Sacotte and R. Bonnet. The blocking effect on lines of the solar UV continuum between 2000A˚ and 3000A.˚ Astr. Astrophys., 17, 60, 1972. [3331] K. Sadakane. The accuracy of abundances from middle B to F main sequence normal stars. In Wehrse [4023], page 57. [3332] K. Sadakane and M. Nishimura. Metal abundances and the microturbulence in Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33, 189, 1981. [3333] K. Sadakane, M. Nishimura, and R. Hirata. Analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum (2000A˚ to 3000A)˚ of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 38, 215, 1986. [3334] K. Sadakane and M. Okyudo. Abundance of N and S in A–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 41, 1055, 1989. [3335] K. Sadakane, Y. Takeda, and J. Okyudo. Non–LTE analyses of neutral N–lines in two supergiants α Cygni and β Orionis. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 45, 471, 1993. [3336] K. Sadakane and M. Ueta. Abundance analysis of Sirius in the blue– violet region. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 41, 279, 1989. [3337] R. Saffer, P. Bergeron, D. Koester, and J. Liebert. Atmospheric parameters of field subdwarf B stars. Astrophys. J., 432, 351, 1994. [3338] R. Saffer, P. Bergeron, J. Liebert, and D. Koester. Atmospheric parameters of subluminous B stars. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 53. [3339] M. Saha. Ionization in the solar chromosphere. Phil. Mag., 40, 472, 1920. [3340] M. Saha. On a physical theory of stellar spectra. Proc. Roy. Soc., 99A, 135, 1921. [3341] M. Saha. Temperature ionization of elements of the higher groups. Phil. Mag., 44, 1128, 1922. [3342] J. Sahade. On the structure and composition of the Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 87, L7, 1980. [3343] R. Sahai. HST imaging of proto–planetary nebulae and very young planetary nebulae – Towards a new understanding of their formation. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 53. [3344] S. Sahal–Bréchot. Impact theory of the broadening and shift of spectral lines due to electrons and ions in a plasma. Astr. Astrophys., 2, 322, 1969.

226

[3345] S. Sahal–Bréchot. Stark broadening and isolated lines in the impact approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 319, 1974. [3346] S. Sahal–Bréchot, M. Dimitrijevic and N. Moreau. Virtual Laboratory Astrophysics: the STARK-B database for spectral line broadening by collisions with charged particles and its link to the European project VAMDC. J. Phys. Conf. Ser., 397, 1, 2012. [3347] S. Sahal–Bréchot and E. Segré. Semi–classical calculations of electron and ion broadening of the strongest UV ion lines of astrophysical interest. Astr. Astrophys., 13, 161, 1971. [3348] H. Saio and C. Jeffery. The evolution of a rapidly accreting He white dwarf to become a low–luminosity He star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 313, 671, 2000. [3349] M. Saito and S. Kawabata. Atmosphere of the K–type supergiant component of 32 Cygni. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 40, 605, 1988. [3350] S. Saito and A. Uesugi. On model atmospheres of O–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 90, 1959. [3351] N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE analysis of C lines in hot–star spectra. III. The C II resonance lines and λ 4267.2 in B stars. Sov. Astr., 31, 151, 1987. [3352] N. Sakhibullin, L. Auer, and K. van der Hucht. The non–LTE analysis of C lines in the spectra of hot stars. I. C III λ 4650 and λ 9710A˚ triplet lines in the spectra of O stars. Sov. Astr., 26, 563, 1982. [3353] N. Sakhibullin and K. van der Hucht. Non–LTE analysis of C lines in the spectra of hot stars. Sov. Astr., 27, 529, 1983. [3354] E. Salpeter. Nuclear reactions in stars. Buildup from He. Phys. Rev., 107, 515, 1957. [3355] D. Samain. A high spectral resolution atlas of the balloon ultraviolet spectrum of the Sun: 1950–2000 A.˚ Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 113, 237, 1995. [3356] A. Sanchez, R. Fulton, and H. Griem. Measurement of the ion dynamic effect on the Hα and Dα lines at low electron densities. Phys. Rev. A, 35, 2596, 1987. [3357] A. Sandage. Observational approach to evolution. II. A computed luminosity function for K0–K2 stars from MV ?+5 to MV ?−4.5. Astrophys. J., 125, 435, 1966. [3358] A. Sandage. The population concept, globular clusters, subdwarfs, ages, and the collapse of the Galaxy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 421, 1986.

227

[3359] A. Sandage and O. Eggen. On the existence of subdwarfs in the (Mbol, log Teﬀ ) diagram. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 278, 1959. [3360] A. Sandage and M. Schwarzschild. Inhomogeneous stellar models. II. Models with exhausted cores in gravitational contraction. Astro- phys. J., 116, 463, 1952. [3361] A. Sandage and G. Wallerstein. Color–magnitude diagram for the disk globular cluster NGC 6356 compared with halo clusters. Astrophys. J., 131, 598, 1960. [3362] A. Santolaya-Rey, J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Atmospheric NLTE–models for the spectroscopic analysis of luminous blue stars with winds. Astr. Astrophys., 323, 488, 1997. [3363] A. Sarmiento and J. Canto. A fast and reliable method for computing free–bound emission coeﬃcients for hydrogenic ions. Rev. Mex. Astr. Astrof., 11, 61, 1985. [3364] A. Sarychev and E. Roshchina. Limb darkening of the solar disk in total radiation. Astr. Vestnik, 33, 82, 1999. [3365] W. Saslow and D. Mills. Raman scattering by hydrogenic systems. Phys. Rev., 187, 1025, 1969. [3366] D. Sasselov and J. Lester. Accurate relative temperatures and redden- ings for cool stars from C I lines at 1 micron. Astrophys. J., 360, 227, 1990. [3367] D. Saumon, P. Bergeron, J. Lunine, W. Hubbard, and A. Burrows. Cool zero–metallicity stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 424, 456, 1994. [3368] D. Saumon and S. Jacobson. Pure hydrogen model atmospheres for very cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J. Let., 511, L107, 1999. [3369] W. Saurer, K. Werner, and R. Weinberger. Spectroscopy of the central stars of three evolved planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 328, 598, 1997. [3370] A. Sauval and J. Tatum. A set of partition functions and equilibrium constants for 300 diatomic molecules of astrophysical interest. Astro- phys. J. Suppl., 56, 193, 1984. [3371] M. Saxner and B. Gustafsson. A method for adding opacity distribution functions. Astr. Astrophys., 140, 334, 1984. [3372] M. Saxner and G. Hammarback. An empirical temperature calibration for F dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 151, 372, 1985.

228

[3373] D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. Wolf–Rayet models with spherically outflowing envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 129, 1996. [3374] D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars: New ionizing fluxes and their impact on H II regions. In Gallagher [1218], page 71. [3375] D. Schaerer. The ionizing fluxes of early–type stars and their impact on H II regions and the ’diffuse ionized gas’. In Howarth [1735], page 310. [3376] D. Schaerer. On the properties of massive Population III stars and metal–free stellar populations. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 28, 2002. [3377] D. Schaerer, C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and G. Schaller. Grids of stellar models. IV. From 0.8 to 120 M at Z = 0.040. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 102, 339, 1993. [3378] D. Schaerer and A. de Koter. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. III. Spectral evolution and revised ionizing fluxes of O3–B0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 598, 1997. [3379] D. Schaerer, A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and A. Maeder. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. I. Interior evolution and wind properties on the main sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 310, 837, 1996. [3380] D. Schaerer, A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and A. Maeder. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. II. Spectral evolution on the main sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 475, 1996. [3381] D. Schaerer and A. Maeder. Basic relations between physical parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 263, 129, 1992. [3382] D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and G. Schaller. Grids of stellar models. II. From 0.8 to 120 M at Z = 0.008. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 98, 523, 1993. [3383] D. Schaerer and R. Pelló.On the expected properties and observational prospects of Population III objects. Astrophys. Space Sci., 281, 475, 2002. [3384] D. Schaerer and W. Schmutz. Hydrodynamic atmosphere models for hot luminous stars. Astr. Astrophys., 288, 231, 1994. [3385] D. Schaerer and W. Schmutz. Hydrodynamic atmosphere models for hot luminous stars. II. Method and improvements over unified models. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 177, 1994.

229

[3386] D. Schaerer, W. Schmutz, and M. Grenon. Fundamental stellar parameters of γ2 Velorum from HIPPARCOS data. Astrophys. J., 484, L153, 1997. [3387] G. Schaller, D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, and A. Maeder. New grids of stellar models from 0.8 to 120 M at Z = 0.020 and Z = 0.001. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 96, 269, 1992. [3388] G. Scharmer. Solutions to radiative transfer problems using approximate lambda operators. Astrophys. J., 249, 720, 1981. [3389] G. Scharmer. A linearization method for solving partial redistribution problems. Astr. Astrophys., 117, 83, 1983. [3390] G. Scharmer. Accurate solutions to non–LTE problems using approximate lambda operators. In Kalkofen [1984], page 173. [3391] G. Scharmer and M. Carlsson. A new method for solving multi-level non–LTE problems. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 189. [3392] G. Scharmer and M. Carlsson. A new approach to multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer problems. J. Comp. Phys., 59, 56, 1985. [3393] G. Scharmer and A.˚ Nordlund. DQPT: A computer program for solving non–LTE problems for two–level atoms in one–dimensional semi–infinite media with velocity fields. Technical Report 19, Stockholms Observa- torium, Saltsjobaden, Sweden, 1982. [3394] L. Schiff. Quantum Mechanics. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Com- pany), 3rd edition, 1968. [3395] R. Schild, D. Peterson, and J. Oke. Effective temperatures of B– and A–type stars. Astrophys. J., 166, 95, 1971. [3396] D. Schmalberger and M. Wrubel. Numerical studies of line blending. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 881, 1960. [3397] A. Schmeltekopf, F. Fehsenfeld, and E. Ferguson. Laboratory measurements of the rate constant for H− + H → H + e. Astrophys. J., 148, L155, 1967. [3398] H. Schmid. Identification of the emission bands at λλ 6830, 7088. Astr. Astrophys., 211, L31, 1989. [3399] H. Schmid. Raman scattering and symbiotic stars. In Gull et al. [1399], page 347. [3400] H. Schmid, J. Krautter, I. Appenzeller, J. Barnstedt, T. Dumm, A. Fromm, M. Gölz,M. Grewing, W. Gringel, C. Haas, W. Hopfensitz, N. Kappelmann, G. Krämer,A. Lindenberger, H. Mandel, U. Múrset, H. Schild, W. Schmutz, and H. Widmann. ORFEUS spectroscopy of

230

the O VI lines in symbiotic stars and the Raman scattering process. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 950, 1999. [3401] J. Schmid-Burgk. Radiative transfer through spherically–symmetric atmospheres and shells. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 249, 1975. [3402] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres. II. Location in the HR–diagram and some properties of extended atmosphere stars. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 41, 1975. [3403] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres. III. The Population II B–star Barnard 29. Astr. Astrophys., 52, 49, 1976. [3404] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres. IV. Study of an F giant. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 179, 563, 1977. [3405] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Transfer in spherical media using integral equations. In Kalkofen [1984], page 381. [3406] J. Schmid-Burgk, M. Scholz, and R. Wehrse. Extended static stellar atmospheres. V. Photospheres of luminous M stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 194, 383, 1981. [3407] E. Schmidt, J. Rosendhal, and C. Jewsbury. A comparison of variable and non–variable stars in the Cepheid strip. Astrophys. J., 189, 293, 1974. [3408] E. Schmidt, J. Rosendhal, and C. Jewsbury. Line strengths for yellow supergiants and Cepheids. Astrophys. Space Sci., 29, 397, 1974. [3409] M. Schmidt and R. Wehrse. Discrete ordinate matrix methods. In Kalkofen [1988], page 341. [3410] A. Schmitt. The weak–He–line star α Sculptoris. I. The line spectrum. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 9, 427, 1973. [3411] A. Schmitt, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the interpretation of photometric and MK spectral types of early main–sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 36, 1971. [3412] W. Schmutz. Quantitative spectroscopy of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 305. [3413] W. Schmutz. Quantitative spectroscopy of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 133. [3414] W. Schmutz. Bolometric corrections for Wolf–Rayet stars: The inﬂu- ence of wind line–blanketing. In Garmany [1225], page 117.

231

[3415] W. Schmutz. Non–LTE analysis of hot stars including line blanketing. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 191. [3416] W. Schmutz. Line blanketed non–LTE atmosphere models for Wolf– Rayet stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 253, 1993. [3417] W. Schmutz. What we really know, what we don’t know. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 553. [3418] W. Schmutz. Photon loss from the He Lyα line. The key to the acceleration of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 321, 268, 1997. [3419] W. Schmutz. Non–LTE model atmospheres with line blanketing and photon loss. In Howarth [1735], page 119. [3420] W. Schmutz and O. De Marco. Revised stellar parameters of Wolf– Rayet stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 147. [3421] W. Schmutz and W.–R. Hamann. Higher mass loss rates for Wolf–Rayet stars? Astr. Astrophys., 166, L11, 1986. [3422] W. Schmutz, W.–R. Hamann, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analysis of 30 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 236, 1989. [3423] W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, and R. Gruenwald. Theoretical continuum energy distributions for Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Paciﬁc, 104, 1164, 1992. [3424] W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, I. Hubeny, M. Vogel, W.–R. Hamann, and U. Wessolowski. Non–LTE analysis of the Ofpe/WN 9 star HDE 269227 (R84). Astrophys. J., 372, 664, 1991. [3425] M. Scholz. Eine Analyse des Spektrums des B0 V Stern τ Scorpii. Z. f¨urAstrophys., 65, 1, 1967. [3426] M. Scholz. Element abundances in O– and early B–stars. Vistas in Astronomy, 14, 53, 1972. [3427] M. Scholz. Line spectra of eight O–stars from 3059 to 6683A.˚ Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 7, 496, 1972. [3428] M. Scholz. On the abundances of noble gases in extreme Population I matter and the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 20, 465, 1972. [3429] M. Scholz. Stellar radii. In Bedding et al. [361], page 51. [3430] M. Scholz. On the interpretation of stellar disc observations in terms of diameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 321, 347, 2001. [3431] M. Scholz and Y. Takeda. Model study of wavelength–dependent limb darkening and radii of M–type giants and supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 186, 200, 1987.

232

[3432] M. Scholz and J. Tsuji. The effects of spherical extension upon the photospheric structure and spectrum of red giants: Comparison of M and C stars. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 11, 1984. [3433] K. Schönberg and K. Hempe. Multilevel line formation in the comoving frame: Accurate solution using an approximate Newton–Raphson operator. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 151, 1986. [3434] M. Schönberg and S. Chandrasekhar. On the evolution of main– sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 96, 161, 1942. [3435] D. Schönberner. Asymptotic giant branch evolution with steady mass loss. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 108, 1979. [3436] D. Schönberner. Late stages of stellar evolution: Central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 103, 119, 1981. [3437] D. Schönberner. Late stages of stellar evolution. II. Mass loss and the transition of asymptotic giant branch stars into hot remnants. Astro- phys. J., 272, 708, 1983. [3438] D. Sch”onberner. Evolutionary status and origin of extremely hydrogen–deficient stars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 471. [3439] D. Sch”onberner. Mass loss and post–asymptotic giant–branch evolution. In Bianchi and Gilmozzi [425], page 137. [3440] D. Sch”onberner. Mass loss and evolution of planetary nebulae. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 355. [3441] D. Schönberner and J. Drilling. On the ultraviolet spectrum of pre– white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 290, L49, 1985. [3442] D. Schönberner, A. Herrero, S. Becker, F. Eber, K. Butler, R.–P. Ku- dritzki, and K. Simon. A non–LTE stellar atmosphere study of N–rich early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 197, 209, 1988. [3443] D. Schönberner and K. Hunger. The UV spectrum of the extreme He stars BD +10◦ 2179 and BD −9◦ 4395. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 57, 1978. [3444] D. Schönberner and R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. I. Detection of two new “PG 1159” central stars. Astr. Astrophys., 231, L33, 1990. [3445] D. Schönberner and M. Steffen. The evolution of AGB stars towards planetary nebulae. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 85. [3446] D. Schönberner and R. Wolf. Fine analysis of Popper’s star HD 124448. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 87, 1974.

233

[3447] T. Schöning.Ion–dynamical effects in the Stark broadening of H I and He II line and the implications for high resolution spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 994, 1994. [3448] T. Schöningand K. Butler. Stark broadening of He II lines. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 78, 51, 1989. [3449] T. Schöningand K. Butler. Stark broadening of He II lines and new results in astrophysical spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 326, 1989. [3450] S. Schröder,L. Kaper, H. Lamers, and A. Brown. On the Hipparcos parallaxes of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 428, 149, 2004. [3451] E. Schrödinger.Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. Ann. Physik, 79, 361, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 1. [3452] E. Schrödinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. II. Ann. Physik, 79, 489, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 13. [3453] E. Schrödinger.The relation between the quantum mechanics of Heisen- berg, Born, and Jordan, and that of Schrödinger. Ann. Physik, 79, 734, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 45. [3454] E. Schrödinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. III. Pertur- bation theory and its application to the Stark effect of the H Balmer lines. Ann. Physik, 80, 437, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 62. [3455] E. Schrödinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. IV. Ann. Physik, 81, 109, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 102. [3456] E. Schrödinger. Compton effect. Ann. Physik, 82, 257, 1927. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 124. [3457] L. Schubert. Modification of a quasi-Newton method for nonlinear equations with a sparse Jacobian. Math. Comput., 24, 27, 1970. [3458] S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Application of stratified Non–LTE model atmospheres to hot DA white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 79. [3459] S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Equilibrium abundances in hot DA white dwarfs as derived from self–consistent diffusion models. I. Analysis of spectroscopic EUVE data. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 164, 2002. [3460] S. Schuler, A. Hatzes, J. King, M. Kürster,and L.-H. The. Hyades oxygen abundances from the λ 6300 [O I] line: The giant–dwarf oxygen discrepancy revisited. Astr. J., 131, 1057, 2006.

234

[3461] S. Schuler, J. King, D. Fischer, D. Soderblom, and B. Jones. Spec- troscopic abundances of solar–type dwarfs in the open cluster M 34 (NGC 1039). Astr. J., 125, 2085, 2003. [3462] S. Schuler, J. King, L. Hobbs, and M. Pinsonneault. Oxygen in open cluster dwarfs: Pleiades and M 34. Astrophys. J., 602, L117, 2004. [3463] S. Schuler, J. King, D. Terndrup, M. Pinsonneault, N. Murray, and L. Hobbs. Oxygen from the λ 7774 high-excitation triplet in open cluster dwarfs: Hyades. Astrophys. J., 636, 432, 2006. [3464] R. Schulte-Ladbeck and J. Herald. Ionization stratification in WR winds. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 87, 1996. [3465] R. Schulte-Ladbeck, D. Hillier, and J. Herald. The Hopkins Ultraviolet Telescope farultraviolet spectral atlas of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 454, L51, 1995. [3466] A. Schuster. Radiation through a foggy atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 21, 1, 1905. [3467] K. Schwarzschild. On the equilibrium of the Sun’s atmosphere (English translation). In Menzel [2571], page 25. [3468] K. Schwarzschild. Diffusion and absorption in the Sun’s atmosphere (English translation). In Menzel [2571], page 35. [3469] M. Schwarzschild. Structure and Evolution of the Stars. (Princeton: Princeton University Press), 1958. [3470] M. Schwarzschild and R. Härm.Red giants of Population II. II. Astro- phys. J., 136, 158, 1962. [3471] M. Schwarzschild and R. Härm.Thermal instability in non–degenerate stars. Astrophys. J., 142, 855, 1965. [3472] M. Schwarzschild and R. Härm. Hydrogen mixing by helium–shell flashes. Astrophys. J., 150, 961, 1967. [3473] M. Schwarzschild, L. Searle, and R. Howard. On the colors of subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 122, 353, 1955. [3474] M. Schwarzschild and H. Selberg. Red giants of Population II. Astro- phys. J., 136, 150, 1962. [3475] J. Schweickhardt, W. Schmutz, O. Stahl, T. Szeifert, and B. Wolf. Re- vised mass determination of the super massive Wolf–Rayet star WR 22. Astr. Astrophys., 347, 127, 1999. [3476] A. Schweitzer, P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, and G. Basri. Analysis of Keck high–resolution spectra of VB 10. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 283, 821, 1996.

235

[3477] N. Scott and P. Burke. Electron scattering by atoms and ions using the Breit–Pauli Hamiltonian: An R–matrix approach. J. Phys. B, 13, 4299, 1980. [3478] T. Scott, M. Aubert-Frecon, and J. Grotendorst. New approach for the electronic energies of the hydrogen molecular ion. Chem. Phys., 324, 323, 2006. [3479] L. Searle and J. Oke. Effective temperatures of F–type stars using Hγ line profiles. Astrophys. J., 135, 790, 1962. [3480] R. Sears and A. Whitford. Six–color photometry of stars. XII. Colors of Hyades and subdwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 155, 899, 1969. [3481] M. Seaton. The quantum defect method. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 504, 1958. [3482] M. Seaton. Radiative recombination of hydrogenic ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 81, 1959. [3483] M. Seaton. The solution of capture–cascade equations for H. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 90, 1959. [3484] M. Seaton. Recombination spectra. III. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 127, 177, 1964. [3485] M. Seaton. Calculated intensities of He II recombination lines in the ultraviolet. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 185, 5, 1978. [3486] M. Seaton. Outer–region contributions to radiative transition probabilities. J. Phys. B, 19, 2601, 1986. [3487] M. Seaton. Wing formulae for plasma-broadened spectral lines of hydrogenic ions. J. Phys. B, 28, 565, 1995. [3488] E. Sedlmayr. Non–LTE analysis of the infrared O I triplets in the solar spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 31, 23, 1974. [3489] M. Selby, D. Blackwell, A. Petford, and M. Shallis. Measurement of the absolute flux from Vega in the K–band, 2.2µ. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 193, 111, 1980. [3490] M. Selby, C. Mountain, D. Blackwell, A. Petford, and S. Leggett. Mea- surement of the absolute monochromatic flux from Vega at λ 2.20 and λ 3.80 µ by comparison with a furnace. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203, 795, 1983. [3491] F. Sellmaier, J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Gabler, R. Gabler, and S. Voels. Unified NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds. IV. Improved line transfer and wind contamina- tion of H, He profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 273, 533, 1993.

236

[3492] P. Selvelli, L. Crivellari, and R. Stalio. The ultraviolet spectrum of β Ori (B8 Ia). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 27, 1, 1977. [3493] K. Sen and S. Wilson. Radiative Transfer in Moving Media. (Singapore: Springer–Verlag), 1989. [3494] A. Serenelli, L. Althaus, R. Rohrmann, and O. Benvenuto. The ages and colors of cool He–core white dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 325, 607, 2001. [3495] A. Shapiro. Line formation in a purely scattering, optically thick, atmosphere. Astrophysics, 45, 215, 2002. [3496] T. Sharpe. Potential–energy curves for molecular hydrogen and its ions. Atomic Data, 2, 119, 1971. [3497] C. Shastry. Existence of a discrete spectrum in the hydrogen molecular ion. Prog. Theor. Phys., 50, 450, 1973. [3498] N. Shchukina and J. Trujillo Bueno. The Fe line formation problem in three–dimensional hydrodynamic models of solar–like photospheres. Astrophys. J., 550, 970, 2001. [3499] N. Shchukina, J. Trujillo Bueno, and M. Asplund. The impact of non– LTE eﬀects and granulation inhomogeneities on the derived Fe and O abundances in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 618, 939, 2005. [3500] J. Shearer and W. Deans, editors. Collected Papers on Wave Mechanics by E. Schr¨odinger. (New York: Chelsea Publishing Company), 1978. [3501] Z.–X. Shen, B. Jones, D. Lin, X.–W. Liu, and S.–L. Li. Spectroscopic abundance analysis of dwarfs in the young open cluster IC 4665. As- trophys. J., 635, 608, 2005. [3502] Z.–X. Shen, X.–W. Liu, H.-W. Zhang, B. Jones, and D. Lin. Oxygen abundances of open cluster dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 660, 712, 2007. [3503] A. Shestakov, D. Kershaw, and M. Prasad. Evaluation of integrals of the Compton scattering cross–section. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 40, 377, 1988. [3504] J. Shi, G. Zhao, and Y. Chen. The C and N abundances in disk stars. Astr. Astrophys., 381, 982, 2002. [3505] Y. Shima and H. Yatom. Inverse bremsstrahlung energy absorption rate. Phys. Rev. A, 12, 2106, 1975. [3506] H. Shimooda. Thermalization lengths in multilevel radiation transfer. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 25, 547, 1973.

237

[3507] R. Shine, R. Milkey, and D. Mihalas. Resonance line transfer with partial redistribution. V. The solar Ca II lines. Astrophys. J., 199, 724, 1975. [3508] R. Shine, R. Milkey, and D. Mihalas. Resonance line transfer with partial redistribution. VI. The Ca II K–line in solar–type stars. Astrophys. J., 201, 222, 1975. [3509] H. Shipman. White dwarf evolution: A review. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 47. [3510] H. Shipman, M. Barnhill, J. Provencal, S. Roby, I. Bues, F. Cor- dova, G. Hammond, P. Hintzen, D. Koester, J. Liebert, T. Oswalt, S. Starﬁeld, G. Wegner, and V. Weideman. Hubble Space Telescope observations of cool white dwarf stars: Detection of new species of heavy elements. Astr. J., 109, 1231, 1995. [3511] H. Shipman, J. Provencal, S. Roby, M. Barstow, H. Bond, F. Bruh- weiler, D. Finley, G. Fontaine, J. Holberg, J. Nousek, E. Sion, R. Tweedy, F. Wesemael, and G. Vauclair. Photospheric, circumstellar, and interstellar features of He, C, N, O, and Si in the HST spectra of four hot white dwarf stars. Astr. J., 109, 1220, 1995. [3512] H. Shipman and S. Strom. Lines of neutral He in O– and B–type stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 183, 1970. [3513] Z. Shippony and W. Read. A highly accurate Voigt function algorithm. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 50, 635, 1993. [3514] D. Shirk. A practical review of the Kompaneets equation and its application to Compton scattering. Technical Report LA-14297, Los Alamos National Laboratory, 2006. [3515] B. Shore and D. Menzel. Principles of Atomic Spectra. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1968. [3516] S. Shore. An Introduction to Astrophysical Hydrodynamics. (San Diego: Academic Press), 1992. [3517] S. Shore. Blue sky and hot piles: The evolution of radiative transfer theory from atmospheres to nuclear reactors. Historica Mathematica, 29, 463, 2002. [3518] S. Shore. The Tapestry of Modern Astrophysics. (Hoboken: Wiley– Interscience), 2003. [3519] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. Massive multispecies, multilevel non–LTE model atmospheres for novae in outburst. Astrophys. J., 525, 375, 1999.

238

[3520] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. Atmospheric models of red giants with massive–scale non–local thermodynamic equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 596, 501, 2003. [3521] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. A Non–LTE line–blanketed model of a solar–type star. Astrophys. J., 618, 926, 2005. [3522] C. Short, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. Massive multispecies, multilevel non–LTE model atmospheres for novae in outburst. Astrophys. J., 525, 375, 1999. [3523] C. Short and J. Lester. Missing opacity in the atmospheric models of red giants. Astrophys. J., 436, 165, 1994. [3524] C. Short and J. Lester. Modeling the violet spectral region of cool stars: Line and continuous opacity. Astrophys. J., 469, 898, 1996. [3525] F. Shu. The Physics of Astrophysics. Volume 1: Radiation. (Mill Valley: University Science Books), 1991. [3526] F. Shu. The Physics of Astrophysics. Volume 2: Gas Dynamics. (Mill Valley: University Science Books), 1992. [3527] D. Shulyak, V. Tsymbal, T. Ryabchikova, D. St¨utz,and W. Weiss. Line–by–line opacity stellar model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 428, 993, 2004. [3528] F. Sibelle, M. Lunel, and J. Bergeat. Theoretical infrared spectrum of ionized hydrogen between 0.8 and 4.5 microns. Astrophys. Space Sci., 30, 173, 1974. [3529] A. Sidi, W. Ford, and D. Smith. Acceleration of convergence of vector sequences. SIAM J. Num. Anal., 23, 178, 1986. [3530] T. Sigut. Non–LTE calculations for the C I doublet system. Astrophys. J., 473, 452, 1996. [3531] T. Sigut. Non–LTE equivalent widths for Ne I with error estimates. Astrophys. J., 519, 303, 1999. [3532] T. Sigut. The interpretation of Mn II emission from late–type B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 377, 27, 2001. [3533] T. Sigut and J. Lester. Infrared Rydberg emission lines in early–type stars. I. Mg II. Astrophys. J., 461, 972, 1996. [3534] T. Sigut and A. Pradhan. Electron impact excitation of Mg II: Collision strengths and rate coeﬃcients. J. Phys. B, 28, 4879, 1995. [3535] S. Sim. Modeling the H Lyman lines in evolved late–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 821, 2001.

239

[3536] K. Simon. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O–stars. II. The H– deﬁcient subdwarf O–star HD 127493. Astr. Astrophys., 107, 313, 1982. [3537] K. Simon, K. Hunger, and R.–P. Kudritzki. The He content of the blue star near the center of SN 1006. Astr. Astrophys., 98, 211, 1981. [3538] K. Simon, R.–P. Kudritzki, G. Jonas, and J. Rahe. Non–LTE analysis of massive O–stars. III. The O3 stars HD 93128, HD 93129A, and HDE 303308. Astr. Astrophys., 125, 34, 1983. [3539] E. Simonneau. Spectral line formation in non–LTE expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 29, 357, 1973. [3540] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical symmetry. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 741, 1976. [3541] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical symmetry. II. The conservative Milne problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 19, 439, 1978. [3542] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical symmetry. III. The Eddington approximation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 20, 49, 1978. [3543] E. Simonneau. Sur l’anisotropie du champ de rayonnement dans les atmospheres stellaires etendues. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 287, 341, 1978. [3544] R. Simpson, B. O’Mara, and A. Hearn. The inﬂuence of ultraviolet line blanketing on the neutral He triplet lines in B–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 57, 1972.

[3545] P. Singh. A radiative transfer calculation using RIII in an expanding spherically symmetric stellar atmosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 441, 1994.

+ [3546] R. Singh. Electronic energy levels of H2 . Ind. J. Pure Appl. Phys., 15, 367, 1977. [3547] E. Sion, R. Bohlin, R. Tweedy, and G. Vauclair. The identiﬁcation of highly ionized metal species in the hot DA 1 white dwarf G121–B2B with the Hubble Space Telescope faint object spectrograph. Astrophys. J., 391, L29, 1992. [3548] E. Sion, J. Greenstein, J. Landstreet, J. Liebert, H. Shipman, and G. Wegner. A proposed new white dwarf spectral classiﬁcation system. Astrophys. J., 269, 253, 1983.

240

[3549] T. Sivarani, P. Bonifacio, P. Molaro, R. Cayrel, M. Spite, F. Spite, B. Plez, J. Andersen, B. Barbuy, T. Beers, E. Depagne, V. Hill, P. Fran¸cois, B. Nordström,and F. Primas. First stars. IV. CS 29497– 030: Evidence for operation of the s–process at very low metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 1073, 2004. [3550] R. Skartlien. A multigroup method for radiation with scattering in three–dimensional hydrodynamic imulations. Astrophys. J., 536, 465, 2000. [3551] A. Skumanich and B. Domenico. On the application of the generalized Newton–Raphson method in radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 547, 1971. [3552] J. Slater. Radiation and absorption on Schrödinger’stheory. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U.S., 13, 7, 1927. [3553] J. Slater. The theory of complex spectra. Phys. Rev., 34, 1293, 1929. [3554] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Atomic Structure. Volume I. (New York: McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1960. [3555] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Atomic Structure. Volume II. (New York: McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1960. [3556] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Molecules and Solids. Volume I. (New York: McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1963. [3557] A. Slettebak, editor. Be and Shell Stars. IAU Symposium No. 70. (Dor- drecht: Reidel), 1976. [3558] J. Smak. On the He content of the subdwarf binary ADS 16644. Acta Astr., 37, 357, 1987. [3559] B. Smalley. The determination of effective temperature and surface gravity for B to G stars. In Adelman et al. [20], page 43. [3560] B. Smalley and M. Dworetsky. The atmospheric parameters of A and F stars. I. Comparison of various methods. Astr. Astrophys., 271, 515, 1993. [3561] B. Smalley and M. Dworetsky. The calibration of uvbyβ photometry for B, A, and F stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 446, 1995. [3562] W. Smart. Spherical Astronomy. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1956. [3563] B. Smirnov. Excitation transfer in atomic collisions. Soviet Phys. J.E.T.P., 24, 314, 1967.

241

[3564] A. Smit. Line profiles in the spectrum of β Orionis. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 274, 1969. [3565] D. Smith, W. Ford, and A. Sidi. Extrapolation methods for vector sequences. SIAM Rev., 29, 199, 1987. [3566] E. Smith, J. Cooper, and C. Vidal. Unified classical–path treatment of Stark broadening in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 185, 140, 1969. [3567] G. Smith. Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations. (New York: Oxford University Press), 1965. [3568] G. Smith. A comparative high–resolution spectroscopic study of the Hyades giants γ Tauri and Tauri. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 859, 1999. [3569] G. Smith and J. Drake. The wings of the Ca infrared triplet lines in late–type giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 125, 1990. [3570] G. Smith and D. Lambert. Non–resonance lines of neutral Ca in the spectra of Arcturus and β Virginis. Astr. Astrophys., 117, 177, 1983. [3571] G. Smith, D. Lambert, and M. Ruck. A fine analysis of Ca and Fe lines in the spectrum of the subdwarf Groombridge 1830. Astr. Astrophys., 263, 249, 1992. [3572] G. Smith and M. Ruck. A new abundance analysis of the super–metal– rich K2 giant µ Leonis. Astr. Astrophys., 356, 570, 2000. [3573] K. Smith and I. Howarth. Microturbulence in O supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 1146, 1998. [3574] L. Smith. The features of the system of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Gebbie and Thomas [1243], page 23. [3575] L. Smith and D. Hummer. C/He abundances in WC stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 230, 511, 1988. [3576] L. Smith and L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. IV. Line intensities in the spectra of two WN 6 stars. Astrophys. J., 162, 535, 1970. [3577] L. Smith and C. Payne-Gaposhkin. The features of the system of Wolf– Rayet stars. In Gebbie and Thomas [1243], page 21. [3578] L. Smith and U. Steinlin. Blanketing corrections for the RGU system. Z. fürAstrophys., 58, 253, 1964. [3579] L. Smith and A. Willis. The C and N abundances in WN and WC Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 201, 451, 1982. [3580] M. Smith and S. Strom. Observational results concerning departures from LTE in late B stars. Astrophys. J., 158, 1161, 1969.

242

[3581] P. Smith and W. Wiese, editors. Atomic and Molecular Data for Space Astronomy. (Berlin: Springer-Verlag), 1992. [3582] V. Smith, K. Hinkle, K. Cunha, B. Plez, D. Lambert, C. Pilachowski, B. Barbuy, J. Meléndez, S. Balachandran, M. Bessell, D. Geisler, J. Hesser, and C. Winge. Chemical abundances in 12 red giants of the Large Magellanic Cloud from high–resolution infrared spectroscopy. Astr. J., 124, 3241, 2002. [3583] V. Smith and D. Lambert. The chemical composition of red giants. I. Dredge–up in the M and MS stars. Astrophys. J., 294, 326, 1985. [3584] V. Smith and D. Lambert. The chemical composition of red giants. II. He burning and the s–process in the MS and S stars. Astrophys. J., 311, 843, 1986. [3585] J. Smolinski, J. Climenhaga, and K. Wright. Line blanketing as related to luminosity and turbulence in F5–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 88, 213, 1976. [3586] C. Sneden. The N abundance of the very metal–poor star HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 184, 839, 1973. [3587] C. Sneden. C and N abundances in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 189, 493, 1974. [3588] C. Sneden. CNO abundances in field stars of Population I and Popula- tion II. In Danziger et al. [910], page 1. [3589] C. Sneden, J. Cowan, D. Burris, and J. Truran. Hubble Space Telescope observations of neutron–capture elements in very metal poor stars. As- trophys. J., 496, 235, 1998. [3590] C. Sneden, J. Cowan, J. Lawler, I. Ivans, S. Burles, T. Beers, F. Primas, V. Hill, J. Truran, G. Fuller, B. Pfeiffer, and K.-L. Kratz. The extremely metal–poor, neutron capture–rich star CS 22892–052: A comprehensive abundance analysis. Astrophys. J., 591, 936, 2003. [3591] C. Sneden, H. Johnson, and B. Krupp. A statistical method for treating molecular line opacities. Astrophys. J., 204, 281, 1976. [3592] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, G. Langer, C. Prosser, and M. Shetrone. Oxygen abundances in halo giants. V. Giants in the fairly metal–rich globular cluster M 71. Astr. J., 107, 1773, 1994. [3593] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, C. Prosser, and G. Langer. Oxygen abundances in halo giants. I. Giants in the very metal–poor globular clusters M 92 and M 15 and the metal–poor halo field. Astr. J., 102, 2001, 1991.

243

[3594] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, C. Prosser, and G. Langer. Oxygen abundances in halo giants. III. Giants in the mildly metal–poor globular cluster M 5. Astr. J., 104, 2121, 1992. [3595] C. Sneden, D. Lambert, J. Tomkin, and R. Peterson. Light–element abundances in the weak G–band star HR 6766. Astrophys. J., 222, 585, 1988. [3596] C. Sneden, D. Lambert, and R. Whitaker. The O abundance in metal– poor stars. Astrophys. J., 234, 964, 1989. [3597] C. Sneden, A. McWilliam, G. Preston, J. Cowan, D. Burris, and B. Armosky. The ultra–metal-poor, neutron-capture–rich giant star CS 22892-052. Astrophys. J., 467, 819, 1996. [3598] C. Sneden and M. Parthasarathy. The r– and s–process nuclei in the early history of the Galaxy – HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 288, 55, 1985. [3599] C. Sneden, G. Preston, A. McWilliam, and L. Searle. Ultra–metal–poor halo stars: The remarkable spectrum of CS 22892-052. Astrophys. J., 431, 27, 1994. [3600] M. Snijders. The continuous UV flux of α Lyrae. Non–LTE results. Astrophys. J., 214, 35, 1977. [3601] M. Snijders and H. Lamers. Observations and theory of Mg II lines in early type stars. II. Theory and predicted profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 245, 1975. [3602] M. Snijders and A. Underhill. The He II lines in the spectrum of ζ Pup- pis. Astrophys. J., 200, 634, 1985. [3603] T. Snow, G. Wegner, and P. Kunasz. Variations in the mass flow from ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 238, 643, 1980. [3604] J. Sobeck, I. Ivans, J. Simmerer, C. Sneden, P. Höflich, J. Fulbright, and R. Kraft. Manganese abundances in cluster and field stars. Astr. J., 131, 2949, 2006. [3605] I. Sobelman. Atomic Spectra and Radiative Transitions. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1979. [3606] I. Sobelman, L. Vainshtein, and E. Yukov. Excitation of Atoms and Broadening of Spectral Lines. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1981. [3607] V. Sobolev. The diffusion of Lα radiation in nebulae and stellar envelopes. Sov. Astr., 1, 678, 1957. [3608] V. Sobolev. The Diffusion of Radiation in a Medium of Finite Optical Thickness. Sov. Astr., 1, 332, 1957.

244

[3609] V. Sobolev. Stars with bright spectral lines. In Ambartsumyan [86], chapter 28–29, pages 478–519. [3610] V. Sobolev. On the Theory of Radiation Diffusion in Stellar Atmo- spheres. Sov. Astr., 3, 563, 1959. [3611] V. Sobolev. Moving Envelopes of Stars. (Cambridge: Harvard Univer- sity Press), 1960. [3612] V. Sobolev. A Treatise on Radiative Transfer. (Princeton: D. Van Nos- trand Company), 1963. [3613] H. Socas–Navarro and J. Trujillo Bueno. Linearization versus precon- ditioning: Which approach is best for solving multilevel transfer problems? Astrophys. J., 490, 383, 1997. [3614] T. Soffner, R. Méndez,G. Jacoby, R. Ciardullo, M. Roth, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Planetary nebulae and H II regions in NGC 300. Astr. Astrophys., 306, 9, 1996. [3615] S.-E. Solheim and E. Meistas, editors. 11th European Workshop on White Dwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1999. [3616] L. Soloveva. Non–LTE calculations of the N IV lines. Sov. Astr., 27, 415, 1983. [3617] L. Soloveva. Non–LTE investigation of the atmospheres of main– sequence O–stars. Sov. Astr., 30, 189, 1986. [3618] W. Somerville. The continuous absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen molecular ion. Astrophys. J., 139, 192, 1964. [3619] W. Somerville. The continuous absorption coefficient of He−. Astrophys. J., 141, 811, 1965. [3620] G. Sonneborn, H. Moos, and B.-G. Andersson, editors. Astrophysics in the Far Ultraviolet: Five Years of Discovery With FUSE. (San Fran- cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2006. [3621] W. Sparks and D. Fischel. Partition functions and equations of state in plasmas. NASA Report. No. 1155. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1971. [3622] A. Spencer. Continuum Mechanics. (London: Longman Group Ltd.), 1980. [3623] E. Spiegel. Convection in stars I. Basic Boussinesq convection. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 323, 1971.

245

[3624] E. Spiegel. Convection in stars II. Special effects. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 10, 261, 1972. [3625] W. Spiesman and G. Wallerstein. O and Fe abundances in two metal– poor stars. Astr. J., 102, 1790, 1991. [3626] H. Spinrad, J. Greenstein, B. Taylor, and I. King. On the supermetallicity of the main sequence stars in M 67 and NGC 188. Astrophys. J., 162, 891, 1970. [3627] H. Spinrad and R. Wing. Infrared spectra of stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 7, 249, 1969. [3628] F. Spite. Accuracy of the determination of the abundances in solar type stars. In Wehrse [4023], page 69. [3629] F. Spite and M. Spite. Abundances in the halo cool star HD 128279. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 141, 1975. [3630] M. Spite. Trends of element abundances in the stars of our Galaxy. In Barbuy and Renzini [239], page 123. [3631] M. Spite and F. Spite. Study of the abundances of heavy elements in F–G type stars. I. Differential analysis of two metal–deficient stars: HR 646 and HR 860. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 63, 1973. [3632] M. Spite and F. Spite. Abundances in the star HD 128279. II. Reduction procedure, equivalent widths, and final abundances. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 28, 307, 1977. [3633] M. Spite, F. Spite, R. Cayrel, V. Hill, B. Nordström, B. Barbuy, T. Beers, and P. Nissen. Abundances in very metal–poor stars. As- trophys. Space Sci., 265, 141, 1969. [3634] L. Spitzer. Notes on the theory of noncoherent scattering. Astrophys. J., 99, 1, 1944. [3635] L. Spitzer. Physics of Fully Ionized Gases. (New York: John Wiley & Co.), 1956. [3636] L. Spitzer and J. Greenstein. Continuous emission from planetary nebulae. Astrophys. J., 114, 407, 1951. [3637] U. Springmann. Multiple resonance–line scattering and the “momentum problem” in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 289, 505, 1994. [3638] U. Springmann and A. Pauldrach. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. XI. Frictional heating in a multicomponent stellar wind plasma and decoupling of radiatively accelerated ions. Astr. Astrophys., 262, 515, 1992.

246

[3639] U. Springmann and J. Puls. Models of radiatively driven Wolf–Rayet star winds. In Howarth [1735], page 286. [3640] H. Spruit, A.˚ Nordlund, and A. Title. Solar convection. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 263, 1990. [3641] R. Stalio and P. Selvelli. The ultraviolet spectra of Ori (B0 Ia) and κ Ori (B0.5 Ia). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 21, 241, 1975. [3642] R. Stalio and L. Willson, editors. Pulsation and Mass Loss in Stars. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1988. [3643] J. Stallcop. Absorption of infrared radiation by electrons in the field of a neutral hydrogen atom. Astrophys. J., 187, 179, 1974. [3644] R. Stancliffe and C. Jeffery. Mass loss and yield uncertainty in low–mass asymptotic giant branch stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 375, 1280, 2007. [3645] G. Stasińska, G. Gräfener,M. Peña,W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and R. Szczerba. Comprehensive modeling of the planetary nebula LMC– SMP 61 and its [WC] type central star. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 329, 2004. [3646] G. Stasinska and D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. IV. The impact on the ionization structure of single star H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 615, 1997. [3647] J. Stebbins and G. Kron. Six color photometry of stars. X. The stellar magnitude and color index of the sun. Astrophys. J., 126, 266, 1957. [3648] W. Steenbock and H. Holweger. Statistical equilibrium of lithium in cool stars of different metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 319, 1984. [3649] M. Steffen. A model atmosphere analysis of the F5 IV-V subgiant Procyon. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 59, 403, 1985. [3650] M. Steffen and H. Holweger. Line formation in convective stellar atmospheres. I. Granulation corrections for solar photospheric abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 397, 258, 2002. [3651] M. Steffen, H. Ludwig, and B. Freytag. Synthetic spectra computed from hydrodynamical model atmospheres of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 473, 1995. [3652] M. Steffen and D. Schönberner. Long–term evolution of AGB wind envelopes: Insights from hydrodynamical models. In Le Bertre et al. [2348], page 379.

247

[3653] C. Stehlé. Stark broadening of the hydrogen Lyman-α line from the center to the near line wings for low-density plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 34, 4153, 1986. [3654] C. Stehlé. Stark broadening of hydrogen Lyman and Balmer in the conditions of stellar envelopes. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 104, 509, 1994. [3655] C. Stehlé.Stark profiles of He+. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 699, 1994. [3656] C. Stehlé.The hydrogen Paschen lines. In Adelman et al. [20], page 123. [3657] C. Stehléand R. Hutcheon. Extensive tabulations of Stark broadened H–line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 140, 93, 1999. [3658] C. Stehlé,A. Mazure, G. Nollez, and N. Feautrier. Stark broadening of H–lines: New results for the Balmer lines and astrophysical consequences. Astr. Astrophys., 127, 263, 1983. [3659] R. Stein and A.˚ Nordlund. Simulations of solar granulation. I. General properties. Astrophys. J., 499, 914, 1998. [3660] R. Stein and A.˚ Nordlund. Realistic solar convection simulations. Solar Phys., 192, 91, 2000. [3661] R. Stein and A.˚ Nordlund. Radiative transfer in 3D numerical simulations. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 519. [3662] O. Steiner. A rapidly converging temperature correction procedure using operator perturbation. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 278, 1990. [3663] O. Steiner. Fast solution of radiative transfer problems using a method of multiple grids. Astr. Astrophys., 242, 290, 1991. [3664] R. Steinitz and R. Shine. On the dependence of the two–level source function on its own radiation field. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 197, 1962. [3665] L. Stenholm. A new approach to the solution of multidimensional non– LTE radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 577, 1977. [3666] L. Stenholm, H. Störzer,and R. Wehrse. An efficient method for the solution of 3D radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 45, 47, 1991. [3667] L. Stenholm and R. Wehrse. The core–saturation method with partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 131, 399, 1984. [3668] A. Stephens and A. Boesgaard. Abundances from high–resolution spectra of kinematically interesting halo stars. Astr. J., 123, 1647, 2002.

248

[3669] C. Sterken, editor. The Future of Photometric, Spectrophotometric and Polarimetric Standardization. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2007. [3670] A. Sternberg, T. Hoffmann, and A. Pauldrach. Ionizing photon emission rates from O– and early B–type stars and clusters. Astrophys. J., 599, 1333, 2003. [3671] A. Stewart. Perturbation variation study of photodetachment from H−. J. Phys. B, 11, 3851, 1978. [3672] W. Stibbs. On a problem in the theory of formation of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 113, 493, 1953. [3673] D. Stickland. On the energy distributions of main sequence stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 501, 1971. [3674] D. Stickland and D. Lambert. A high resolution IUE spectrum of the G0–G5 Ia supergiant HR 8752. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 296, 1981. [3675] M. Stift and G. Moser. Frequency grids in radiative transfer problems. Astr. Astrophys., 268, 616, 1993. [3676] J. Stilley and J. Callaway. Free–free absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 160, 245, 1970. [3677] M. Stix. The Sun: An Introduction. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 2nd edition, 2002. [3678] E. Stoner. The limiting density in white dwarf stars. Phil. Mag., 7, 63, 1929. [3679] E. Stoner. The equilibrium of dense stars. Phil. Mag., 9, 944, 1930. [3680] V. Straizys, K. Zdanavicius, and G. Tautvaisiene. The halo population of G and K subdwarfs. Astrophys. Space Sci., 104, 219, 1984. [3681] K. Strand, editor. Basic Astronomical Data. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1963. [3682] P. Strittmatter and D. Wickramasinghe. The atmospheres of white dwarfs. III. The line spectra. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 47, 1971. [3683] A. Stroeer, U. Heber, T. Lisker, R. Napiwotzki, S. Dreizler, N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers. Hot subdwarfs from the ESO supernova Ia progenitor survey. II. Atmospheric parameters of subdwarf O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 462, 269, 2007. [3684] S. Strom and E. Avrett. The temperature structure of early–type model stellar atmospheres. I. Detailed analysis of a 10000 K model. Astrophys. J., 140, 1381, 1964.

249

[3685] S. Strom and E. Avrett. The temperature structure of early–type model stellar atmospheres. II. A grid of stellar models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 12, 1, 1965. [3686] S. Strom, J. Cohen, and K. Strom. Analysis of F and G subdwarfs. I. The location of subdwarfs in the theoretical H–R diagram. Astrophys. J., 147, 1038, 1967. [3687] S. Strom, O. Gingerich, and K. Strom. Studies in non–grey stellar atmospheres. III. The metal abundances of Sirius and Vega. Astrophys. J., 146, 880, 1966. [3688] S. Strom and W. Kalkofen. The effect of departures from LTE on the stellar continuum fluxes in the spectral–type range B5–A0. Astrophys. J., 144, 76, 1966. [3689] S. Strom and W. Kalkofen. An observational test for departures from LTE in the spectral range B5 to A0. Astrophys. J., 149, 191, 1967. [3690] S. Strom and R. Kurucz. A statistical procedure for computing line– blanketed model stellar atmospheres with applications to the F5 IV star Procyon. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 6, 591, 1966. [3691] S. Strom and D. Peterson. Surface gravity determinations for main– sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 152, 859, 1968. [3692] S. Strom and K. Strom. The He content of subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 150, 501, 1967. [3693] S. Strom and K. Strom. Effect of Si opacity on B– and A–star models. Astrophys. J., 155, 17, 1969. [3694] S. Strom and K. Strom. The effect of Lyα wing opacity on the temperature scale and He content for subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 155, 363, 1969. [3695] S. Strom and K. Strom. An analysis of the bright O star in the globular cluster M 3. Astrophys. J., 159, 195, 1970. [3696] S. Strom and K. Strom. Asymptotic giant and red giant branch stars in globular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 14, 111, 1971. [3697] S. Strom, K. Strom, and D. Carbon. A model–atmosphere analysis of five apparently super–metal–rich K giants. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 177, 1971. [3698] B. Strömgren.The opacity of stellar matter and the H content of the stars. Z. fürAstrophys., 4, 118, 1932. [3699] B. Strömgren. On the interpretation of the Hertzsprung–Russell diagram. Z. fürAstrophys., 7, 222, 1933.

250

[3700] B. Strömgren. The boundary–value problem of the theory of stellar absorption lines. Astrophys. J., 86, 1, 1937. [3701] B. Strömgren,B. Gustafsson, and E. Olsen. Evidence of He abundance differences between the Hyades stars and field stars, and between Hyades stars and Coma cluster stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 94, 5, 1982. [3702] O. Struve. The Stark effect in stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 69, 173, 1929. [3703] O. Struve. Pressure effects in stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 70, 85, 1929. [3704] O. Struve. Thermal Doppler effect and turbulence in stellar spectra of early class. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S., 18, 585, 1932. [3705] O. Struve. An interesting phenomenon in stellar spectroscopy (δ C Ma). Astrophys. J., 104, 138, 1946. [3706] O. Struve and C. Elvey. The intensities of stellar absorption lines. Astrophys. J., 79, 406, 1934. [3707] S. Stürenburg and H. Holweger. Statistical equilibrium and photospheric abundance of C in the Sun and Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 237, 125, 1990. [3708] V. Suleimanov, J. Madej, J. Drake, T. Rauch, and K. Werner. On the relevance of Compton scattering for the soft X–ray spectra of hot DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 455, 679, 2006. [3709] C. Sur and R. Chaudhuri. Branching ratios of radiative transitions in O VI. J. Phys. B, 40, 1, 2007. [3710] J. Surdej. Contribution to spectral line formation in moving stellar envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 60, 303, 1977. [3711] J. Surdej. Radiative forces in expanding envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 62, 303, 1978. [3712] J. Surdej. Line profiles in expanding envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 73, 1, 1979. [3713] J. Surdej. Formation of resonance doublet profiles in rapidly expanding envelopes. Astrophys. Space Sci., 73, 101, 1980. [3714] R. Sutherland. Accurate free–free Gaunt factors for astrophysical plasmas. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 300, 321, 1998. [3715] D. Swartz. An approximate Newton–Raphson method for multilevel line formation using the Sobolev theory. Astr. Astrophys., 239, 227, 1990.

251

[3716] P. Swings and S. Chandrasekhar. On the distribution of the absorbing atoms in the reversing layers of stars and the formation of blended absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 97, 24, 1936. [3717] B. Swirlres. The absorption coefficient of a degenerate gas. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 857, 1931. [3718] J. Sykes. Approximate integration of the equation of transfer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 111, 377, 1951. [3719] J. Synge and A. Schild. Tensor Calculus. (New York: Dover Publica- tions), 1978. [3720] R. Szczerba and S. Górny, editors. Post–AGB Objects as a Phase of Stellar Evolution. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 2001. [3721] R. Szczerba, G. Stasinska, and S. Gorny, editors. International Confer- ence on Planetary Nebulae as Astronomical Tools. (Melville, New York: American Institute of Physics), 2005. [3722] Y. Takeda. Multiplets in multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 211, 383, 1989. [3723] Y. Takeda. Study on the non–LTE effect of Fe in stellar atmospheres– Application to Arcturus. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 242, 455, 1991. [3724] Y. Takeda. Statistical equilibrium and abundances of C and N in the atmosphere of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 44, 649, 1992. [3725] Y. Takeda. Strength of the O I triplet λλ 7771–5 and atmospheric microturbulence in A–F stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 44, 309, 1992. [3726] Y. Takeda. Non-LTE effects on CNO abundance determinations for solar-type stars: The Sun, Procyon, and the oxygen problem in metal- poor dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 46, 53, 1994. [3727] Y. Takeda. Spectroscopic determinations of stellar parameters and photospheric He abundances of α Cygni and β Orionis. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 46, 181, 1994. [3728] Y. Takeda. Self–consistent multi–parameter fitting of stellar flux spectra. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 47, 287, 1995. [3729] Y. Takeda. Oxygen–line formation in Population II A–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 49, 471, 1997. [3730] Y. Takeda. Oxygen line formation in late–F through early–K disk/halo stars. Infrared O I triplet and [O I] lines. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 343, 2003.

252

[3731] Y. Takeda, K. Kato, Y. Watanabe, and K. Sadakane. Line–proﬁle analysis of K I λ 7699 in the Sun and in Procyon. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 48, 511, 1996. [3732] Y. Takeda, S. Kawanomoto, and K. Sadakane. Non–LTE analysis of the O λλ 7771–5 triplet in mid–G through early–K giants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 50, 9, 1998. [3733] Y. Takeda, S. Kawanomoto, M. Takada–Hidai, and K. Sadakane. O and N abundances in Hyades F–type dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 50, 509, 1998. [3734] Y. Takeda, M. Ohkubo, and K. Sadakane. Spectroscopic determination of atmospheric parameters of solar–type stars: Description of the method and application to the Sun. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 54, 451, 2002. [3735] Y. Takeda and K. Sadakane. Spectroscopic study of C, N, O, and S abundances in a ﬁeld horizontal–branch star HD 161817. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 49, 571, 1997. [3736] Y. Takeda, B. Sato, E. Kambe, K. Sadakane, and M. Ohkubo. Spectro- scopic determination of stellar atmospheric parameters: Application to mid–F through early–G dwarfs and subgiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 54, 1041, 2002. [3737] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–H-idai. On the abundance of Na in A– F supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 46, 395, 1994. [3738] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. On the abundances of N and S in late B through F supergiant atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 47, 169, 1995. [3739] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. Oxygen abundances in late–B through F supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 50, 629, 1998. [3740] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. He and C abundances in late–B and early–A supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 52, 113, 2000. [3741] Y. Takeda, M. Takada–Hidai, and J. Kotake. Deneb’s light–element abundances revisited. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 48, 753, 1996. [3742] Y. Takeda, G. Zhao, M. Takada–Hidai, Y.–Q. Chen, and H.–W. Zhang. Non–LTE analysis of the Na abundance of metal–poor stars in the galactic disk and halo. Chinese J. Astr. & Astrophys., 3, 316, 2003. [3743] A. Tanner, D. Figer, F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Gilmore, M. Mor- ris, E. Becklin, I. McLean, A. Gilbert, J. Graham, J. Larkin, N. Leven- son, and H. Teplitz. High spectral resolution observations of the massive stars in the galactic center. Astrophys. J., 641, 891, 2006.

253

[3744] S. Tarafdar and M. Vardya. The Rayleigh scattering cross–sections of He, C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 145, 171, 1969. [3745] S. Tarafdar and M. Vardya. The importance of molecular Rayleigh scattering in the atmospheres of very late–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 163, 261, 1973. [3746] G. Taresch, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Hurwitz, S. Bowyer, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, K. Butler, D. Lennon, and S. Haser. Quantitative analysis of the FUV, UV, and optical spectrum of the O3 star HD 93129A. Astr. Astrophys., 321, 531, 1997. [3747] J. Tatum. Accurate partition functions and dissociation equilibrium constants of diatomic molecules of astrophysical interest. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 13, 1, 1966. [3748] G. Tautvaiˇsien˙e, B. Edvardsson, E. Puzeras, and I. Ilyin. Chemical composition of evolved stars in the open cluster NGC 7789. Astr. As- trophys., 431, 933, 2005. [3749] G. Tautvaiˇsien˙e, B. Edvardsson, I. Tuominen, and I. Ilyin. Chemical composition of evolved stars in the open cluster M 67. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 499, 2000. [3750] G. Tautvaiˇsien˙e, B. Edvardsson, I. Tuominen, and I. Ilyin. Chemi- cal composition of red horizontal branch stars in the thick disk of the Galaxy. Astr. Astrophys., 380, 578, 2001. [3751] B. Taylor. Catalogs of temperatures and [Fe/H] averages for G and K stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 134, 121, 1999. [3752] B. Taylor. The upper end of the galactic metallicity scale. In Chávez et al. [746], page 95. [3753] J. Taylor, Z. Yan, A. Dalgarno, and J. Babb. Variational calculations on the hydrogen molecular ion. Molec. Phys., 97, 25, 1999. [3754] W. Tchang-Brillet, J.-F. Wyart, and C. Zeippen, editors. 5th Inter- national Colloquium on Atomic Spectra and Oscillator Strengths for Astrophysical and Laboratory Plasmas. Physica Scripta, T65, 1996. [3755] A. Tej and T. Chandrasekhar. Angular diameter and effective temperature of a sample of 15 M giants at 2.2µ from lunar occultation observations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 317, 687, 2000. [3756] P. Ten Bruggencate. Die Entstehung der Fraunhoferschen Linien in der Sonnenatmosphäre. Z. fürAstrophys., 4, 159, 1932. [3757] P. Ten Bruggencate, H. Gollnow, S. Günther, and W. Strohmeier. Die Mitte–Rand–Variation der Balmerlinien Hα auf der Sonnenscheibe. Z. fürAstrophys., 26, 51, 1949.

254

[3758] T. ten Brummelaar, M. Creech-Eakman, and J. Monnier. Probing stars with optical and near–IR interferometry. Physics Today, 62, 28, 2009. [3759] E. Terez. Spectral energy standard intended for stellar absolute spectrophotometry. Astrometria & Astrofiz., 36, 97, 1978. [3760] E. Terez. Absolute calibration of the energy distribution in spectra of six stars in the near–ultraviolet region. Astr. Cirk. No. 1034, 1979. [3761] E. Terez. High–precision method for absolute calibration of photoelectric equipment in a broad spectral band. Sov. Astr., 23, 112, 1979. [3762] E. Terez. Rediscussion of the model atmosphere of Vega. In Guyenne and Zeleny [1422], page 347. [3763] A. Thackeray. The He star HD 168476. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 114, 93, 1954. [3764] P. The, H. Tjin A Die, R.–P. Kudritzki, and P. Wesselius. Studies of the Carina Nebula. III. The spectral energy distribution of the very hot and massive star HD 93250. Astr. Astrophys., 91, 360, 1980. [3765] A. Theissen, S. Moehler, U. Heber, and K. de Boer. Hot subluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. IV. Physical parameters and distances of 18 hot subdwarf stars and their spatial distribution. Astr. Astrophys., 273, 524, 1993. [3766] P. Thejll, F. Bauer, R. Saffer, J. Liebert, D. Kunze, and H. Shipman. Analysis of He–rich subdwarf O–stars. I. NLTE models, methods, and fits for 21 Palomar green survey sdOs. Astrophys. J., 433, 819, 1994. [3767] P. Thejll, S. Vennes, and H. Shipman. A critical analysis of the ultraviolet temperature scale of the He–dominated DB and DBV stars. Astrophys. J., 370, 355, 1991. [3768] P. Thejll, S. Vennes, and H. Shipman. The effective temperature of the DBVs, and the sensitivity of crossref ? vausio91, DB model atmospheres to input physics. In G. Vauclair and E. Sion, editors, White Dwarfs, page 257, 1991. [3769] F. Thevenin and T. Idiart. Stellar Fe abundances: Non–LTE effects. Astrophys. J., 521, 753, 1999. [3770] L. Thomas. The kinematics of an electron with an axis. Phil. Mag., 3, 1, 1927. [3771] L. Thomas. The radiation field in a fluid in motion. Quart. J. Math. (Oxford), 1, 239, 1930. [3772] R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. I. The resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 125, 260, 1957.

255

[3773] R. Thomas. Comment on the use of net rate processes and the equivalent 2–level atom in non–LTE computations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 871, 1960. [3774] R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. IV. Evaluation and application of the net radiative bracket. Astrophys. J., 131, 429, 1960. [3775] R. Thomas. Comment on the difference between a non–LTE and a pure– absorption model for the line–blanketing effect. Astrophys. J., 141, 333, 1965. [3776] R. Thomas. Some Aspects of Non–Equilibrium Thermodynamics in the Presence of a Radiation Field. (Boulder: University of Colorado Press), 1965. [3777] R. Thomas. Stellar Atmospheric Structural Patterns. NASA Report No. SP–471. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1983. [3778] R. Thomas and R. Athay. Physics of the Solar Chromosphere. (New York: Interscience), 1961. [3779] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. Departure from the Saha equation for ionized He. II. Atmospheric thicknesses too small to satisfy detailed balance in the resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 134, 740, 1961. [3780] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. Departures from the Saha equation for ionized He. I. Condition of detailed balance in the resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 133, 588, 1961. [3781] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere. VIII. Solution for a two–level atom in a finite atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 134, 733, 1961. [3782] G. Thompson. The influence of thermal non–coherent scattering on line profiles. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 897, 1960. [3783] H. Thompson, F. Keenan, P. Dufton, R. Ryans, J. Smoker, D. Lam- bert, and A. Zijlstra. Iron abundances of B–type post–asymptotic giant branch stars in globular clusters: Barnard 29 in M 13 and RO 5701 in ω Cen. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 378, 1619, 2007. [3784] P. Thorén,B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. Subgiants as probes of galactic chemical evolution. Astr. Astrophys., 425, 187, 2004. [3785] W. Tobin and J. Kaufmann. Analysis of the three high–velocity B stars HD 125924, HD 165995, and CPD −72◦1184. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 207, 369, 1984. [3786] J. Tomkin. The composition of the subdwarf Groombridge 1830. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 156, 349, 1972.

256

[3787] J. Tomkin and R. Bell. The Fe, C, and N abundances of the subdwarf Groombridge 1830. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 163, 117, 1973. [3788] J. Tomkin and D. Lambert. N abundances in disk and halo dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 279, 220, 1984. [3789] J. Tomkin, D. Lambert, and S. Balachandran. Light–element abundances in 20 F and G dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 290, 289, 1985. [3790] J. Tomkin and J. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances in main–sequence stars. I. Procyon and the Hyades cluster stars 45 Tauri and HD 27561. Astrophys. J., 223, 937, 1988. [3791] J. Tomkin, M. Lemke, D. Lambert, and C. Sneden. The C–to–O ratio in halo dwarfs. Astr. J., 104, 1568, 1992. [3792] J. Tomkin, C. Sneden, and D. Lambert. Carbon abundances in halo dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 302, 414, 1986. [3793] J. Tomkin, V. Woolf, D. Lambert, and M. Lemke. Carbon in field F and G disk stars. Astr. J., 109, 2204, 1995. [3794] A. Torres and P. Conti. The spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars. II. The WC 9 subclass. Astrophys. J., 280, 181, 1984. [3795] A. Torres, P. Conti, and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars. III. The WC subclass. Astrophys. J., 300, 379, 1986. [3796] A. Torres and P. Massey. An atlas of optical spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet carbon and oxygen stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 65, 459, 1987. [3797] A. Torres-Dodgen and P. Massey. Spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars: Intrinsic colors and absolute magnitudes. Astr. J., 96, 1076, 1988. [3798] C. Tout and W. van Hamme, editors. Exotic Stars as Challenges to Evolution. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2002. [3799] R. Trampedach, W. Däppen, and V. Baturn. A synoptic comparison of the Mihalas–Hummer–Däppen and OPAL equations of state. Astrophys. J., 646, 560, 2006. [3800] N. Trams, L. Waters, H. Lamers, C. Waelkens, T. Geballe, and P. The. Post–AGB candidates: Selection and IR properties. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 87, 361, 1991. [3801] N. Trams, L. Waters, C. Waelkens, H. Lamers, and W. van der Veen. The effect of mass loss on the evolution of low–mass post–AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 218, L1, 1989.

257

[3802] N. Tran-Minh, N. Feautrier and H. Van Regemorter. On simple quantum theories of pressure broadening: the exact resonance approximation applied to Lyman alpha. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 849, 1976. [3803] N. Tran-Minh and H. Van Regemorter. Quantum theory of Stark broadening by electrons. J. Phys. B, 5, 903, 1972. [3804] G. Traving. Die Atmosphäredes B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. Z. fürAstro- phys., 36, 1, 1955. [3805] G. Traving. Die Atmosphäredes O9 V–Sternes 10 Lacertae. Z. für Astrophys., 41, 215, 1957. [3806] G. Traving. Bemerkungen zu den Analysen des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. Z. fürAstrophys., 44, 142, 1958. [3807] G. Traving. Uber¨ die Theorie der Druckverbreiterung von Spektrallinien. (Karlsruhe: Verlag G. Braun), 1960. [3808] G. Traving. The atmospheres of two B–type stars in the galactic halo. Astrophys. J., 135, 439, 1962. [3809] P. Tremblay and P. Bergeron. Spectroscopic analysis of DA white dwarfs: Stark broadening of hydrogen lines including nonideal Effects. Astrophys. J., 696, 1755, 2009. [3810] C. Trefzger and M. Grenon. Estimates of C and N abundances in extremely metal–deficient field giants. In Danziger et al. [910], page 87. [3811] C. Trefzger, G. Langer, D. Carbon, N. Suntzeff, and R. Kraft. C and N abundances in giant stars of the metal–poor globular cluster M 15. Astrophys. J., 266, 144, 1983. [3812] V. Trimble and J. Greenstein. The Einstein redshift in white dwarfs. III. Astrophys. J., 177, 441, 1972. [3813] A. Tripicchio, G. Severino, E. Covino, L. Terranegra, and R. Lopez. The Na I resonance lines as a spectroscopic test of late–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 681, 1997. [3814] J. Trujillo–Bueno. The generation and transfer of polarized radiation in stellar atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 551. [3815] J. Trujillo Bueno and P. Fabiani Bendicho. A novel iterative scheme for the very fast and accurate solution of non–LTE radiative transfer problems. Astrophys. J., 455, 646, 1995. [3816] J. Trujillo Bueno and F. Kneer. Multidimensional radiative transfer in stratified atmospheres. IV. Radiative cooling by LTE and non–LTE spectral lines. Astr. Astrophys., 174, 185, 1987.

258

[3817] C. Trundle, D. Lennon, J. Puls, and P. Dufton. Understanding B– type supergiants in the low–metallicity environment of the SMC. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 217, 2004. [3818] W. Tscharnuter. Spherical radiation transport with a discontinuous source function. Astr. Astrophys., 57, 279, 1975. [3819] T. Tsuji. Molecular abundances in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astro- phys., 23, 411, 1973. [3820] T. Tsuji. Atmospheres of red supergiant stars. I. Model atmospheres based on a band–model opacity. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 28, 543, 1976. [3821] T. Tsuji. Atmospheres of red supergiant stars. II. The M2 supergiant star Betelgeuse. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 28, 567, 1976. [3822] T. Tsuji. Spectral energy distribution and effective temperature scale of M–giant stars. II. Application of the infrared flux method. Astr. Astrophys., 99, 48, 1981. [3823] W. Tucker. Radiation Processes in Astrophysics. (Cambridge: M. I. T. Press), 1975. [3824] H. Tüg. The blackbody as a standard light source. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 249, 1974. [3825] H. Tüg,N. White, and G. Lockwood. Absolute energy distributions of α Lyrae and 109 Virginis from 3925A˚ to 9040A.˚ Astr. Astrophys., 61, 679, 1977. [3826] D. Turnshek, R. Bohlin, R. Williamson, O. Lupie, J. Koorneef, and D. Morgan. An atlas of Hubble Space Telescope photometric, spectrophotometric, and polarimetric calibration objects. Astr. J., 99, 1243, 1990. [3827] D. Turnshek, D. Turnshek, E. Craine, and P. Boeshaar. An Atlas of Digital Spectra of Cool Stars. (Tucson: Western Research Company), 1985. [3828] R. Turolla, L. Nobili, and M. Calvani. Radiatively driven winds in Wolf– Rayet stars: A unified core–atmosphere model. Astrophys. J., 324, 899, 1988. [3829] J. Twitty, P. Rarig, and R. Thompson. A comparison of fast codes for the evaluation of the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 24, 529, 1980. [3830] R. Tylenda. Wolf–Rayet central stars of planetary nebulae. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 101.

259

[3831] R. Tylenda, K. Jeske, R. Szczerba, and N. Siódmiak.Modeling of the observed post–AGB evolution. In Szczerba and Górny [3720], page 139. [3832] A. Uesugi. Non–coherent scattering for blended lines. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 14, 147, 1962. [3833] A. Uesugi. An interpretation of photon diffusion process. Ann. dAstro- phys., 26, 263, 1963. [3834] A. Uesugi. Photon escape probability. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 18, 437, 1966. [3835] G. Uhlenbeck and S. Goudsmit. Spinning electrons and the structure of spectra. Nature, 117, 264, 1926. [3836] H. Uitenbroek. Operator perturbation method for multi–level line transfer with partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 213, 360, 1989. [3837] H. Uitenbroek. Multilevel radiative transfer with partial frequency redistribution. Astrophys. J., 557, 389, 2001. [3838] H. Uitenbroek. The effect of coherent scattering on radiative losses in the solar Ca II K Line. Astrophys. J., 565, 1312, 2002. [3839] H. Uitenbroek. Multi–level accelerated lambda iteration with partial redistribution. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 597. [3840] H. Uitenbroek and C. Briand. The Mg I λ 285.21 nanometer line: An example of non–LTE line formation. Astrophys. J., 447, 453, 1995. [3841] A. Underhill. Absorption lines formed in a moving atmosphere. Astro- phys. J., 106, 128, 1947. [3842] A. Underhill. A model atmosphere for an early O-type star. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 8, 357, 1951. [3843] A. Underhill. Some observations of C III emission in the O–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 67, 23, 1955. [3844] A. Underhill. On the use of the H–lines as absolute magnitude criteria in the O stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 10, 169, 1956. [3845] A. Underhill. On the origin of the λ 5696 emission in O stars. Astrophys. J., 126, 28, 1957. [3846] A. Underhill. A line intensity study of the spectrum HD 188001, 9 Sagit- tae. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 11, 283, 1960. [3847] A. Underhill. A study of the Wolf–Rayet stars HD 192103 and HD 192163. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 11, 209, 1960.

260

[3848] A. Underhill. Early–type stars with extended atmospheres. In Green- stein [1334], chapter 10, page 411. [3849] A. Underhill. The Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 6, 39, 1968. [3850] A. Underhill. The C IV resonance lines in B and early A supergiants. Astrophys. J., 235, 149, 1980. [3851] A. Underhill. Angular diameters, effective temperatures, radii, and luminosities of O3, O4, and O5 stars. Astrophys. J., 263, 741, 1982. [3852] A. Underhill. Angular diameters, effective temperatures, radii, and luminosities of 10 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 266, 718, 1983. [3853] A. Underhill. C IV 5806A˚ in Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 100, 1269, 1988. [3854] A. Underhill, L. Divan, M.-L. Prevot-Burnichon, and V. Doazan. Ef- fective temperatures, angular diameters, distances, and linear radii for 160 O and B stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 189, 601, 1979. [3855] A. Underhill and V. Dozan, editors. B–Stars With and Without Emis- sion Lines. NASA Report No. SP–456. (Washington, DC: U. S. Gov- ernment Printing Office), 1982. [3856] A. Underhill and K. van der Hucht. Line blocking factors in the ultraviolet spectra of 35 B6 to A0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 393, 1987. [3857] A. Underhill and J. Waddell. Stark Broadening Functions for the H– Lines. NBS Circular No. 603. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1959. [3858] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. I. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 2, 53, 1950. [3859] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 158, 1952. [3860] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. III. The problem of He II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 178, 1952. [3861] W. Unno. Note on the Zanstra redistribution in planetary nebula. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 4, 100, 1952. [3862] W. Unno. The line blanketing effect on a model atmosphere. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 15, 400, 1963. [3863] W. Unno. Radiative transfer in spherical geometry. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 41, 211, 1989.

261

[3864] W. Unno and Y. Yamashita. A theory for non–grey atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 12, 157, 1960. [3865] A. Unsöld.Wasserstoff und Helium in Sternatmosphären. Z. fürAstro- phys., 3, 81, 1931. [3866] A. Unsöld. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. II. Teil. Deutung des Linienspektrums, Kosmische Häufigkeit der leichten Ele- ment, Elektronendruck pe, Temperatur T und Schwerebeschleunigung g in der Atmosphärevon τ Scorpii. Z. fürAstrophys., 21, 22, 1942. [3867] A. Unsöld. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. III. Teil. Theorie des kontinuierlichen Spektrums. Z. fürAstrophys., 21, 229, 1942. [3868] A. Unsöld. Uber¨ die Einstellgeschwindigkeit des thermodynamischen Ionisationsgleichgewichtes in der Konvektionzone einer Sternatmo- sphäre. Z. fürAstrophys., 21, 307, 1942. [3869] A. Unsöld. Uber¨ den Einfluss der Fraunhofer–Linien auf die Temper- aturschichtung der Sternatmosphären. Z. fürAstrophys., 22, 356, 1943. [3870] A. Unsöld. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. IV. Teil. Druckverbreiterung der He und He+ Linien. Eine neue Methode zur Bestimmung des Häufigkeitsverhältnissesvon Wasserstoff und Helium. Z. fürAstrophys., 23, 75, 1944. [3871] A. Unsöld.Wasserstoff und Helium in Sternatmosphärender Spektral- typen O bis B3. Z. fürAstrophys., 23, 100, 1944. [3872] A. Unsöld. Der Aufbau der Sternatmosphären.II. Teil. Adiabatische Zustandsänderungenstellar Materie. Z. fürAstrophys., 25, 11, 1948. [3873] A. Unsöld. Uber¨ die Integralgleichung des Strahlungsgleichgewichtes in Sternatmosphären. Z. fürAstrophys., 24, 363, 1948. [3874] A. Unsöld. Was kann man aus einer gegebenen Wachstumskurve schliessen? Z. fürAstrophys., 24, 384, 1948. [3875] A. Unsöld.Zur Berechnung der Zustandsummen fürAtome und Ionen in einem teilweise ionisierten Gas. Z. fürAstrophys., 24, 355, 1948. [3876] A. Unsöld. Physik der Sternatmosphären. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 2nd edition, 1955. [3877] A. Unsöld. Zur Deutung der kontinuierlichen Sternspektren. Z. für Astrophys., 49, 1, 1960. [3878] A. Unsöldand O. Struve. Curves of growth and line contours. Astro- phys. J., 110, 455, 1949.

262

[3879] J. Vader, S. Pottasch, and R. Bohlin. Stellar Lyα and Lyβ profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 60, 211, 1977. [3880] J. Valenti and D. Fischer. Spectroscopic properties of cool stars. I. 1041 F, G, and K dwarfs from Keck, Lick and AAT Planet search programs. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 159, 141, 2005. [3881] D. Van Blerkom. Theory of Wolf–Rayet spectra. In Bappu and Sahade [227], page 165. [3882] D. Van Blerkom and D. Hummer. A non–LTE theory of overlapping lines near the series limit. Astrophys. J., 154, 741, 1968. [3883] D. Van Blerkom and D. Hummer. The normalized on-the-spot approximation for line transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 9, 1567, 1969. [3884] G. Van Citters and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for B–type stars with blanketing by ultraviolet lines. Astrophys. J., 161, 695, 1970. [3885] H. C. van de Hulst. Light Scattering by Small Particles. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1957. [3886] K. van der Hucht. Past and present classification of hot massive stars. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 1. [3887] K. van der Hucht, J. Cassinelli, and P. Williams. Influence of abundances on mass–loss determination for WC stars. Astr. Astrophys., 168, 111, 1986. [3888] K. van der Hucht, A. Herrero, and C. Esteban, editors. A Massive Star Odyssey: From Main Sequence to Supernova. (San Francisco: Astro- nomical Society of the Pacific), 2003. [3889] K. van der Hucht, G. Koenigsberger, and P. Eenens, editors. Wolf–Rayet Phenomena in Massive Stars and Starburst Galaxies. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1999. [3890] R. van Helden. The spectrum of o2 C Ma (B3 Ia) I. Equivalent widths and line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 7, 311, 1972. [3891] R. van Helden. The spectrum of o2 C Ma (B3 Ia) II. Interpretation of the observations. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 209, 1972. [3892] J. van Loon. On the metallicity dependence of the winds from red supergiants and asymptotic giant branch stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 211. [3893] M. van Noort, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Multidimensional non–LTE radiative transfer. I. A universal two–dimensional short–characteristics scheme for Cartesian, spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems. As- trophys. J., 568, 1066, 2002.

263

[3894] M. van Noort, T. Lanz, H. Lamers, R. Kurucz, R. Ferlet, G. Hebrard, and A. Vidal-Madjar. Fe II emission lines in the UV spectrum of Sirius A and Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 334, 633, 1998. [3895] J. van Paradijs. A search for departures from LTE in the spectra of G and K–type giants and supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 385, 1973. [3896] J. van Paradijs. An analysis of the line spectra of some G and K Ib supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 369, 1973. [3897] J. van Paradijs. Line blocking in the visual and near infrared spectra of G, K, and M–type giants. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 24, 53, 1976. [3898] J. van Paradijs and D. Kester. Abundances of C, N, and O in six G and K type giants. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 1, 1976. [3899] J. van Paradijs and M. Vardya. Line blanketing and opacity probability distribution function. Astrophys. Space Sci., 331, 9, 1975. [3900] H. van Regemorter. Rate of collisional excitation in stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 136, 906, 1962. [3901] H. van Regemorter. Spectral line broadening. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro- phys., 3, 71, 1965. [3902] A. van Teeseling, B. Gänsicke, K. Beuermann, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and K. Reinsch. HST/STIS ultraviolet spectroscopy of the supersoft X–ray source RX J0439.8–6809. Astr. Astrophys., 351, L27, 1999. [3903] D. Vanbeveren, W. Van Rensbergen, and C. de Loore, editors. Evolution of Massive Stars: A Confrontation Between Theory and Observation. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1994. [3904] D. VandenBerg, B. Edvardsson, K. Eriksson, and B. Gustafsson. On the use of blanketed atmospheres as boundary conditions for stellar evolutionary models. Astrophys. J., 675, 746, 2008. [3905] C. van’t Veer-Menneret. Effective temperature determinations using Balmer line profiles: The influence of the structure of the model. In Adelman et al. [20], page 56. [3906] C. van’t Veer-Menneret, D. Katz, R. Cayrel, and C. Soubrian. A grid of metal–poor model stellar atmospheres for stars born in the early Galaxy. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 257, 1969. [3907] A. Vanture and G. Wallerstein. C, N, and O abundances of selected stars in the Hertzsprung gap. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 111, 84, 1999. [3908] I. Vardavas. Non–isotropic redistribution effects on spectral line formation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 1, 1976.

264

[3909] I. Vardavas. Redistribution eﬀects on line formation in moving stellar atmospheres. II. The non–isotropic redistribution functions 0 0 RI, II, III(x , n ; x, n). J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 781, 1976. [3910] I. Vardavas. The scattering eﬀects of the redistribution function 0 0 RIIA(x , n ; x, n) on spectral line formation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Ra- diat. Transf., 16, 715, 1976. [3911] I. Vardavas and C. Cannon. Non–isotropic redistribution in chromospheric–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 107, 1976. [3912] I. Vardavas and L. Cram. Partially coherent scattering models for the formation of the chromospheric Ca II K line. Solar Phys., 38, 367, 1974. [3913] M. Vardya. Pressure dissociation. Astrophys. J., 132, 905, 1960. [3914] M. Vardya. Hydrogen–helium adiabats for late–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 4, 281, 1960. [3915] M. Vardya. Physical atmospheric parameters for late–type stars. As- trophys. J., 133, 107, 1961.

[3916] M. Vardya. Planck and Rosseland mean of Rayleigh scattering by H2. Astrophys. J., 135, 303, 1962. [3917] M. Vardya. Opacity at λ1.65µ in the late–type stars . In Avrett et al. [191], page 50. [3918] M. Vardya. Thermodynamics of a solar composition gaseous mixture. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 205, 1965. [3919] M. Vardya. Role of negative ions in late–type stars. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 70, 249, 1967. [3920] M. Vardya. Atmospheres of very late–type stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. As- trophys., 8, 87, 1970. [3921] M. Vardya and R. Wildt. Molecules and late–type stellar models. As- trophys. J., 131, 448, 1960. [3922] Y. Varshni and C. Lam. Wavefunction for the hydrogen molecular ion. J. Phys. B, 10, 1833, 1972. [3923] S. Vasilevskis. The accuracy of trigonometric parallaxes of stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 57, 1966. [3924] H. V¨ath.Three–dimensional radiative transfer on a massively parallel computer. Astr. Astrophys., 284, 319, 1994.

265

[3925] G. Vauclair, H. Schmidt, D. Koester, and N. Allard. White dwarfs observed by the HIPPARCOS satellite. Astr. Astrophys., 325, 1055, 1997. [3926] G. Vauclair and E. Sion, editors. White Dwarfs. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1991. [3927] G. Vauclair, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Discovery of strong ultraviolet absorption in the spectrum of the DC white dwarf G 33-49. Astr. Astrophys., 100, 113, 1981. [3928] G. Vauclair, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. IUE observation of UV absorption in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf L1363–3. Astr. As- trophys., 109, 7, 1982. [3929] K. Venn and N. Przybilla. New N and C in AF supergiants. In Char- bonnel et al. [744], page 20. [3930] S. Vennes, P. Chayer, J. Dupuis, and T. Lanz. Iron in hot DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 652, 1554, 2006. [3931] S. Vennes and T. Lanz. A comparative study of the atmospheric composition of the DA white dwarfs Feige 24 and G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 553, 399, 2001. [3932] S. Vennes, P. Thejl, and H. Shipman. Abundances of trace heavy elements in hot DA white dwarfs. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 235. [3933] S. Vennes, P. Thejll, D. Wickramasinghe, and M. Bessell. Hot white dwarfs in the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer survey. I. Properties of a southern hemisphere sample. Astrophys. J., 467, 782, 1996. [3934] E. Verdugo, A. Talavera, and A. G´omezde Castro. Understanding A–type supergiants. I. Ultraviolet and visible spectral atlas. Astr. As- trophys. Suppl., 137, 351, 1999. [3935] A. Verhamme, D. Schaerer, and A. Maselli. 3D Lyα radiation transfer. I. Understanding Lyα line proﬁle morphologies. Astr. Astrophys., 460, 397, 2006. [3936] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chromosphere. Basic computations and summary of the results. Astrophys. J., 184, 605, 1973. [3937] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chromosphere. II. The underlying photosphere and temperature–minimum region. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 30, 1, 1976. [3938] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chromosphere. III. Models of the EUV brightness components of the quiet Sun. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 45, 635, 1981.

266

[3939] S. Verwey. The Stark effect of hydrogen in stellar spectra. Proc. Ams- terdam Acad., 38, No. 5, 1935. [3940] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Hydrogen Stark broadening calculations with the unified classical path theory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 10, 1011, 1970. [3941] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Unified Theory Calculations of Stark Broadened H–Lines Including Lower State Interactions. NBS Mono- graph No. 120. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1971. [3942] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Hydrogen Stark–broadening tables. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 25, 37, 1973. [3943] A. Vidal-Madjar, N. Allard, D. Koester, M. Lemoine, R. Ferlet, P. Bertin, R. Lallement, and G. Vauclair. G191–B2B: Accurate abundances for N, Si, and Fe from GHRS observations. Astr. Astrophys., 287, 175, 1994. [3944] T. Viik. An efficient method to calculate Ambarzumian’s, Chan- drasekhar’s, and Hopf’s functions. Astrophys. Space Sci., 127, 285, 1986. [3945] M. Villamariz and A. Herrero. The most luminous stars in our Galaxy. Astrophys. Space Sci., 263, 247, 1998. [3946] M. Villamariz and A. Herrero. Fundamental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. V. The effect of microturbulence. Astr. Astrophys., 357, 597, 2000. [3947] M. Villamariz, A. Herrero, S. Becker, and K. Butler. Chemical composition of galactic OB stars. I. CNO abundances in O9 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 388, 940, 2002. [3948] W. Vincenti and C. Kruger. Introduction to Physical Gas Dynamics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1965. [3949] J. Vink, A. de Koter, and H. Lamers. New theoretical mass–loss rates of O and B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 362, 295, 2000. [3950] J. Vink, A. de Koter, and H. Lamers. Mass–loss predictions for O and B stars as a function of metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 369, 574, 2001. [3951] R. Viotti and C. Rossi. Analysis of stellar spectra with enhanced emission lines. In Gull et al. [1399], page 281. [3952] R. Viotti, A. Vittone, and M. Friedjung, editors. Physics of the Forma- tion of Fe II Lines Outside of LTE. International Astronomical Union Colloquium 94. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1988.

267

[3953] E. Vitense. Die Wasserstoffkonvektionszone der Sonne. Z. fürAstro- phys., 32, 135, 1953. [3954] S. Voels, B. Bohannan, D. Abbott, and D. Hummer. Photospheres of hot stars. III. Luminosity effects at spectral type O9.5. Astrophys. J., 340, 1073, 1989. [3955] H.-H. Voigt. Quantitative Analyse des cB2 – Ubergiganten¨ 55 Cygni. Z. fürAstrophys., 31, 48, 1953. [3956] B. Voss, D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers. High-resolution UVES/VLT spectra of white dwarfs observed for the ESO SN Ia progenitor survey. II. DB and DBA stars. Astr. Astrophys., 470, 1079, 2007. [3957] M. Vrancken, K. Butler, and S. Becker. Non–LTE line formation for S II and S III. Astr. Astrophys., 311, 668, 1996. [3958] M. Vrancken, D. Lennon, P. Dufton, and D. Lambert. The atmospheric parameters and chemical composition of early B–type giants in h and χ Persei. Astr. Astrophys., 358, 639, 2000. [3959] J. Vreux, A. Detal, D. Fraipont–Caro, E. Gosset, and G. Rauw, editors. Wolf–Rayet Stars in the Framework of Stellar Evolution. (Liege: Institut d’Astrophysique), 1996. [3960] K. Vyverman, W. Van Rensbergen, and D. Vanbeveren. On the relation between the mass loss rate and the stellar parameters of OB–type stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 191, 1994. [3961] J. Waddell. Center–limb variations of moderate strength lines from photoelectric observations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 928, 1960. [3962] J. Waddell. Solar center–limb variations of the Na D lines from photoelectric observations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 917, 1960. [3963] J. Waddell. Center–to–limb observations of the Na D lines. Astrophys. J., 136, 223, 1962. [3964] C. Waelkens, L. Waters, A. Cassatella, T. Le Bertre, and H. Lamers. HD 213985: A hot post–AGB star in the galactic halo. Astr. Astrophys., 181, L5, 1987. [3965] G. Wahlgren and S. Hubrig. Emission lines in the spectra of late–B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 362, 1004, 2000. [3966] C. Wahlstrom and M. Carlsson. The formation of the solar He II 1640.4A˚ emission line. Astrophys. J., 433, 417, 1994. [3967] N. Walborn. Some spectroscopic characteristics of the OB Stars: An N anomaly. Astrophys. J., 161, L149, 1970.

268

[3968] N. Walborn. On the existence of OB Stars with anomalous N and C spectra. Astrophys. J., 164, L67, 1971. [3969] N. Walborn. Some extremely early O Stars near Eta Carinae. Astrophys. J., 167, L31, 1971. [3970] N. Walborn. Some spectroscopic characteristics of the OB stars: An investigation of the space distribution of certain OB stars and the reference frame of the classification. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 257, 1971. [3971] N. Walborn. Spectral classification of OB stars in both hemispheres and the absolute–magnitude calibration. Astr. J., 77, 312, 1972. [3972] N. Walborn. Some morphological properties of WN spectra. Astrophys. J., 189, 269, 1974. [3973] N. Walborn. Spectral classification of O and B0 supergiants in the Magellanic Clouds. Astrophys. J., 215, 53, 1977. [3974] N. Walborn. An atlas of yellow–red OB spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 44, 535, 1980. [3975] N. Walborn. The O3 stars. Astrophys. J., 254, L15, 1982. [3976] N. Walborn. Evolutionary He and CNO anomalies in the atmospheres and winds of massive hot stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 70. [3977] N. Walborn. Selective emission lines in O–type spectra. In Gull et al. [1399], page 217. [3978] N. Walborn. The earliest O–type stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3888], page 13. [3979] N. Walborn and R. Bohlin. An atlas of OB spectra from 1000A to 1200 A.˚ Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 108, 477, 1996. [3980] N. Walborn and E. Fitzpatrick. Contemporary optical spectral classification of the OB stars – A digital atlas. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 102, 379, 1990. [3981] N. Walborn, I. Howarth, D. Lennon, P. Massey, M. Oey, A. Moffat, G. Skalkowski, N. Morrell, L. Drissen, and J. Parker. A new spectral classification system for the earliest O stars: Definition of type O2. Astr. J., 123, 275, 2002. [3982] N. Walborn, K. Long, D. Lennon, and R.–P. Kudritzki. A reconnais- sance of the 900–1200A˚ spectra of early O Stars in the Magellanic Clouds. Astrophys. J., 454, L27, 1995. [3983] N. Walborn and J. Nichols–Bohlin. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of the O stars. IV. The OB supergiant sequence. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 99, 40, 1987.

269

[3984] N. Walborn, J. Nichols–Bohlin, and R. Panek. International Ul- traviolet Explorer Atlas of O–Type Spectra from 1200 to 1900A˚. NASA Ref. Pub. 1155. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1985. [3985] N. Walborn and R. Panek. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of the O stars. II. The main sequence. Astrophys. J., 286, 718, 1984. [3986] N. Walborn and R. Panek. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of the O stars. III. The ON and OC stars. Astrophys. J., 291, 806, 1985. [3987] N. Walborn, J. Parker, and J. Nichols. International Ultravio- let Explorer Atlas of B–Type Spectra from 1200 to 1900A˚. NASA Ref. Pub. 1363. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1995. [3988] G. Walker and S. Hodge. Equivalent widths and halfwidths of the λ 4388 and λ 4471 He I lines, rotational velocities and λ 4430 central depths for 450 O to B5 stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 12, 401, 1965. [3989] H. Walker. IRAS results for H–deficient stars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 407. [3990] J. Walker and D. Schönberner. A fine analysis of the extreme He–rich star HD 168476. Astr. Astrophys., 97, 291, 1981. [3991] L. Wallace, K. Hinkle, and W. Livingston. An Atlas of the Spec- trum of the Solar Photosphere from 13,500 to 28,000 cm−1 (3570 to 7405 A)˚ . (Tucson: National Solar Observatory), 1998. [3992] L. Wallace, W. Livingston, K. Hinkle, and P. Bernath. Infrared spectral atlases of the Sun from NOAO. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106, 165, 1996. [3993] G. Wallerstein. Abundances in G dwarfs. VI. A survey of field stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 6, 407, 1962. [3994] G. Wallerstein. Chamberlain and Aller’s subdwarf abundances. Astrophys. J., 525, No. 1C, Part 3, 447, 1999. [3995] G. Wallerstein, T. Greene, and L. Tomley. Abundances of the light elements in the H–poor star HD 30353. Astrophys. J., 150, 245, 1967. [3996] G. Wallerstein, J. Greenstein, R. Parker, H. Helfer, and L. Aller. Red giants with extreme metal deficiencies. Astrophys. J., 137, 280, 1963. [3997] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars. I. A comparison of two stars in the Hyades with the Sun. Astrophys. J., 129, 347, 1959. [3998] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars. II. The high–velocity star 85 Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 129, 720, 1959.

270

[3999] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarfs. V. The metal– rich star 20 Leo Minoris and two comparison stars. Astrophys. J., 133, 562, 1961. [4000] G. Wallerstein, H. Helfer, L. Aller, R. Parker, and J. Greenstein. Red giants with extreme metal deficiencies. Astrophys. J., 137, 280, 1963. [4001] G. Wallerstein and W. Hunziker. Abundances in high–velocity A stars. II. The metal–poor star HD 109995. Astrophys. J., 140, 214, 1964. [4002] G. Wallerstein, I. Iben, P. Parker, A. Boesgaard, G. Hale, A. Cham- pagne, C. Barnes, F. Käppler, V. Smith, R. Hoffman, F. Timmes, C. Sneden, R. Boyd, B. Meyer, and D. Lambert. Synthesis of the elements in stars: Forty years of progress. Rev. Mod. Phys., 69, 995, 1997. [4003] G. Wallerstein, Y. Stone, and J. Williams. Abundances in high–velocity A stars. I. 7 Sextantis. Astrophys. J., 135, 459, 1962. [4004] F.–L. Wang, G. Zhao, and J.–M. Yuan. Electronic structure and radiative opacity of the metallic elements in hot and dense stellar material. Astrophys. J., 600, 963, 2004. [4005] B. Warner. Abundances of the Fe group elements in the atmosphere of Sirius. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 133, 389, 1966. [4006] B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere. IV. The Fe group. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 229, 1968. [4007] B. Warner. Stellar angular diameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 158, 1, 1972. [4008] P. Warren. A model atmosphere of the super–supergiant HR 5171. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 161, 427, 1973. [4009] T. Watanabe and K. Kodaira. Model study of the sphericity effects in extended atmospheres of late–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 30, 21, 1978. [4010] T. Watanabe and W. Steenbock. Statistical equilibrium of neutral Ca in the Sun and Procyon. Astr. Astrophys., 149, 21, 1985. [4011] L. Waters, C. Waelkens, and N. Trams. Observed properties of bright post–AGB stars. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 449. [4012] S. Weber. Winds in hot stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 954, 1981. [4013] L. Webster and I. Glass. The coolest Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 166, 491, 1974.

271

[4014] G. Wegner. Spectrophotometry of stars near the cool end of the white dwarf sequence. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 171, 529, 1975. [4015] G. Wegner. The hot white dwarf HD 149499B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 187, 17, 1979. [4016] G. Wegner and D. Koester. Atmospheric analysis of the carbon white dwarf G227–5. Astrophys. J., 288, 746, 1985. [4017] W. Wegner. Intrinsic color indices of BO supergiants, giants, and dwarfs in the UBV RIJHKLM system. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 270, 229, 1994. [4018] R. Wehrse. Blanketed model atmospheres for cool H–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 453, 1972. [4019] R. Wehrse. On the influence of the hydrogen molecule on the adiabatic gradient. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 157, 1974. [4020] R. Wehrse. The atmospheres of cool white dwarfs of spectral type DA. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 169, 1975. [4021] R. Wehrse. Model atmospheres for cool H–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 24, 95, 1976. [4022] R. Wehrse. An efficient algorithm for the calculation of the adiabatic gradient for low temperature stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 59, 283, 1977. [4023] R. Wehrse, editor. Accuracy of Element Abundances From Stellar At- mospheres. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1990. [4024] R. Wehrse and B. Baschek. Radiation fields in moving media: New analytical and numerical solutions of the transfer equation. Phys. Reports, 311, 187, 1999. [4025] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion for radiation in moving media. I. Basic assumptions and formulae. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 780, 2000. [4026] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion for radiation in moving media. II. Limits for large and small velocity gradients for deterministic lines. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 799, 2000. [4027] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion of radiation in moving media. III. Stochastic representation of spectral lines. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 1141, 2002. [4028] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion of radiation in moving media. IV. Flux vector, effective opacity, and expansion opacity. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 43, 2003.

272

[4029] R. Wehrse and W. Kalkofen. Advances in radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 13, 3, 2006. [4030] R. Wehrse and A. Peraiah. Formation of the hydrogen Lyα line in expanding spherical nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 289, 1979. [4031] V. Weidemann. Metallhäufigkeiten, Druckschichtung und Stoss- dämpfungin der Sonnenatmosphäre. Z. fürAstrophys., 36, 101, 1955. [4032] V. Weidemann. Strahlungsaustausch in nichtgrauen Atmosphären. Z. fürAstrophys., 62, 132, 1961. [4033] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Hγ line profiles and masses of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 85, 208, 1980. [4034] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. The upper mass limit for white dwarf progenitors and the initial–final mass relation for low and intermediate mass stars. Astr. Astrophys., 121, 77, 1983. [4035] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. The presence of C in DZ star atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 311, 1989. [4036] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Trace hydrogen in DB white dwarfs: GD408 – The lowest H abundance case. Astr. Astrophys., 249, 389, 1991. [4037] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Surface C abundances and composi- tional stratification of cool He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 216, 1995. [4038] V. Weidemann, D. Koester, and G. Vauclair. IUE observation of strong UV absorption in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf LP 145–141. Astr. Astrophys., 83, L13, 1980. [4039] V. Weidemann, D. Koester, and G. Vauclair. IUE observation of UV carbon I absorption lines in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf L 97–3. Astr. Astrophys., 95, L9, 1981. [4040] V. Weidemann and D. Schönberner. Stellar evolution theory – Up to and on the AGB. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 3. [4041] R. Weinberger and A. Acker, editors. Planetary Nebulae. International Astronomical Union Colloquium 155. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1993. [4042] W. Weise and J. Fuhr. Atomic transition probabilities for hydrogen, helium, and lithium. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 38, 565, 2009. [4043] J. Weisheit. Photon escape probabilities for Stark–broadened Lyman series lines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 222, 585, 1979.

273

[4044] W. Weiss and A. Baglin, editors. Inside the Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1993. [4045] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Resonanzfluoreszenz. Ann. Physik, 401, 23, 1931. [4046] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Kopplungsbreite und der Stossdämpfung. Z. fürPhys., 75, 287, 1932. [4047] V. Weisskopf. Die Breite der Spektrallinien in Gasen. Z. fürPhys., 34, 1, 1933. [4048] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Kopplungsbreite. Z. fürPhys., 77, 398, 1932. [4049] V. Weisskopf. Die Streuung des Lichtes an angeregten Atomen. Z. fürPhys., 85, 451, 1933. [4050] V. Weisskopf. The intensity and structure of spectral lines. Observatory, 56, 291, 1933. [4051] V. Weisskopf. Uber¨ die Lebensdauer angeregter Atom–Zustände. Physikalische Zeitschrift der Sowjetunion, 4, 97, 1933. [4052] V. Weisskopf and E. Wigner. Berechnung der natürlichen Linienbreite auf Grund der Diracschen Lichttheorie. Z. fürPhys., 63, 54, 1930. [4053] V. Weisskopf and E. Wigner. Uber¨ die natürliche Linienbreite in der Strahlung des harmonischen Oszillators. Z. fürPhys., 65, 18, 1930. [4054] C. von Weizsäcker. Element transformation inside stars. II. Phy. Z., 39, 633, 1938. [4055] R. Wells. Rapid approximation to the Voigt/Faddeeva function and its derivatives. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 62, 29, 1999. [4056] K. Werner. Construction of non–LTE model atmospheres using approximate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys., 161, 177, 1986. [4057] K. Werner. Stellar atmospheres in non–LTE: Model construction and line formation calculations using approximate lambda operators. In Kalkofen [1988], page 67. [4058] K. Werner. Non–LTE line blanketing in atmospheres of hot stars: The effects of H, He, and C. Astr. Astrophys., 204, 159, 1988. [4059] K. Werner. Non–LTE model atmosphere calculations with approximate lambda operators: Application of tridiagonal operators. Astr. Astro- phys., 226, 265, 1989. [4060] K. Werner. NLTE analysis of the unique pre–white–dwarf H 1504+65. Astr. Astrophys., 251, 147, 1991.

274

[4061] K. Werner. Analysis of PG 1159 stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 273. [4062] K. Werner. On the Balmer–line problem. Astrophys. J., 457, L39, 1996. [4063] K. Werner. Search for trace amounts of H in hot DO white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 861, 1996. [4064] K. Werner. Stellar atmospheres. In Mezzacappa [2586], page 395. [4065] K. Werner. Properties of atmospheres and winds of H–deficient central stars and related objects. Astrophys. Space Sci., 275, 27, 2001. [4066] K. Werner. NLTE radiative transfer and model atmospheres of hot stars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 81. [4067] K. Werner. Stark broadening in non–LTE stellar atmospheres: Effects on occupation numbers and line profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 139, 237, 984. [4068] K. Werner, K. Bagschik, T. Rauch, and R. Napiwotzki. A search for planetary nebulae around hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 721, 1997. [4069] K. Werner, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Nagel, T. Rauch, and S. Schuh. Model photospheres with accelerated lambda iteration. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 31. [4070] K. Werner, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Temperature scale and Fe abundances of very hot central stars of planetary nebulae. In Kwok et al. [2256], page 169. [4071] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. Metal line blanketed non–LTE model atmospheres for planetary nebula nuclei. Acta Astr., 43, 321, 1993. [4072] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. On the Ni abundance in hot H–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 286, L31, 1994. [4073] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. The classical stellar atmosphere problem. J. of Comp. and Appl. Math., 109, 65, 1999. [4074] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, N. Kappelmann, J. Kruk, T. Rauch, and B. Wolff. Ultraviolet spectroscopy of hot compact stars. Rev. Mod. Astr., 10, 219, 1997. [4075] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, and T. Rauch. New results on PG 1159 stars and ultrahigh–excitation DO white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 207.

275

[4076] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, T. Rauch, T. Fleming, E. Sion, and G. Vauclair. High resolution UV spectroscopy of two hot (pre)white dwarfs with the Hubble Space Telescope. KPD 0005+5106 and RXJ 2117+3412. Astr. Astrophys., 307, 860, 1996. [4077] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, T. Rauch, L. Wisotzki, and H.-J. Hagen. Discovery of two hot DO white dwarfs exhibiting ultrahigh– excitation absorption lines. Astr. Astrophys., 293, L75, 1995. [4078] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, and T. Rauch. Born–again AGB stars: Starting point of the H–deficient post–AGB evolutionary sequence? In Le Bertre et al. [2348], page 379. [4079] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Spectral analysis of the hot DO white dwarf PG 1034+001. Astr. Astrophys., 298, 567, 1995. [4080] K. Werner and U. Heber. On the evolutionary link between white dwarfs and central stars of planetary nebulae: NLTE analysis of PG 1144+005. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 476, 1991. [4081] K. Werner and U. Heber. Spectral diagnostics of hot subdwarfs: Suc- cesses and problems. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 341. [4082] K. Werner, U. Heber, and T. Fleming. Spectral analysis of the hottest known He–rich white dwarf: KPD 0005+5106. Astr. Astrophys., 284, 907, 1994. [4083] K. Werner, U. Heber, and K. Hunger. Non–LTE analysis of four PG 1159 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 244, 437, 1991. [4084] K. Werner and F. Herwig. The elemental abundances in bare planetary nebula central stars and the shell burning in AGB stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 118, 183, 2006. [4085] K. Werner and D. Husfeld. Multi–level non–LTE line formation calculations using approximate Λ–operators. Astr. Astrophys., 148, 417, 1985. [4086] K. Werner and T. Rauch. On the neon abundance in PG 1159–type central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 284, L5, 1994. [4087] K. Werner and T. Rauch. Mass and radius of the white dwarf in the binary V471 Tau from ORFEUS and HIPPARCOS observations. Astr. Astrophys., 324, L25, 1997. [4088] K. Werner, T. Rauch, M. Barstow, and J. Kruk. H 1504+65 – The naked stellar C/O core of a former red giant observed with FUSE and Chandra. In Tout and van Hamme [3798], page 201.

276

[4089] K. Werner, T. Rauch, M. Barstow, and J. Kruk. Chandra and FUSE spectroscopy of the hot bare stellar core H 1504+65. Astr. Astrophys., 421, 1169, 2004. [4090] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Fluorine in extremely hot post– AGB stars: Evidence for nucleosynthesis. Astr. Astrophys., 433, 641, 2005. [4091] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Discovery of photospheric Ar in very hot central stars of planetary nebulae and white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 466, 317, 2007. [4092] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Quantitative spectral analysis of evolved low-mass stars. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 15. [4093] K. Werner, T. Rauch, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, and C. Karl. Identification of a DO white dwarf and a PG 1159 star in the ESO SN Ia progenitor survey (SPY). Astr. Astrophys., 424, 657, 2004. [4094] K. Werner, T. Rauch, E. Reiff, J. Kruk, and R. Napiwotzki. Identifi- cation of Ne in FUSE and VLT spectra of extremely hot H–deficient (pre–) white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 685, 2004. [4095] K. Werner and B. Wolff. The EUV spectrum of the unique bare stellar core H 1504+65. Astr. Astrophys., 347, L9, 1999. [4096] K. Werner, B. Wolff, M. Pakull, A. Cowley, P. Schmidtke, J. Hutchings, and D. Crampton. Non-LTE model atmosphere analysis of the supersoft X–ray source RX J0122.9–7521. In Greiner [1348], page 131. [4097] A. Weselink. The color index of a black body with infinite temperature. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 99, 1948. [4098] F. Wesemael. Hot white dwarfs as soft X–ray sources. Astr. Astrophys., 65, 301, 1978. [4099] F. Wesemael, J. Greenstein, J. Liebert, R. Lamontagne, G. Fontaine, P. Bergeron, and J. Glaspey. An atlas of optical spectra of white dwarf stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 105, 761, 1993. [4100] P. Wesselius and D. Koester. Effective temperatures of hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 745, 1978. [4101] U. Wessolowski and W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Lines from excited levels. Astr. Astrophys., 167, 106, 1986. [4102] U. Wessolowski, W. Schmutz, and W.–R. Hamann. Synthetic He spectra for Wolf–Rayet stars: A grid of models. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 160, 1988.

277

[4103] J. Westin, C. Sneden, B. Gustafsson, and J. Cowan. The r–process– enriched low–metallicity giant HD 115444. Astrophys. J., 530, 783, 2000. [4104] J. Wheeler, C. Sneden, and J. Truran. Abundance ratios as function of metallicity. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 27, 279, 1989. [4105] J. Wheeler and R. Wildt. The absorption coefficient of the free–free transitions of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 95, 281, 1942. [4106] O. White. A general solution of the statistical equilibrium equations. Astrophys. J., 134, 85, 1961. [4107] O. White. Limb–darkening observations of Hα,Hβ, and Hγ. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 7, 333, 1962. [4108] O. White. Analysis of center–to–limb variations in Hα,Hβ, and Hγ. Astrophys. J., 137, 1217, 1963. [4109] O. White. A photoelectric observation of the mean solar Hα profile. Astrophys. J., 139, 1340, 1964. [4110] O. White. Inversion of the limb–darkening equation using the Prony algorithm. Astrophys. J., 152, 217, 1968. [4111] O. White and Z. Suemoteo. A measurement of the solar H and K profiles. Solar Phys., 3, 523, 1968. [4112] C. Whitney. Quantitative spectral classification. In Gingerich [1265], page 3. [4113] G. Wick. Uber¨ ebene Diffusionsprobleme. Z. fürPhys., 121, 702, 1943. [4114] D. Wickramasinghe, D. Allen, and M. Bessell. Infrared photometry of cool white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198, 473, 1982. [4115] D. Wickramasinghe and M. Bessell. Spectra of southern white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 713, 1977. [4116] D. Wickramasinghe and M. Bessell. A cool DA white dwarf with self– broadened lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 186, 399, 1979. [4117] D. Wickramasinghe, M. Bessell, and P. Cottrell. Subdwarfs or cool DA white dwarfs? Astrophys. J., 217, L65, 1977. [4118] D. Wickramasinghe and I. Reid. The DB white dwarfs. I. The He I λ 4388+4471+4516 blend. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203, 887, 1983. [4119] D. Wickramasinghe and J. Whelan. The discovery of H in a DB white dwarf. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 178, 11, 1977.

278

[4120] N. Wiener and E. Hopf. Uber¨ eine Klasse singulärenIntegralglei- chungen. Sitz. Der Preussischen Akad. Der Wiss., Math. Phys. Klasse, page 696, 1931. [4121] B. Wienke. Relativistic invariance and photon–electron scattering ker- nels in transport theory. Nucl. Sci. Engin., 52, 247, 1973. [4122] B. Wienke. Relativistic Compton scattering from moving electrons and angular moments. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 151, 1975. [4123] B. Wienke. Relativistic photon–Maxwellian electron cross sections. Astr. Astrophys., 152, 336, 1985. [4124] B. Wienke and B. Lathrop. Fast scheme for photon–Maxwellian electron cross sections. J. Comp. Phys., 53, 331, 1984. [4125] J. Wiersma, R. Rutten, and T. Lanz. NLTE in a hot hydrogen star: Auer and Mihalas revisited. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 130. [4126] W. Wiese. Information about databases. Physica Scripta, T65, 207, 1996. [4127] W. Wiese and J. Fuhr. On the accuracy of atomic transition probabilities. In Wehrse [4023], page 7. [4128] W. Wiese, J. Fuhr, and T. Deters. Atomic Transition Probabili- ties of C, N, and O. A critical data compilation. Monograph No. 7, J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data (New York: American Institute of Physics and American Chemical Society), 1996. [4129] W. Wiese, J. Fuhr, D. Kelleher, W. Martin, A. Musgrove, and J. Sugar. Critically evaluated data for atomic spectra. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 105. [4130] W. Wiese, M. Smith, and B. Glennon. Atomic Transition Probabilities. Vol 1. H through Ne. [NSRDS–NBS–4] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1966. [4131] W. Wiese, M. Smith, and B. Miles. Atomic Transition Probabilities. Vol 2. Na through Ca. [NSRDS–NBS–22] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1969. [4132] R. Wildey, E. Burbidge, A. Sandage, and G. Burbidge. On the effects of Fraunhofer lines on UBV measurements. Astrophys. J., 135, 94, 1962. [4133] R. Wildt. Electron affinity in astrophysics. Astrophys. J., 89, 295, 1939. [4134] R. Wildt. Negative ions of hydrogen and the opacity of stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 90, 611, 1939.

279

[4135] E. Wilkinson, J. Green, and W. Cash. Extreme ultraviolet spectroscopy of G191–B2B: Direct observation of ionization edges. Astrophys. J., 397, L51, 1992. [4136] J. Wilkinson. The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem. (Oxford: Oxford University Press), 1965. [4137] K. Williams, M. Bolte, and D. Koester. An empirical initial–ﬁnal mass relation from hot, massive white dwarfs in NGC 2168 (M 35). Astrophys. J. Let., 615, L49, 2004. [4138] M. Williams. The Milne problem in radiative transfer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 403, 1968. [4139] P. Williams. The strong 3.3µ emission line in Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 199, 93, 1982. [4140] P. Williams, S. Arakaki, D. Beattie, J. Born, T. Lee, D. Robertson, M. Stewart, and D. Adams. Near infrared spectrometry of WC stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 25, 1980. [4141] P. Williams and P. Eenens. Displaced He I absorption lines in Wolf– Rayet stars – Revisions to v(∞)? Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 240, 445, 1989. [4142] R. Williams. Spectrophotometric determination of stellar temperatures. Pub. Obs. Michigan, 7, 93, 1939. [4143] A. Willis. P–Cygni proﬁles observed in the ultraviolet and visible spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198, 987, 1982. [4144] A. Willis. The chemical composition of the Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 87. [4145] A. Willis, P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, J. Hutchings, G. Sonneborn, K. Brownsberger, D. Massa, and N. Walborn. An atlas of far-ultraviolet spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars from the FUSE satellite. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 154, 651, 2004. [4146] A. Willis, L. Dessart, P. Crowther, P. Morris, A. Maeder, P. Conti, and K. van der Hucht. The Ne abundance in WC stars. I. ISO SWS spectroscopy of WR 146 (WC 6+O). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 290, 371, 1998. [4147] A. Willis, K. van der Hucht, P. Conti, and C. Garmany. An atlas of high resolution IUE ultraviolet spectra of 14 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 63, 417, 1986. [4148] A. Willis and R. Wilson. Ultraviolet observations of nine Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 182, 559, 1978.

280

[4149] R. Willstrop. Absolute measures of stellar radiation. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 121, 17, 1960. [4150] R. Willstrop. Absolute measures of stellar radiation. II. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 69, 83, 1965. [4151] A. Wilson and G. Worrall. An analysis of the solar sodium D lines. Astr. Astrophys., 2, 469, 1969. [4152] D. Wilson. Induced Compton scattering in radiative transfer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 200, 881, 1982. [4153] K. Wilson and W. Nicolet. Spectral absorption coefficients of C, N, and O atoms. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 7, 891, 1967. [4154] O. Wilson. The structure of the atmosphere of the K–type component of ζ Aurigae. Astrophys. J., 107, 126, 1948. [4155] O. Wilson. Eclipses by extended atmospheres. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 11, page 436. [4156] O. Wilson and H. Abt. Chromospheric structure of the K–type component of ζ Aurigae. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 1, 1, 1954. [4157] R. Wilson. The ionized He series originating from the fifth quantum level. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 113, 557, 1953. [4158] R. Wilson. Spectrophotometric measurements of early–type stars. IV. Results for stars of types O6–B0. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 92, 1958. [4159] S. Wilson and K. Sen. Radiative Transfer in Curved Media. (Singapore: World Scientific Publishing Company), 1990. [4160] S. Wilson, C. Tung, and K. Sen. The “peaking effect” of the emer- gent intensity in spherical–geometry transfer problems. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 27, 611, 1975.

+ [4161] H. Wind. Electron energy for H2 in the ground state. J. Chem. Phys., 42, 2371, 1965. [4162] H. Wind. Vibrational states of the hydrogen molecular ion. J. Chem. Phys., 43, 2956, 1965. [4163] A. Wishart. The bound–free photodetachment cross section of H−. J. Phys. B, 12, 3511, 1979. [4164] A. Wishart. The bound–free photodetachment cross section of H−. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 187, 59P, 1979.

281

[4165] M. Wittkowski, J. Aufdenberg, and P. Kervella. Tests of stellar model atmospheres by optical interferometry. VLTI/VINCI limb–darkening measurements of the M4 giant ψ Phe. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 711, 2004. [4166] H. Wöhland A.˚ Nordlund. A comparison of artificial solar granules with real solar granules. Solar Phys., 97, 213, 1985. [4167] P. Woitke. Modeling the mass loss of cool AGB stars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 387. [4168] B. Wolf. Model atmosphere analysis of the A3 Ia-0 supergiant HD 33579 in the Large Magellanic cloud. Astr. Astrophys., 20, 275, 1972. [4169] B. Wolf, L. Campusano, and C. Sterken. Spectroscopic and photometric investigation of the A2 Ia-0 star HD 160529. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 87, 1974. [4170] S. Wolf, T. Henning, and B. Stecklum. Multidimensional self–consistent radiative transfer simulations based on the Monte Carlo method. Astr. Astrophys., 349, 839, 1999. [4171] B. Wolff, S. Jordan, D. Koester, and D. Reimers. The nature of the DAB white dwarf HS 0209+0832. Astr. Astrophys., 361, 629, 2000. [4172] B. Wolff and D. Koester. Hydrogen and metals in cool DZ white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 157. [4173] B. Wolff, D. Koester, and S. Dreizler. EUVE observations of DA white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 524. [4174] B. Wolff, D. Koester, S. Dreizler, and S. Haas. Photospheric metals in hot DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 1045, 1998. [4175] B. Wolff, D. Koester, and J. Liebert. Element abundances in cool white dwarfs. II. Ultraviolet observations of DZ white dwarfs. Astr. Astro- phys., 385, 995, 2002. [4176] B. Wolff, J. Kruk, D. Koester, R. Allard, N. Ferlet, and A. Vidal– Madjar. FUSE observations of hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 373, 674, 2001. [4177] S. Wolff, editor. The A–Stars: Problems and Perspectives. NASA Re- port No. SP–463. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1983. [4178] S. Wolff. Luminosities, masses and ages of B–type stars. Astr. J., 100, 1994, 1990. [4179] S. Wolff and J. Heasley. The determination of the He abundance in main–sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 292, 589, 1985.

282

[4180] S. Wolff, L. Kuhi, and D. Hayes. The effective temperatures of A and B stars. Astrophys. J., 152, 871, 1968. [4181] S. Wolff and G. Wallerstein. Abundances of Fe–peak elements in HD 122563 from ultraviolet spectra. Astrophys. J., 150, 257, 1967. [4182] W. Wolffram. Analyse des metallarmen roten Riesensterns HD 122563. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 17, 1972. [4183] J. Wollaert, H. Lamers, and C. de Jager. A differential analysis of UV photospheric lines of OBN and OBC stars. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 197, 1988. [4184] T. Woods, G. Rottman, O. White, J. Fontenla, and E. Avrett. The solar Lyα line profile. Astrophys. J., 442, 989, 1995. [4185] C. Woodward, M. Bicay, and J. Shull, editors. Tetons 4: Galactic Struc- ture, Stars and the Interstellar Medium. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2001. [4186] V. Woolf and G. Wallerstein. Chemical abundance analysis of Kapteyn’s Star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 350, 575, 2004. [4187] R. Woolley. Interlocking of lines in absorption spectra. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 779, 1930. [4188] R. Woolley. Interlocking of triplets of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 864, 1931. [4189] R. Woolley. The analysis of line intensities in stellar spectra. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 482, 1932. [4190] R. Woolley. The effect of collisions on the central intensity of the Fraun- hofer lines. Z. fürAstrophys., 5, 67, 1932. [4191] R. Woolley. Fluoresence in Hα and Hβ. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 94, 631, 1934. [4192] R. Woolley. The contours of lines at the extreme limb of the Sun. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 98, 3, 1937. [4193] R. Woolley. Non–coherent formation of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 98, 624, 1938. [4194] R. Woolley. Collisions and the theory of radiative equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 99, 478, 1939. [4195] R. Woolley and W. Stibbs. The Outer Layers of a Star. (Oxford: Clarendon Press), 1953. [4196] K. Wright. Line intensities and the solar curve of growth. Astrophys. J., 99, 249, 1944.

283

[4197] K. Wright. Line intensities in the spectra of K–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 61, 160, 1949. [4198] K. Wright. A study of line intensities in the spectra of four solar–type stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 8, 1, 1948. [4199] K. Wright. The spectrum of Capella. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 10, 1, 1954. [4200] K. Wright. Observations of stellar spectra related to extended atmospheres. In Barbuy and Renzini [325], page 117. [4201] K. Wright and T. Jacobson. Measurements of line–ratios used for luminosity classification in stellar spectra of types F to K. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 12, 373, 1965. [4202] K. Wright, E. Lee, T. Jacobson, and J. Greenstein. Line intensities in the spectra of representative stars of spectral types B to G. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 12, 173, 1963. [4203] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth for the formation of absorption lines according to the Milne–Eddington model. I. Total flux. Astrophys. J., 109, 66, 1949. [4204] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth for the formation of absorption lines according to the Milne–Eddington model. II. Center of the disk. Astrophys. J., 111, 157, 1950. [4205] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth. III. Schuster–Schwarzschild model. Astrophys. J., 119, 51, 1954. [4206] G. Wu. A new method of calculating multi–level non–LTE line formation. Astrophys. Space Sci., 189, 171, 1992. [4207] B. Yada. The effect of two–photon emission on the radiation field of planetary nebulae. I. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 5, 128, 1953. [4208] B. Yada. The effect of two–photon emission on the radiation field of planetary nebulae. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 76, 1954. [4209] Y. Yamashita. MK spectral types of bright M–type stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 13, 47, 1967. [4210] Y. Yamashita, K. Nariai, and T. Norimoto. An Atlas of Representative Stellar Spectra. (Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press), 1978. [4211] Y. Yamashita and W. Unno. A theoretical study on the curve of growth. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 15, 230, 1963. [4212] Z.–C. Yan, J.–Y. Zhang, and Y. Li. Energies and polarizabilities of the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. A, 67, 625041, 2003.

284

[4213] J. Yelnik, K. Burnett, J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, and D. Voslamber. Re- distribution of radiation for the wings of Lyα. Astrophys. J., 248, 705, 1981. [4214] F. Yi, C. Zheng, and A. Borysow. Quantum mechanical computations of collision–induced absorption in the second overtone band of hydrogen. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 67, 303, 2000. [4215] D. Yong, F. Grundahl, P. Nissen, H. Jensen, and D. Lambert. Abun- dances in giant stars of the globular cluster NGC 6752. Astr. Astrophys., 438, 875, 2005. [4216] H. Yorke. Numerical solution of the equation of radiation transfer in spherical geometry. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 286, 1980. [4217] C. Young. Calculation of the absorption coefficient for lines with combined Doppler and Lorentz broadening. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 5, 549, 1965. [4218] P. Zaal, A. de Koter, L. Waters, J. Marlborough, T. Geballe, J. Oliveira, and B. Foing. On the nature of the H I infrared emission lines of τ Scorpii. Astr. Astrophys., 349, 573, 1999. [4219] P. Zaal, L. Waters, T. Geballe, and J. Marlborough. Emission features in Brackett α and Brackett γ in spectra of normal O and B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 326, 237, 1997. [4220] P. Zaal, L. Waters, and J. Marlborough. H I infrared line formation in early B–type stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 255, 147, 1998. [4221] L. Zacs, V. Klochkova, and V. Panchuk. The chemical composition of the post–AGB star, protoplanetary nebula candidate IRAS 22272+5435. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 275, 764, 1995.Astr. Astrophys., 395, 373, 2002. [4222] G.–J. van Zadelhoff, C. Dullemond, F. van der Tak, J. Yates, S. Doty, V. Ossenkopf, M. Hogerheijde, M. Juvela, H. Wiesemeyer, and F. Schöier. Numerical methods for non–LTE line radiative transfer: Performance and convergence characteristics. Astr. Astrophys., 395, 373, 2002. [4223] M. Zboril. Properties of He–rich stars. III. Model atmospheres and diagnostic tools. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1051, 2000. [4224] M. Zboril and P. Byrne. Metallicity and photospheric abundances in field K and M stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 753, 1998. [4225] E. Zeidler and D. Koester. On the “just overlapping line approximation” for molecular absorption. Astr. Astrophys., 113, 173, 1982.

285

[4226] E. Zeidler, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Metal abundances in He– rich white dwarf atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 356, 1986. [4227] Ya. Zel’dovich, V. Kurt, and R. Syunyaev. Recombination of hydrogen in the hot model of the universe. Sov. Phys. JETP, 28, 146, 1969. [4228] Ya. Zel’dovich and E. Levich. Bose condensation and shock waves in photon spectra. Sov. Phys. JETP, 28, 1297, 1969. [4229] Ya. Zel’dovich, E. Levich, and R. Syunyaev. Stimulated Compton interaction between Maxwellian electrons and spectrally narrow radiation. Sov. Phys. JETP, 35, 733, 1972. [4230] H.–L. Zhang, S. Nahar, and A. Pradhan. Close–coupling R–matrix calculations for electron–ion recombination cross sections. J. Phys. B, 32, 1459, 1999. [4231] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Relativistic and electron correlation effects in electron impact excitation of Fe2+. J. Phys. B, 28, 3403, 1995. [4232] Y. Zhang, C. Cheng, J. Kim, J. Stanojevic, and E. Eyler. Dissociation energies of molecular and the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. Let., 92, 203003, 2004. [4233] G. Zhao. Abundances of heavy elements in metal deficient stars. I. Ob- servational material and model atmospheres. Acta Astr. Suppl., 13, 140, 1993. [4234] G. Zhao. Abundances of heavy elements in metal deficient stars. II. De- tailed spectroscopic analysis. Acta Astr. Suppl., 13, 347, 1993. [4235] G. Zhao, K. Butler, and T. Gehren. Non–LTE analysis of neutral Mg in the solar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 219, 1998. [4236] G. Zhao and T. Gehren. Non–LTE analysis of neutral Mg in cool stars. Astr. Astrophys., 362, 1077, 2000. [4237] G. Zhao and P. Magain. The chemical composition of the extreme halo stars. II. Green spectra of 20 dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 238, 242, 1990. [4238] S. Zhekov and M. Perinotto. Complete models for the PN system: Star, wind, and nebula. Astr. Astrophys., 334, 239, 1998. [4239] C. Zheng and A. Borysow. Modeling of collision–induced infrared absorption spectra of H2 pairs in the first overtone band at temperatures from 20 to 500 K. Icarus, 113, 84, 1995. [4240] C. Zheng and A. Borysow. Rototranslational collision–induced absorption by H2 –H2 pairs at temperatures from 600 to 7000 K. Astrophys. J., 441, 960, 1995.

286

[4241] O. Zienkiewicz. Finite Element Methods in Engineering Science (Lon- don: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1971. [4242] R. Zinn. The temperature dependence of Hβ strength in O stars. As- trophys. J., 162, 909, 1970. [4243] H. Zirin. Astrophysics of the Sun. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1988. [4244] D. Zucker, G. Wallerstein, and J. Brown. Abundances of selected elements in five oxygen–poor stars in ω Centauri. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 108, 911, 1996. [4245] B. Zuckerman, D. Koester, I. Reid, and M. Hünsch. Metal lines in DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 596, 477, 2003.

OPACITY PROJECT [4246] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. The equation of state for stellar envelopes. I. An occupation probability formalism for the truncation of internal partition functions. Astrophys. J., 331, 794, 1988. [4247] D. Mihalas, W. Däppen, and D. Hummer. The equation of state for stellar envelopes. II. Algorithm and selected results. Astrophys. J., 331, 815, 1988. [4248] W. Däppen, D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, and B. Mihalas. The equation of state for stellar envelopes. III. Thermodynamic quantities. Astrophys. J., 332, 261, 1988. [4249] D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, B. Mihalas, and W. Däppen. The equation of state for stellar envelopes. IV. Thermodynamic quantities and selected ionization fractions for six elemental mixes. Astrophys. J., 350, 300, 1990. [4250] D. Hummer. The atomic internal partition function. In Hauer and Merts [1505], page 1. [4251] W. Däppen, L. Anderson, and D. Mihalas. Statistical mechanics of partially ionized plasmas. The Planck–Larkin partition function, polarization shifts, and simulations of optical spectra. Astrophys. J., 319, 195, 1987. [4252] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations. I. General description. J. Phys. B, 20, 6363, 1987. [4253] K. Berrington, P. Burke, K. Butler, M. Seaton, P. Storey, K. Taylor, and Y. Yu. Atomic data for opacity calculations: II. Computational methods. J. Phys. B, 20, 6379, 1987.

287

[4254] Y. Yu, K. Taylor, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: III. Oscillator strengths for C II. J. Phys. B, 20, 6399, 1987. [4255] Y. Yu and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: IV. Pho- toionization cross sections for C II. J. Phys. B, 20, 6409, 1987. [4256] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: V. Electron impact broadening of some C II lines. J. Phys. B, 20, 6431, 1987. [4257] J. Fernley, K. Taylor, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: VII. Energy levels, f–values, and photoionization cross sections for He–like ions. J. Phys. B, 20, 6457, 1987. [4258] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: VIII. Line–profile parameters for 42 transitions in Li–like and Be–like ions. J. Phys. B, 21, 3033, 1988. [4259] G. Peach, H. Saraph, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: IX. The lithium isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 21, 3669, 1988. [4260] D. Luo, A. Pradhan, H. Saraph, P. Storey, and Y. Yu. Atomic data for opacity calculations: X. Oscillator strengths and photoionization cross sections for O III. J. Phys. B, 22, 389, 1989. [4261] D. Luo and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XI. The carbon isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 22, 3377, 1989. [4262] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XII. Line–profile parameters for neutral atoms of He, C, N, and O. J. Phys. B, 22, 3603, 1989. [4263] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XIII. Line profiles for transitions in hydrogenic ions. J. Phys. B, 23, 3255, 1990. [4264] J. Tully, M. Seaton, and K. Berrington. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XIV. The beryllium sequence. J. Phys. B, 23, 3811, 1990. [4265] P. Sawey and K. Berrington. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XV. Fe I – IV. J. Phys. B, 25, 1451, 1992. [4266] V. Burke. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XVII. Calculation of line broadening parameters and collision strengths between n = 2, 3, and 4 states of C IV. J. Phys. B, 25, 4917, 1992. [4267] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XVIII. Photoionization and oscillator strengths of Si–like ions Si0,S2+, Ar4+, Ca6+. J. Phys. B, 26, 1109, 1993.

288

[4268] K. Butler, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XIX. The Mg isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 26, 4409, 1993. [4269] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XX. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe II. J. Phys. B, 27, 429, 1994. [4270] A. Hibbert and M. Scott. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XXI. The Ne sequence. J. Phys. B, 27, 1315, 1994. [4271] M. Le Dourneuf, S. Nahar, and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of Fe+. J. Phys. B, 26, L1, 1993. [4272] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of neutral iron. J. Phys. B, 28, L1, 1995. [4273] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53, 38, 1996. [4274] M. Seaton, C. Zeippen, J. Tully, A. Pradhan, C. Mendoza, A. Hibbert, and K. Berrington. The Opacity Project – Computation of atomic data. Rev. Mexicana Astr. Astrof., 23, 19, 1992. [4275] M. Seaton. The Opacity Project – A postscript. Rev. Mexicana Astr. Astrof., 23, 180, 1992. [4276] M. Seaton. Radiative opacities. In Weiss and Baglin [4044], page 222. [4277] W. Cunto, C. Mendoza, F. Ochsenbein, and C. Zeippen. TOPbase at the CDS. Astr. Astrophys., 275, L5, 1993. [4278] M. Seaton. Fitting and smoothing of opacity data. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 265, L25, 1993. [4279] M. Seaton, Y. Yu, D. Mihalas, and A. Pradhan. Opacities for stellar envelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 266, 805, 1994. [4280] M. Seaton. New atomic data for astronomy: An introductory review. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 1. [4281] M. Seaton. Interpolations of Rosseland–mean opacities for variable X and Z. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 95, 1996. [4282] M. Seaton, editor. The Opacity Project. Volume 1. (Bristol: Institute of Physics Publishing), 1995. [4283] K. Berrington, editor. The Opacity Project. Volume 2. (Bristol: Insti- tute of Physics Publishing), 1997. [4284] M. Seaton. Free–free transitions and spectral line broadening. J. Phys. B., 33, 2677, 2000.

289

[4285] M. Seaton and N. Badnell. A comparison of Rosseland–mean opacities from OP and OPAL. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 354, 457, 2004. [4286] N. Badnell, M. Bautista, K. Butler, F. Delahaye, C. Mendoza, P. Palmeri, C. Zeippen, and M. Seaton. Updated opacities from the Opacity Project. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 360, 458, 2005.

IRON PROJECT [4287] K. Berrington. Summary of the IRON and Opacity Projects. In Adel- man and Wiese [22], page 19. [4288] D. Hummer, K. Berrington, W. Eissner, A. Pradhan, H. Saraph, and J. Tully. Atomic data from the IRON Project. I. Goals and methods. Astr. Astrophys., 279, 298, 1993. [4289] D. Lennon and V. Burke. Atomic data from the IRON Project. II. Ef- fective collision strengths for infrared transitions in carbon–like ions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 103, 273, 1994. [4290] K. Butler and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRON Project. V. Ef- fective collision strengths for transitions in the ground configuration of oxygen–like ions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 108, 1, 1994. [4291] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. VI. Collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe II. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 953, 1995. [4292] S. Nahar. Atomic data from the IRON Project. VII. Radiative dipole transition probabilities for Fe II. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 967, 1995. [4293] M. Galavis, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRON Project. X. Effective collision strengths for infrared transitions in Si– and S–like ions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 111, 347, 1995. [4294] R. Kisielius, K. Berrington, and P. Norrington. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XV. Electron excitation of the fine–structure transitions in H–like ions He II and Fe XXVI. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 118, 157, 1996. [4295] M. Bautista. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XVI. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe V. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 119, 105, 1996. [4296] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XVII. Radiative transition probabilities for dipole allowed and forbidden transitions in Fe III. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 119, 509, 1996. [4297] H.–L. Zhang. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XVIII. Electron impact excitation collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe III. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 119, 523, 1996.

290

[4298] M. Bautista. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XX. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe I. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 122, 167, 1997. [4299] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XXVI. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 126, 365, 1997. [4300] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XXVII. Electron impact excitation collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 126, 373, 1997. [4301] M. Galavis, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XXIX. Radiative rates for transitions within the n = 2 complex in ions of the boron isoelectronic sequence. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 131, 119, 1998. [4302] G.–X. Chen and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XXXVII. Electron impact excitation collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe VI. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 136, 395, 1999. [4303] P. Storey, H. Mason, and P. Young. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XL. Electron excitation of the Fe V EUV transitions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 141, 285, 2000. [4304] S. Nahar, F. Delahaye, A. Pradhan, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XLIII. Transition Probabilities for Fe V. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 144, 141, 2000. [4305] G.–X. Chen and K. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XLIV. Transition probabilities and line ratios for Fe VI with fluorescent excitation in planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 147, 111, 2000. [4306] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project. LIX. New radiative transition probabilities for Fe IV including fine structure. Astr. Astrophys., 437, 345, 2005. [4307] S. Nahar. Atomic data from the IRON Project. LXI. Radiative E1, E2, E3, and M1 transition probabilities for Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys., 448, 779, 2006.

OPAL [4308] F. Rogers. Statistical mechanics of Coulomb gases of arbitrary charge. Phys. Rev. A, 10, 2441, 1974. [4309] F. Rogers. Formation of composites in equilibrium plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 19, 375, 1979. [4310] F. Rogers. Occupation numbers for reacting plasmas. The role of the Planck–Larkin partition function. Astrophys. J., 310, 723, 1986.

291

[4311] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Reexamination of the metal contribution to astrophysical opacity. Astrophys. J., 322, L45, 1987. [4312] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Parametric potential method of generating atomic data. Phys. Rev. A, 38, 5007, 1988. [4313] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Opacities for classical Cepheid models. Astrophys. J., 360, 221, 1990. [4314] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Opacity tables for Cepheid variables. Astro- phys. J., 371, L73, 1991. [4315] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Opacities for the solar radiative interior. Astrophys. J., 371, 408, 1991. [4316] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Radiative atomic Rosseland mean opacity tables. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 79, 507, 1992. [4317] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Spin–orbit interaction effects on the Rosseland mean opacity. Astrophys. J., 397, 717, 1992. [4318] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Rosseland mean opacities for variable compositions. Astrophys. J., 401, 361, 1992. [4319] C. Iglesias and B. Wilson. Statistical simulation of atomic data in opacity calculations. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 52, 127, 1994. [4320] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Discrepancies between OPAL and OP opacities at high densities and temperatures. Astrophys. J., 443, 460, 1995. [4321] C. Iglesias, B. Wilson, F. Rogers, W. Goldstein, A. Bar–Shalom, and J. Oreg. Effects of heavy metals on astrophysical opacities. Astrophys. J., 445, 855, 1995. [4322] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. The OPAL opacity code: New results. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 31. [4323] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Updated OPAL opacities. Astrophys. J., 464, 943, 1996. [4324] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Opacity of stellar matter. Space Sci. Rev., 85, 61, 1998. [4325] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and D. Saumon. Density effects on the opacity of cool He white dwarf atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 569, 111, 2002.

292

WEB SITES [4326] Opacity Project http://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/op.html Iron Project http://www.usm.lmu.de/people/ip/papers/papers.html Opserver http://opacities.osc.edu Opacity Tables http://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/OpacityTables.html Topbase http://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/topbase.html Tipbase http://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/tipbase/home.html Tiptopbase http://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/OP.htx Radiative Data http://www.astronomy.ohio-state.edu/enahar

293

For general queries, contact [email protected]